Sei sulla pagina 1di 300

Siemens AG 2014

FLENDER SIG
Standard industrial gear units
FLENDER gear units

Catalog
MD 30.1

Edition
2014

Answers for industry.

Siemens AG 2014

Related catalogs
FLENDER SIP
MD 31.1
Standard Industrial Planetary Gear Units

Bucket Elevator Drives

E86060-K5731-A111-A3-7600

E86060-K5720-A121-A3-6300

FLENDER couplings
Standard Couplings

MD 10.1

E86060-K5710-A111-A4-7600
ARPEX
High Performance Couplings

MD 10.2

MD 10.5

MD 10.10

MD 10.11

MD 20.1

E86060-K5720-A221-A1-6300

Marine Reduction Gearboxes

MD 20.7

DUORED 2
Helical Gear Units, Load-sharing

MD 20.8

SIMOGEAR
Geared Motors

MD 50.1

E86060-K5250-A111-A3-7600
MD 20.11

Products for Automation and Drives


Interactive Catalog, DVD

E86060-D4001-A510-D4-7600

E86060-K5720-A211-A3-6300
Gear Units
Fast Track

MD 20.6

E86060-K5720-A181-A1-6300

E86060-K5720-A111-A2-6300
Gear Units

Conveyor Drives

E86060-K5720-A171-A1-7400

E86060-K5710-A221-A2-7400
Gear Units
Sizes 3 22

MD 20.5

E86060-K5720-A161-A2-6300

E86060-K5710-A211-A2-6300
ARPEX
Torque Limiters

Paper Machine Drives

E86060-K5720-A151-A2-6300

E86060-K5710-A151-A2-7400
ARPEX
Couplings Miniature

MD 20.3

E86060-K5720-A131-A2-6300

E86060-K5710-A121-A1-7600
ARPEX
Composite Couplings

PLANUREX 2
Planetary Gear Units

MD 20.2

MD 20.12

Industry Mall
Information and Ordering Platform
in the Internet

www.siemens.com/industrymall

CA 01

Siemens AG 2014

FLENDER SIG
Standard industrial gear units
Catalog MD 30.1 2014

Dear customer,
We are happy to present the new Catalog MD 30.1 to you. This catalog contains the current product range of FLENDER standard
industrial gear units (FLENDER SIG).
In addition to the horizontal mounting position for FLENDER SIG gear units, we are now able to offer you a vertical mounting
position with dip lubrication for a number of sizes.
We have also added new output shaft designs to our extensive product spectrum:
Hollow shaft with involute splines and solid shaft without keyway for flange coupling with backlash free cone-clamping-connection.
A further mounting position is available as of October 2014: the mounting position "L" stands for the upright installation at the
housing side next to the horizontal low speed shaft (low speed shaft Lower than the high speed shaft).
For the single-stage helical gear units H1 the forced lubrication via a flange mounted pump is available now. With this option the
use of labyrinth seals can be incorporated into gear units at much lower speeds.
The modular gear unit system from Siemens thus supports a huge variety of possible variants, so that FLENDER SIG is available in
1-stage to 4-stage helical and 2-stage to 4-stage bevel-helical gear units in many different sizes and designs - both for mounting
on foundations and as shaft-mounted gear units.
With the FLENDER SIG series Siemens provides highly-developed universal solutions for the drive tasks of the future. These gear
units are extremely compact and, by comparison with the series predecessor, offer an even greater torque rating in a similar size.
By a harmonized torque rating you will always be able to find the right gear unit in this series. Numerous options have already been
standardized.
When implementing drive ideas you can look forward to take advantage of our experience in the industry, application know-how,
solution expertise, first-class engineering, the latest technology and a highly-functional drive-train concept.
FLENDER SIG was developed on the basis of long-term empirical values from our customers and the latest technical insights.
The new series is our contribution to your long-term success.
Please test the new technology now.
We hope that you will enjoy using Catalog MD 30.1 as a reference for placing new orders and look forward to receiving your
questions about our products.
Any ideas and suggestions for improvement will be gratefully received.
Up-to-date information about FLENDER SIG is available in the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/sig
With kind regards,

Uwe Krmer
FLENDER SIG Product Management
Siemens PD MD AP PRL PRM
Siemens Industriegetriebe GmbH

Answers for industry.

Siemens AG 2014

Siemens AG 2014

FLENDER gear units


FLENDER SIG
Standard industrial gear units
Catalog MD 30.1 2014

The products and systems described in this


catalog are manufactured/distributed under
application of a certified
quality management
system in accordance
with DIN EN ISO 9001
(Certified Registration
No. 01 100 000708). The
certificate is recognized
by all IQNet countries.

Supersedes:
Catalog MD 30.1 2012
Revised edition December 2013
Siemens AG 2014

Printed on paper from


sustainably managed
forests and controlled
sources.
www.pefc.org

Introduction

Technical information

Design of the gear units

Helical gear units


horizontal mounting position

Helical gear units


vertical mounting position

Helical gear units


upright mounting position, output at bottom

Bevel-helical gear units


horizontal mounting position

Bevel-helical gear units


vertical mounting position

Bevel-helical gear units


upright mounting position, output at bottom

Connection dimensions

10

Options for operation

11

Options for externally mounted parts

12

Appendix

13

Siemens AG 2014

Answers for industry.


The central task in drive engineering is to optimize interoperation
of the controller, frequency converter, motor, coupling and gear
unit. Through many years of system expertise, well-proven,
standardized and reliable solutions have been available from
Siemens over the long term. During the development of the new
FLENDER SIG series of industrial gear units the main focus of the
design engineers was also on the drive train.
FLENDER SIG offers a number of innovative features: Up to 15 % more torque
than the highly developed Flender gear
units is really impressive. The new series
is extremely versatile, and suitable for
use in numerous applications. It offers
a high degree of flexibility in system
planning and many advantages in daily
operation. Further benefits are the
extended standards for externally
mounted parts and peripherals as well
as an additional mounting surface.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Various different cooling solutions


are also available as options for
FLENDER SIG. The harmonized torque
stages mean that you will be closer to
your desired torque across the entire
spectrum, with positive effects on
costs and logistics.
The FLENDER SIG product range is
extensive even now. This catalog will
provide you with an overview.

Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
1/2
1/2
1/3
1/4
1/4

Notes
Summary of basic types/
Gear unit designations
Orientation in space
Characteristic features
Notes on selection and operation

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Notes

Summary of basic types/Gear unit designations

Overview
Types

Structure of gear unit designation

Helical gear units

Type

B 3 S H 5 1 1

Types H1.., H2.., H3.., H4..


1- ... 4-stage, iN = 1.12 400

Type
No. of stages

Output
shaft design

Mounting
position

Helical gear unit

Bevel-helical gear unit

Solid shaft

Hollow shaft with keyway


to DIN 6885/1

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

Hollow shaft with spline in


accordance with DIN 5480

Solid shaft without keyway

Horizontal

Vertical

Upright, output at bottom

Upright, output at top

Bevel-helical gear units


Types B2.., B3.., B4..
2- ... 4-stage, iN = 5 355

Gear unit size

503

5 0 3

504

5 0 4

505

5 0 5

506

5 0 6

507

5 0 7

508

5 0 8

509

5 0 9

510

5 1 0

511

5 1 1

512

5 1 2

513

5 1 3

514

5 1 4

Further details required in orders


Transmission ratio i
Designs A, B, C, D, etc.

Example B3SH 511A16


Bevel-helical gear unit, 3-stage
Solid output shaft design
Horizontal mounting position
Size 511
Design A
i = 16

1/2

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Notes
Orientation in space

Overview
Mounting positions
FLENDER SIG gear units are available for mounting in the horizontal
(H), vertical (V) and upright position with output end (L) at the bottom.
Versions for mounting in the upright position with output end at the top
(U) or for inclined or pivoted mounting positions can also be supplied
subject to consultation with the supplier.

H
U

Designation of gear unit faces


Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the face designations "right" and "left" always refer to the horizontal mounting position
with the view directed at face 1. Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2), view directed at drive end face (1):
Face 3 = Right
Face 6 = Left

Standard mounting surfaces


Mounting position

Surface

Mounting position H
Mounting position L
Mounting position V
Mounting position U

Gear unit face 5


Gear unit face 4
Gear unit face 3

V
M
G_

_
30

XX

_0

92
01

Alternative mounting surfaces to those specified above,


depending on the mounting position, are available on request.

4
6

5
G_

0
D3

_X

X_

3
19
00

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1/3

Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Notes

Characteristic features
Notes on selection and operation

Overview

Overview

Characteristic features
Design
FLENDER SIG gear units are a completely new design.
Advantages are:
Even more torque for the same size
Even greater flexibility through additional mounting positions
Even greater plant availability thanks to longer rolling bearing
service life
Even closer to the customer's desired torque thanks to
considerably harmonized torque stages
Wide range of variants from 7 types with a variety of solid shaft
or hollow shaft designs
Available, if required, with dust-tight taconite seals
Internal cooling or standardized fan mounting, as required
Fast availability worldwide
Attractive price/performance ratio
Higher operational reliability combined with increased power
density
Noise behavior
New concepts were applied to clearly improve the noise
emission of the FLENDER SIG gear units by
Grinding the bevel gears
Optimizing the wheel set
Developing a compact monoblock housing
Achieving exceptionally large contact ratios.

Notes on selection and operation


Illustrations are examples only and are not strictly binding.
Dimensions are subject to change.
The weights are mean values and not strictly binding.
To prevent accidents, all rotating parts should be guarded
according to local and national safety regulations.
Prior to commissioning, the operating instructions must be
observed.
The gear units are delivered ready for operation but without
oil filling.
Oil quantities given are guide values only.
The exact quantity of oil depends on the marks on the oil
dipstick.
The oil viscosity has to correspond to the data given on the
name plate.
Approved lubricants may be used only. You will find current
operating instructions and lubricant selection tables on the
Internet at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/44231658
The gear units are supplied with radial shaft seals. For other
sealing variants see Chapter 11.
Directions of rotation refer to the output shaft d2.
In case of outdoor installation, insolation is to be avoided.
The customer has to provide adequate protection.
Explanation of symbols used in the dimensional drawings:
Symbol

Explanation
Oil dipstick

Thermal conduction
FLENDER SIG gear units not only have a high efficiency but also
a favorable thermal conduction
Through enlarged housing surface areas
Because large fans incorporating a new type of air conduction
fan cowl are being used.

Breather

The selection of gear units is based on a lower maximum oil


temperature. By that, the operational reliability will be increased
and the cost of maintenance reduced due to longer oil change
intervals.

Oil drain

Storing
FLENDER SIG gear units have been designed according to a
new unit construction principle. Through this, the variety of parts
could be reduced. The parts are mainly on stock enabling the
Siemens manufacturing plants worldwide to deliver at short
term.

Oil filler

Foundation bolts of min. property class 8.8. Tolerance of the


clearance holes in the housing acc. to EN 20273 "coarse"
series. The gear housings are protected against corrosion and
lacquered in the color RAL 5015.
Guards and protection devices are coated in "Signal Yellow"
paint (RAL 1003).
Certified acc. to EN ISO 9001.

1/4

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Technical information
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2

Preservation
Selection of oil
Shaft misalignment
Maintenance

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Technical information
Preservation, selection of oil,
shaft misalignment, maintenance

Overview
Shaft misalignment

The internal preservation of Siemens industrial gear units is


dependent on the oil used and the shaft seals provided.

Shaft misalignment is the result of displacement during assembly and operation and, where machines constructed with two
radial bearings each are rigidly coupled, will cause high loads
being placed on the bearings. Elastic deformation of base
frame, foundation and machine housing will lead to shaft misalignment which cannot be prevented, even by precise alignment. Furthermore, because individual components of the drive
train heat up differently during operation, heat expansion of the
machine housings causes shaft misalignment.

For gear units with corrosion prevention, the following storage


times are possible:
Seal type of gear unit

Maximum preservation life


Mineral oil

PAO oil

PG oil

Up to
6 months

Up to
6 months

Up to
6 months

Poorly aligned drives are often the cause of seal or rolling bearing failure. Alignment should be carried out by specialist personnel in accordance with the Siemens operating instructions.

Labyrinth seal in
combination with
V-ring seal

Up to
12 months

Up to
12 months

Up to
12 months

Depending on the direction of the effective shaft misalignment a


distinction is made between:

Shaft seal or
taconite seal 1)

Up to
24 months

Up to
24 months

Up to
36 months

Standard preservation
Without restriction
Long-term preservation

.U

Preservation

If the storage periods mentioned are exceeded, the anti-corrosive agent in the gear unit is to be renewed.
Selection of oil
Siemens industrial gear units may be filled with oils from producers authorized by Siemens AG, the oil producer or supplier being responsible for the quality of the product. For the selection of
oil grade and viscosity, the limits of application given in the table
are to be taken into consideration.

.D
*B0'B;;B

*B0'B;;B

Axial misalignment

Radial misalignment

.Z

A minimum operating viscosity of 25 cSt must be ensured.


Viscosity ISO-VG at
40 C in mm2/s (cSt)

Minimum temperature limits in C

*B0'B;;B

Angular misalignment

Mineral oil

PAO oil

PG oil

VG 220

-10

-30

-25

VG 320

-10

-30

-25

VG 460

-6

-25

-25

The shaft misalignment expected must be taken into account on


selecting the connection between the components and the input
shaft or output shaft. Guidelines and limits for compensation of
shaft misalignment can be obtained from the manufacturer.
Maintenance

Dip lubrication

Oil circulation lubrication


VG 220

10

10

VG 320

15

10

10

Dip lubrication:
In case of dip lubrication, all parts to be lubricated are lying in
the oil.
If the temperatures are below the values as listed in the table, the
oil must be heated.
In case of dip lubrication, the oil temperature must not drop
below the pour point of the selected oil.
Oil circulation lubrication:
With an oil circulation lubrication system, all bearings that are not
immersed in oil are supplied with oil by a flange-mounted pump.
Selection criteria see page 11/4.
When an oil circulation lubrication system is used, the operating
viscosity must not exceed 1800 cSt.
At temperature limits below those listed in the table, a dip
lubrication or gear unit heating system must be provided.

1)

When storing outside, the maximum storage time can be reduced to


12 months depending on the package type. Please observe the operating
instructions.

2/2

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Compliance with the conditions for operation and installation is


essential. To prevent damage to the gear unit or failure of the
drive, regular inspection and maintenance must be performed
as specified in the operating instructions.

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units

3/2
3/4
3/5
3/6
3/8

3/10
3/22
3/28
3/34
3/38
3/50
3/56
3/60
3/62
3/64
3/66

Guidelines for selection


Constant mechanical power rating
Variable power rating
Key to symbols
Calculation example
Service factors
Overview tables
Type H1
Type H2
Type H3
Type H4
Type B2
Type B3
Type B4
Types H1, H2, H3, H4
Moments of inertia J1
Types B2, B3, B4
Moments of inertia J1
Types H1, H2, H3, H4
Actual ratio
Types B2, B3, B4
Actual ratio

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Constant mechanical power rating

Overview
1. Determination of gear unit type and size

2. Determination of oil supply:

1.1.Find the transmission ratio

Horizontal mounting position (H)


Dip lubrication
(all parts to be lubricated are immersed in the oil or are splash
lubricated)
Oil circulation lubrication by means of flange-mounted pump
(type H1 only)

is =

n1
n2

1.2.Determine the nominal power rating of the gear unit

P2N P2

f1

f2

It is not necessary to consult us, if:

3.33

P2 P2N

1.3 Check for maximum torque


e.g.: peak operating, starting or braking torque

P2N

TA

n1

9550

f3

Gear unit sizes and number of reduction stages are given in


rating tables depending on iN and P2N.
1.4 Check whether additional forces on the output shaft
are permissible; it is essential to consult Siemens!
1.5 Check whether the actual ratio i as per tables on
pages 3/64 to 3/66 is acceptable.

3/2

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Vertical mounting position (V)


Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit
Forced lubrication on request
Upright mounting positions (L, U)
Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit
Forced lubrication on request

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Constant mechanical power rating

Overview (continued)
3. Determination of required thermal capacity PG

Data required:
Type
Size
Nominal ratio
Ambient temperature
Input speed (1000/1200/1500/1800 rpm)

For the calculation below, the following has been assumed:


Gear unit with dip lubrication
Operating cycle: 100 %
Installation in a large hall (wind velocity 1.4 m/s)
altitude up to 1000 m
Gear unit with mineral oil ISO-VG460

Assumptions corresponding to operating conditions

1) Without auxiliary cooling


PG = PGA x f4 x f8
PG = .........

Assumptions deviating
from operating conditions

PGA = ......... (see pages 3/14 - 3/59)


f4 = .........
f8 = .........

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required


2) Fan
3) Cooling coil
4) Fan and cooling coil
5) Water-/ air-oil cooler

2) Fan possible
PG = PGB x f4 x f8
PG = .........

PGB = ......... (see pages 3/14 - 3/59)


f4 = .........
f8 = .........

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required


3) Cooling coil
4) Fan and cooling coil
5) Water-/ air-oil cooler

3) Cooling coil possible


PG = PGC15 x f5 x f8
PG = .........

PGC15 = ......... (see pages 3/14 - 3/59)1)


f5 = .........
f8 = .........

Recalculation with
other
assumptions:
"X.CAT-NG"

Gear unit with


cooling coil
is sufficient

PG P2

PGD15 = ......... (see pages 3/14 - 3/59)1)


f8 = .........
f5 = .........

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required


5) Water-/ air-oil cooler
1)

Gear unit with


fan cooling
is sufficient

PG P2

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required


4) Fan and cooling coil
5) Water-/ air-oil cooler

4) Fan and cooling coil possible


PG = PGD15 x f5 x f8
PG = .........

Gear unit without


auxiliary cooling
is sufficient

PG P2

Gear unit with


fan and
cooling coil
is sufficient

PG P2

Values refer to a cooling water inlet temperature of 20 C and a maximum variation of the
cooling water temperature of 15K

Please consult the sales person responsible

PG < P2

PG P2

Gear unit with


selected
cooling
is sufficient

Variation of the following items is possible:


Oil grade / viscosity / level
Gear unit on foundation or shaft-mounted gear unit
Application of an oil supply system

The type of the possibly required auxiliary cooling is dependent on the operating conditions at the
customer site (dust, cooling water connection, etc).

G_MD30_EN_00048c

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/3

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Variable power rating

Overview

For driven machines with constant speeds and variable power


ratings the gear unit can be designed according to the equivalent power rating. For this a working cycle where phases I, II...n
require power PI, PII ... Pn and the respective power ratings
operate for time fractions XI, XII...Xn is taken as a basis. The
equivalent power rating can be calculated from these specifications with the following formula:

P2eq =

6.6

XI

P I6.6

100

XII

+ P II6.6

100

+ ... P 6.6
n

Xn
100

The size of the gear unit can then be determined analogously to


points 1.1 ... 1.5 and 3.
The following applies:

P2N P2eq

f1

f2

Then, when P2N has been determined, the power and time
fractions must be checked by applying the following requirements:
The individual power fractions PI, PII... Pn must be greater than
0.4 x P2N.
The individual power fractions PI, PII ... Pn must not exceed
1.4 x P2N.
If power fractions PI, PII ... Pn are greater than P2N, the sum of
time fractions XI, XII ... Xn must not exceed 10 %.
If any one of the three requirements is not met, P2eq must be
recalculated.
It must be borne in mind that a brief peak power rating not
included in the calculation of P2eq must not be greater than
Pmax = 2 x P2N.
In applications where the torque is variable but the speed
constant, the gear unit can be designed on the basis of the
so?called equivalent torque.
A gear unit design which is finite-life fatigue-resistant can be
sufficient for certain applications, for example, sporadic
operation (lockgate drives) or low output speeds (n2 < 4 rpm).
Example: Service classification

P 2eq
Pl
P ll

P lll

P lV

II

III

IV

X l=15%

X lI=30%

X lII=40%
X=100%
G_MD30_EN_00043

3/4

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

X
X lV=15%

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Key to symbols

Overview
Key to symbols
Symbol

Explanation

ED

Operating cycle per hour in %


(e.g. ED = 80 % per hour)

Chapter/Page

f1

Factor for driven machine

3/8

f2

Factor for prime mover

3/9

f3

Peak torque factor

3/9

f4

Thermal factors

3/9

f5

Thermal factors

3/9

f8

Oil supply factor

3/9

Actual ratio

3/64, 3/66

iN
is

Nominal ratio

n1

Input speed (rpm)

n2

Output speed (rpm)

PG

Required thermal capacity

PGA

Thermal capacity for gear units without auxiliary cooling

PGB

Thermal capacity for gear units with fan cooling

PGC

Thermal capacity for gear units with built-in cooling coil

PGC15

Thermal capacity for gear units with built-in cooling coil,


limitation of cooling water temperature difference to 15 K

PGD

Thermal capacity for gear units with built-in cooling coil and fan

PGD15

Thermal capacity for gear units with built-in cooling coil and fan,
limitation of cooling water temperature difference to 15 K

P2N

Nominal power rating of gear unit (kW), see rating tables

P2

Power rating of driven machine (kW)

Ambient temperature (C)

TA

Max. torque occurring on input shaft, e.g.: peak operating, starting, or braking torque (Nm)

T2N

Nominal output torque (kNm)

T2max

Max. permissible output torque (kNm)

TM

Nominal motor torque (Nm)

TMA

Motor starting torque (Nm)

TMK

Pull-out motor torque (Nm)

P2eq

Equivalent power rating (kW)

PI, PII, Pn

Fractions of power rating (kW) obtained from service classification

XI, XII, Xn

Fractions of time (%) obtained from service classification

Required ratio

3/3

Notes and legend for tables of thermal capacities


* On request
PGA (kW):
Gear units without auxiliary cooling;
Values refer to:
Operating cycle 100 %,
Installation in a large hall,
Altitude up to 1000 m
PGB (kW):
Gear units with fan;
Values refer to:
Operating cycle 100 %,
Installation in a large hall,
Altitude up to 1000 m

PGC15 (kW):
Gear units with built-in cooling coil;
Values refer to:
Operating cycle 100 %,
Installation in a large hall,
Altitude up to 1000 m,
Cooling water inlet temperature of 20 C
with limitation of cooling water temperature difference to 15 K.
PGD15 (kW):
Gear units with fan and built-in cooling coil;
Values refer to:
Operating cycle 100 %,
Installation in a large hall,
Altitude up to 1000 m,
Cooling water inlet temperature of 20 C
with limitation of cooling water temperature difference to 15 K.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/5

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Calculation example

Overview
Known criteria for the calculation example

Prime mover
Electric motor:
Motor speed:
Max. starting torque:

P1 = 75 kW
n1 = 1500 rpm
Ta = 720 Nm

Driven machine
Belt conveyor:
Speed:
Duty:
Starts per hour:
Operating cycle per hour:
Ambient temperature:
Installation in a large hall:
Altitude:

P2 = 66 kW
n2 = 26 rpm
12 h/day
7
ED = 100 %
30 C
Wind velocity 1.4 m/s
Sea level

Gear unit design


Bevel-helical gear unit
Mounting position:
Output shaft d2:
Direction of rotation of
output shaft d2:

Required:
Type of gear unit
Gear unit size
1. Determination of gear unit type and size
1.1.Find the transmission ratio

is =

ccw

P2N P2

f1

f2 = 66

P2 P2N

3.33

1 = 85.8 kW

66 = 219.8 kW > P2N

It is not necessary to consult us


1.3 Check the starting torque

P2N

TA

n1

9550

f3 =

720 1500
9550

2. Determination of oil supply


Gear unit with dip lubrication

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1.3

Selected from power rating table: type B3SH, gear unit size 509
with P2N = 102 kW.

P2N = 102 kW > 73.5 kW

3/6

iN = 56

1.2.Determine the nominal power rating of the gear unit

3.33
Horizontal
On right-hand side, design C,
solid shaft

n1 1500
=
= 57.7
n2
26

0.65 = 73.5 kW

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Calculation example

Overview (continued)
3. Determination of required thermal capacity PG

For the calculation below, the following has been assumed:


Gear unit with dip lubrication
Operating cycle: 100 %
Installation in a large hall (wind velocity 1.4 m/s)
altitude up to 1000 m
Gear unit with mineral oil ISO-VG460

Data required:
Type: B3SH
Size: 509
Nominal ratio: iN = 56
Ambient temperature: t = 30 C
Input speed n1 = 1500 rpm

Assumptions corresponding to operating conditions

1) Without auxiliary cooling


PG = PGA x f4 x f8
PG = 62.8 kW

Assumptions deviating
from operating conditions

PGA = 71.4 kW (see page 3/54)


f4 = 0.88
f8 = 1.0

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required


2) Fan
3) Cooling coil
4) Fan and cooling coil
5) Water-/ air-oil cooler

2) Fan possible
PG = PGB x f4 x f8
PG = 131 kW

Gear unit with


auxiliary cooling
required

PGB = 149 kW (see page 3/54)


f4 = 0.88
f8 = 1.0

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required


3) Cooling coil
4) Fan and cooling coil
5) Water-/ air-oil cooler

3) Cooling coil possible


PG = PGC15 x f5 x f8
PG = 142 kW

PGC15 = 153 kW (see page 3/54)1)


f5 = 0.93
f8 = 1.0

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required


4) Fan and cooling coil
5) Water-/ air-oil cooler

4) Fan and cooling coil possible


PG = PGD15 x f5 x f8
PG = 208 kW

Recalculation with
other
assumptions:

Gear unit with


cooling coil
is sufficient

PG P2

PGD15 = 224 kW (see page 3/54)1)


f5 = 0.93
f8 = 1.0

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required


5) Water-/ air-oil cooler
1)

Gear unit with


fan cooling
is sufficient

PG P2

Gear unit with


fan and
cooling coil
is sufficient

PG P2

Values refer to a cooling water inlet temperature of 20 C and a maximum variation of


cooling water temperature of 15K

Please consult the sales person responsible

PG < P2

"X.CAT-NG"
P G P2

Gear unit with


selected
cooling
is sufficient

Variation of the following items is possible:


Oil grade / viscosity / level
Gear unit on foundation or shaft-mounted gear unit
Application of an oil supply system

The selected gear unit B3SH509 with iN = 56 must be equipped with suitable auxiliary cooling.
Depending on the operating conditions at the customer site, a fan or cooling coil must be fitted.

G_MD30_EN_00049b

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/7

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Service factors

Overview
Factor for driven machines f1
Driven machines

Waste water treatment


Thickeners (central drive)
Filter presses
Flocculation apparatus
Aerators
Raking equipment
Combined longitudinal and
rotary rakes
Pre-thickeners
Screw pumps
Water turbines
Pumps
Centrifugal pumps
Positive-displacement pumps
- 1 piston
- > 1 piston
Dredgers
Bucket conveyors
Dumping devices
Caterpillar traveling gears
Bucket wheel excavators
- as pick-up
- for primitive material
Cutter heads
Slewing gears 1)
Plate bending machines 1)
Chemical Industry
Extruders
Dough mills
Rubber calenders
Cooling drums
Mixers for
- uniform media
- non-uniform media
Agitators for/media with
- uniform density
- non-uniform density
- non-uniform gas absorption
Toasters
Centrifuges
Metal working mills
Plate tilters
Ingot pushers
Winding machines
Cooling bed transfer frames
Roller straighteners
Roller tables
- continuous
- intermittent
Reversing tube mills
Shears
- continuous 1)
- crank type 1)
Continuous casting drivers 1)

Effective operating period under


load in hours
0.5
> 0.5 - 10 > 10

1.0
0.8

1.0
1.0

1.3
1.0
1.8
1.2
1.3

1.2
1.5
1.3
2.0
1.3
1.5

1.1
1.3

1.3
1.5
2.0

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.3
1.2

1.4
1.4

1.8
1.5

1.2

1.6
1.3
1.6

1.6
1.5
1.8

1.7
2.2
2.2
1.4
1.0

1.7
2.2
2.2
1.8
1.0

1.8
1.5
1.3

1.6
1.8
1.5
1.4

1.0
1.4

1.3
1.6

1.4
1.7

1.0
1.2
1.4
1.0
1.0

1.3
1.4
1.6
1.3
1.2

1.5
1.6
1.8
1.5
1.3

1.0
1.0

1.0
1.2
1.6
1.5
1.6

1.2
1.2
1.6
1.5
1.6

1.5
2.0
1.8

1.5
2.0
1.8

1.0

1.5
1.0
1.4

1.5
1.0
1.4

Design for power rating of driven machine P2


1)

Designed power corresponding to max. torque

2)

Load can be exactly classified, for instance, according to FEM 1001

3)

A check for thermal capacity is absolutely essential

3/8

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Driven machines

Rolls
- Reversing blooming mills
- Reversing slabbing mills
- Reversing wire mills
- Reversing sheet mills
- Reversing plate mills
Roll adjustment drives
Conveyors
Bucket conveyors
Hauling winches
Hoists
Belt conveyors 150 kW
Belt conveyors 150 kW
Goods lifts 1)
Passenger lifts 1)
Apron conveyors
Escalators
Railway vehicles
Frequency converter, electromechanical
Reciprocating compressors
Cranes 2)
Slewing gears 1)
Luffing gears
Traveling gears
Hoisting gears
Derricking jib cranes
Cooling towers
Cooling tower fans
Blowers (axial and radial)
Food industry
Cane sugar production
Cane knives 1)
Cane mills
Beet sugar production
Beet cossettes macerators
Extraction plants, mechanical
refrigerators, juice boilers
Sugar beet washing machines,
sugar beet cutters
Paper machines
Of all kinds 3)
Pulper drives (on request)
Centrifugal compressors
Cableways
Material ropeways
To-and-fro system aerial ropeways
T-bar lifts
Continuous ropeways
Cement industry
Concrete mixers
Breakers 1)
Rotary kilns
Tube mills
Separators
Roll crushers

Effective operating period


under load in hours
0.5
> 0.5 - 10 > 10

0.9

2.5
2.5
1.8
2.0
1.8
1.0

2.5
2.5
1.8
2.0
1.8

1.4

1.0
1.1

1.0

1.4
1.6
1.5
1.2
1.3
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.8
1.8

1.5
1.6
1.8
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.8
1.5
1.4

2.0
1.9

1.0
1.4
On request
On request
On request
On request

1.8

1.4

2.0
1.5

1.7
1.7

1.2
1.4

1.5

1.8

2.0

1.4

1.5

1.3
1.6
1.3
1.4

1.4
1.8
1.4
1.6

1.5
1.2

1.6

1.5
1.4
2.0
2.0
1.6
2.0

Note: The listed load parameters are empirical values. Prerequisite


for their application is that the machinery and equipment mentioned correspond to generally accepted design and load specifications. In case of deviations from standard conditions, please
contact us. For driven machines which are not listed in this table,
please refer to us.

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Service factors

Overview (continued)
Factor for prime mover f2
Factor for prime mover f2
Electric motors, hydraulic motors,
turbines

1.0

Piston engines 4 - 6 cylinders,


cyclic variation 1 : 100 to 1 : 200

1.25

Piston engines 1 - 3 cylinders,


cyclic variation 1 : 100

1.5

Peak torque factor f3


Peak torque factor f3
Load peaks per hour
1-5
6 - 30 31 - 100 > 100
Steady direction of load

0.5

0.65

0.7

0.85

Alternating direction of load

0.7

0.95

1.10

1.25

Thermal factor f4
(Gear units without auxiliary cooling or with fan)
Ambient temperature
10 C 15 C 20 C 25 C 30 C 35 C 40 C 45 C 50 C
Thermal
factor f4

1.11

1.06

1.00

0.94

0.88

0.82

0.75

0.69

0.63

Thermal factor f5
(For cooling with cooling coil, or with fan and cooling coil)
Ambient temperature
10 C 15 C 20 C 25 C 30 C 35 C 40 C 45 C 50 C
Thermal
factor f5

1.05

1.03

1.00

0.97

0.93

0.90

0.87

0.84

0.81

Oil supply factor f8


Oil
supply

Type

Dip lubri- H..H, B..H


cation 1)
H..V, B..V
H..L, B..L

1)

Oil supply factor f8


Without
auxiliary
cooling

With
fan

With
cooling
coil

With fan
and cooling coil

0.95

0.95

0.95

0.95

0.95

0.95

0.95

0.95

In combination with shaft seals or taconite.


Values of >1 are possible and available on request with oil circulation
lubrication or dip lubrication combined with labyrinth seals.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/9

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications
Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type H1
n1

n2

Gear unit sizes


503
504

505

1.12

1800
1500
1200
1000

1607
1339
1071
893

496
414
331
276

909
757
606
505

1380
1150
920
767

2474
2061
1649
1375

3870
3225
2579
2151

1.25

1800
1500
1200
1000

1440
1200
960
800

467
390
312
260

859
716
573
477

1297
1081
865
720

2413
2010
1608
1340

3770
3141
2513
2094

1.32

1800
1500
1200
1000

1364
1136
909
758

2614
2177
1742
1453

3999
3331
2665
2222

1.4

1800
1500
1200
1000

1286
1071
857
714

438
364
292
243

794
662
529
441

1225
1021
817
680

1481
1234
987
822

2249
1873
1499
1249

3501
2916
2333
1944

1.5

1800
1500
1200
1000

1200
1000
800
667

2463
2052
1642
1369

3770
3141
2513
2095

1.6

1800
1500
1200
1000

1125
938
750
625

401
334
267
223

730
609
487
406

1131
943
754
628

1366
1139
911
759

2085
1738
1390
1158

3298
2750
2199
1832

1.7

1800
1500
1200
1000

1059
882
706
588

2251
1875
1501
1250

3438
2863
2292
1909

1.8

1800
1500
1200
1000

1000
833
667
556

356
297
237
198

649
541
433
361

1026
855
684
571

1267
1055
845
704

2010
1675
1341
1118

3351
2791
2235
1863

1.9

1800
1500
1200
1000

947
789
632
526

2162
1801
1443
1201

3272
2726
2184
1818

1800
1500
1200
1000

900
750
600
500

320
267
214
178

584
487
390
325

924
770
616
513

1197
997
798
665

1809
1508
1206
1005

3025
2521
2017
1681

2.12

1800
1500
1200
1000

849
708
566
472

2134
1779
1422
1186

3556
2965
2371
1977

2.24

1800
1500
1200
1000

804
670
536
446

286
239
191
159

522
435
348
290

825
688
550
458

1120
933
746
621

1616
1347
1078
897

2702
2252
1802
1499

2.36

1800
1500
1200
1000

763
636
508
424

1997
1665
1330
1110

3236
2697
2154
1798

2.5

1800
1500
1200
1000

720
600
480
400

256
214
171
142

467
390
312
260

739
616
493
410

1003
836
668
557

1448
1206
965
804

2428
2023
1618
1349

iN

3/10

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

506

507

508

509

510

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type H1 (continued)
iN

n1

n2

Gear unit sizes


503
504

505

506

507

508

509

510

2.65

1800
1500
1200
1000

679
566
453
377

1777
1482
1186
987

2958
2466
1973
1642

2.8

1800
1500
1200
1000

643
536
429
357

229
191
153
127

417
348
279
232

660
550
440
366

895
746
597
497

1293
1078
862
718

2175
1813
1451
1207

1800
1500
1200
1000

600
500
400
333

1571
1309
1047
872

2614
2178
1742
1451

3.15

1800
1500
1200
1000

571
476
381
317

203
169
136
113

371
309
247
206

586
488
391
325

795
663
531
441

1148
957
766
637

1931
1610
1289
1072

3.35

1800
1500
1200
1000

537
448
358
299

1406
1173
937
783

2339
1951
1559
1302

3.55

1800
1500
1200
1000

507
423
338
282

181
151
120
100

329
275
219
183

520
434
347
289

706
589
471
393

1019
850
680
567

1715
1431
1143
954

3.75

1800
1500
1200
1000

480
400
320
267

1257
1047
838
699

2091
1742
1394
1163

1800
1500
1200
1000

450
375
300
250

160
134
107
89

292
243
195
162

462
385
308
257

627
522
418
348

905
754
603
503

1522
1268
1015
846

4.25

1800
1500
1200
1000

424
353
282
235

1110
924
738
615

1847
1538
1228
1024

4.5

1800
1500
1200
1000

400
333
267
222

134
112
89
74

260
216
173
144

410
342
274
228

557
464
372
309

775
645
517
430

1173
976
783
651

4.75

1800
1500
1200
1000

379
316
253
211

937
781
625
521

1627
1357
1086
906

1800
1500
1200
1000

360
300
240
200

113
94
75
63

234
195
156
130

358
298
239
199

501
418
334
279

660
550
440
366

905
754
603
503

5.3

1800
1500
1200
1000

340
283
226
189

801
667
532
445

1139
948
757
633

5.6

1800
1500
1200
1000

321
268
214
179

94
79
63
52

205
171
137
114

306
255
204
171

417
348
278
232

571
477
381
319

689
575
459
384

1800
1500
1200
1000

300
250
200
167

660
550
440
367

927
772
618
516

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/11

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type H1
iN

1.12
1.25
1.32
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.12
2.24
2.36
2.5
2.65
2.8
3
3.15
3.35
3.55
3.75
4
4.25
4.5
4.75
5
5.3
5.6
6
6.3
7.1
8
9
10
11.2
12.5
14
16
18
20
22.4
25
28
31.5
35.5
40
45
50
56
63
71
80
90
100

Gear unit sizes


503
504
2.95
5.4
3.1
5.7

3.25
5.9

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.2
6.2

3
6.2

2.8
6.1

505
8.2
8.6

9.1

9.6

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.5

9.1

11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6

Type H2, see page 3/23


Type H3, see page 3/29
Type H4, see page 3/35

3/12

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

506

11

11.6

12.1

12.7

13.3

13.3

13.3

13.3

13.3

13.3

13.3

13.3

12.4

16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2

507
14.7
16

16.7

17.7

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

18.5

17.5

17

21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5

508

18.3

19.6

20.3

21.8

24

25

25

25

25

25

25

23.6

22.5

21

28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3

509
23
25

26

28

32

32.1

32.1

32.2

32.3

32.3

32.3

32.3

28

24

20.5

37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

510

28

30

31

33

40

40.5

41.6

41.6

41.6

41.6

41.6

41

32

29.5

48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5

511

63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5

512

81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81

513

101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5

514

125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

Type

H1

H2

H3

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type H1
iN
80
90
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400

Gear unit sizes


503
504

505

506

507
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5

508

28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3

509
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

510

48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5

511
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5

512

81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81

513
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5

514

125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

Type

3
H4

Type H2, see page 3/23


Type H3, see page 3/29
Type H4, see page 3/35
Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/13

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1
iN

Gear unit sizes


503
504

505

506

507

508

509

510

1.12

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

139
359
414
610

156
471
735
1003

102
592
743
1160

*
764
626
1271

*
1046
1314
2138

1.25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

143
356
404
596

174
478
732
992

130
567
702
1077

54.9
806
675
1288

*
1112
1361
2141

1.32

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

131
1062
870
1619

*
1184
1424
2288

1.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

145
349
389
572

182
474
722
974

169
618
757
1149

193
749
883
1365

122
823
697
1285

1.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

213
1060
883
1585

1.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

145
339
368
545

185
461
679
918

192
617
748
1120

201
695
815
1247

189
890
761
1357

221
1148
1371
2075

1.7

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

252
1044
879
1543

165
1234
1451
2230

1.8

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

142
326
349
513

186
449
647
878

185
554
670
993

231
732
857
1298

239
890
772
1332

280
1142
1354
2019

1.9

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

298
1048
893
1532

269
1226
1431
2155

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

138
312
328
486

182
428
605
822

189
537
651
959

242
707
828
1241

257
865
757
1283

325
1123
1328
1953

2.12

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

341
1066
919
1540

320
1204
1401
2081

2.24

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

142
314
325
483

164
374
517
701

202
548
664
969

226
628
736
1092

268
835
738
1230

350
1086
1282
1865

2.36

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

345
1016
883
1461

358
1172
1363
1999

2.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

134
294
300
447

185
418
568
774

196
514
625
909

224
602
709
1046

272
799
712
1171

363
1035
1224
1761

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/14

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

99.9
1140
1378
2132

57.7
1224
1445
2256

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
503
504

iN

505

506

507

508

509

510

2.65

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

324
909
797
1304

379
1127
1310
1902

2.8

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

127
277
280
417

164
364
485
661

187
479
586
844

231
601
709
1036

268
752
676
1097

361
973
1152
1644

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

318
858
757
1227

385
1069
1247
1790

3.15

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

113
240
243
359

162
350
453
620

195
479
589
844

220
559
663
965

287
759
689
1108

406
1014
1202
1696

3.35

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

304
795
709
1135

380
997
1166
1661

3.55

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

104
219
219
324

162
335
428
584

170
407
504
715

208
517
616
890

272
704
646
1042

397
952
1135
1595

3.75

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

299
768
689
1104

423
1029
1206
1706

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

104
215
212
315

149
304
382
520

172
404
493
701

216
519
624
894

259
656
608
975

368
853
1025
1431

4.25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

281
723
653
1059

409
961
1134
1595

4.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

101
203
199
293

135
277
340
469

168
379
456
645

188
443
534
762

250
644
599
960

383
840
1013
1400

4.75

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

266
670
610
979

377
860
1013
1422

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

94.7
192
185
274

120
245
298
410

157
357
420
600

187
433
526
745

227
575
542
862

345
756
913
1254

5.3

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

260
660
606
975

394
858
994
1390

5.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

89.6
180
171
256

119
239
284
393

144
323
375
537

177
395
481
675

204
509
484
763

327
703
858
1169

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

236
589
547
870

357
772
882
1232

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/15

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1
iN

Gear unit sizes


503
504

505

506

507

508

509

510

1.12

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

119
391
440
680

96.9
492
719
1050

*
602
687
1199

*
756
495
1295

*
994
1138
2177

1.25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

127
391
433
667

130
507
727
1048

25.2
582
659
1121

*
830
583
1338

*
1108
1245
2217

1.32

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

*
1106
771
1702

*
1140
1249
2342

1.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

134
385
418
642

146
510
721
1032

*
858
622
1346

*
1166
1291
2227

1.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

*
1234
1332
2349

1.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

138
377
398
613

160
500
699
991

133
657
729
1184

121
734
783
1314

*
1207
1320
2190

1.7

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

*
1268
1367
2336

1.8

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

136
364
379
582

166
490
681
961

144
597
660
1055

164
779
833
1371

115
934
715
1404

1.9

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

175
1122
847
1632

*
1291
1383
2276

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

134
352
361
558

166
470
653
916

159
585
649
1024

193
765
818
1320

165
922
718
1364

160
1187
1294
2069

2.12

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

233
1143
880
1644

120
1274
1367
2209

2.24

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

141
352
354
547

152
412
561
789

176
599
667
1041

190
683
733
1168

198
900
713
1316

213
1149
1256
1976

2.36

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

263
1100
860
1568

199
1243
1335
2121

2.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

134
330
328
506

175
461
616
868

177
566
631
977

196
660
711
1123

219
867
699
1260

263
1110
1215
1879

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/16

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

84.8
647
723
1203

91.8
785
839
1432

28.2
931
691
1426

16.8
1128
816
1683

98.8
1117
824
1644

73.9
1207
1317
2141

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
503
504

iN

505

506

507

508

509

510

2.65

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

267
993
786
1407

246
1197
1291
2020

2.8

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

128
311
306
473

157
402
526
743

173
529
594
911

209
660
717
1118

229
823
671
1185

290
1053
1159
1763

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

275
940
757
1330

289
1147
1241
1910

3.15

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

115
271
267
409

159
388
494
699

185
532
602
911

204
618
673
1041

263
839
694
1206

366
1116
1231
1843

3.35

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

273
877
713
1236

311
1082
1174
1782

3.55

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

106
247
239
369

163
376
472
660

164
455
517
775

196
573
627
964

258
783
654
1134

369
1059
1172
1733

3.75

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

278
851
697
1207

384
1140
1240
1854

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

106
243
233
358

151
342
419
589

168
451
518
770

209
578
638
967

250
731
618
1063

350
950
1062
1557

4.25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

270
804
662
1152

382
1068
1168
1734

4.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

106
231
219
335

135
310
375
530

168
425
491
720

183
493
549
827

239
713
608
1044

382
942
1058
1531

4.75

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

258
745
621
1069

362
958
1058
1557

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

97.8
217
203
312

121
274
326
463

156
400
461
678

185
484
542
811

219
640
551
935

344
847
954
1370

5.3

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

249
733
615
1059

396
961
1067
1547

5.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

92.8
204
188
291

121
269
312
446

144
364
411
608

179
444
500
738

198
567
493
832

329
791
898
1281

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

228
655
556
949

356
866
963
1384

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/17

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1
iN

Gear unit sizes


503
504

505

506

507

508

509

510

1.12

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

71
423
464
770

*
507
676
1103

*
598
579
1234

*
665
171
1257

*
741
671
2087

1.25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

87.4
428
462
759

30.3
531
693
1104

*
596
581
1170

*
803
367
1353

*
987
924
2218

1.32

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

*
1088
511
1737

*
906
778
2270

1.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

106
429
450
735

*
672
655
1265

*
817
755
1506

*
859
450
1384

*
1105
1043
2274

1.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

*
1157
633
1758

*
1119
1005
2356

1.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

117
424
432
705

*
689
673
1253

*
778
722
1395

*
961
549
1492

*
1211
1153
2282

1.7

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

*
1171
684
1742

*
1217
1114
2389

1.8

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

119
412
415
673

116
534
674
1034

*
991
611
1488

*
1243
1190
2254

1.9

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

*
1200
740
1750

*
1299
1215
2380

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

121
399
397
645

126
517
651
988

73
627
618
1096

*
981
630
1452

*
1246
1204
2199

2.12

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

*
1240
800
1777

*
1316
1242
2329

2.24

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

131
403
391
634

124
458
577
864

115
655
648
1121

106
737
702
1254

*
1227
1195
2118

2.36

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

*
1303
1246
2258

2.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

128
379
363
588

148
515
651
970

129
624
622
1059

127
720
689
1210

58.9
538
693
1092

98.6
539
684
1060

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/18

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

41.3
632
620
1121

32.2
835
779
1462

84.5
821
774
1412

19.4
961
638
1407

70.7
932
636
1350

74.1
1193
791
1697

16.1
1188
1167
2017

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
503
504

iN

505

506

507

508

509

510

2.65

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

124
1080
734
1526

*
1277
1230
2165

2.8

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

124
358
338
549

137
453
574
848

136
588
591
991

156
729
703
1211

123
895
629
1282

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

157
1026
711
1443

3.15

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

114
313
297
477

146
438
546
804

158
598
606
997

163
686
668
1133

196
929
675
1320

251
1220
1219
2016

3.35

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

186
967
686
1349

124
1162
1139
1919

3.55

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

106
286
266
430

159
429
526
766

145
513
524
851

164
640
628
1051

208
878
650
1249

285
1175
1183
1908

3.75

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

220
947
682
1325

272
1249
1233
2027

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

107
281
259
418

149
391
469
687

154
511
528
848

184
651
645
1063

218
823
618
1170

294
1072
1090
1717

4.25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

230
900
658
1269

301
1192
1186
1904

4.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

110
270
248
393

132
354
416
616

162
488
507
798

167
560
559
908

209
802
603
1149

358
1076
1104
1700

4.75

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

231
839
620
1180

307
1079
1086
1717

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

101
252
227
366

119
314
364
538

149
456
479
754

173
551
554
894

195
719
550
1032

320
962
990
1522

5.3

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

220
822
611
1166

374
1095
1111
1717

5.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

95.6
238
211
342

119
309
349
518

139
416
441
689

175
510
518
818

178
639
495
917

315
901
940
1424

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

203
737
556
1046

335
984
1004
1538

96.6
1129
1119
1890

45.7
1230
1195
2050

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/19

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1
iN

Gear unit sizes


503
504

505

506

507

508

509

510

1.12

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

4.1
446
477
844

*
506
612
1132

*
548
422
1220

*
449
449
1111

*
113
113
1790

1.25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

27.2
452
477
835

*
546
646
1149

*
575
465
1182

*
685
588
1283

*
653
310
2062

1.32

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

*
954
714
1665

*
282
281
1979

1.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

58.1
458
468
811

*
559
656
1141

*
670
556
1291

*
806
622
1532

*
790
162
1355

*
891
595
2185

1.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

*
1098
302
1751

*
794
372
2207

1.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

83.8
458
456
783

*
710
601
1299

*
788
623
1433

*
926
329
1494

*
1105
859
2275

1.7

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

*
1147
442
1760

*
1001
654
2304

1.8

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

90.7
448
438
752

*
663
570
1176

*
858
696
1518

*
993
453
1527

*
1189
967
2285

1.9

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

*
1207
556
1799

*
1196
913
2374

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

98.1
437
420
715

*
661
573
1150

*
860
713
1476

*
1000
503
1502

*
1231
1032
2256

2.12

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

*
1278
658
1850

*
1262
1011
2363

2.24

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

112
447
422
713

*
783
660
1322

*
995
535
1464

*
1241
1066
2196

2.36

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

*
1244
678
1778

*
1293
1071
2317

2.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

112
420
390
662

106
555
643
1031

*
977
556
1420

*
1220
1070
2104

12.3
564
653
1109

38.7
560
647
1084

61.9
546
630
1041

78.8
489
566
916

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/20

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

19.4
687
606
1175

50.8
658
589
1115

34.5
765
652
1277

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
503
504

iN

505

506

507

2.65

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

2.8

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

112
398
365
619

106
490
571
903

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

3.15

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

110
350
322
539

123
479
561
873

116
645
593
1062

3.35

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

3.55

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

103
320
289
486

148
474
555
843

115
557
519
912

113
689
611
1120

128
947
617
1336

3.75

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

105
316
281
473

141
434
512
771

130
560
527
910

4.25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

4.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

112
306
272
448

4.75

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

77.1
628
569
1050

508

73.4
773
669
1278

96.2
733
642
1200

509

510

*
1136
652
1609

*
1291
1099
2245

*
938
558
1349

*
1178
1050
1990

*
1092
650
1534

*
1267
1098
2147

76.9
984
621
1396

35.8
1028
630
1434

80.6
1298
1179
2139

*
1209
1070
2018

145
1248
1149
2038

118
1009
637
1409

103
1326
1194
2160

146
706
635
1137

157
893
601
1256

191
1149
1070
1841

156
970
631
1355

168
1268
1156
2034

123
393
453
691

149
540
514
864

139
610
555
975

147
865
582
1228

306
1181
1119
1841

180
908
604
1262

207
1164
1075
1839

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

101
284
247
416

111
348
396
605

134
503
484
815

151
605
556
962

152
780
534
1105

273
1049
1001
1641

5.3

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

169
888
590
1246

322
1202
1131
1855

5.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

96
268
229
387

113
344
380
585

127
460
447
744

164
564
528
888

146
695
484
986

280
990
957
1545

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

166
799
540
1122

287
1074
1015
1661

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/21

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H2
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 504 to 514

Technical specifications
Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type H2
Gear unit sizes
n1

n2

504

505

506

507

508

6.3

1800
1500
1200
1000

286
238
190
159

208
173
138
115

343
286
229
191

648
540
432
360

1084
903
723
602

1851
1543
1234
1028

3037
2531
2024
1687

7.1

1800
1500
1200
1000

254
211
169
141

184
153
123
102

311
259
207
173

585
487
390
325

982
818
655
546

1672
1393
1115
929

2733
2277
1822
1518

1800
1500
1200
1000

225
188
150
125

167
139
111
93

270
225
180
150

517
431
345
287

672
560
448
373

855
712
570
475

1127
939
751
626

1505
1254
1003
836

1912
1593
1274
1062

2450
2042
1634
1361

2941
2451
1961
1634

1800
1500
1200
1000

200
167
133
111

152
126
101
84

244
204
163
136

346
289
231
192

463
386
309
257

607
505
404
337

766
639
511
426

1020
850
680
567

1348
1124
899
749

1727
1439
1151
959

2186
1822
1458
1215

2647
2206
1765
1471

10

1800
1500
1200
1000

180
150
120
100

135
112
90
75

221
184
147
123

314
262
209
174

414
345
276
230

537
447
358
298

683
570
456
380

888
740
592
493

1202
1001
801
668

1554
1295
1036
863

1939
1616
1293
1077

2373
1978
1582
1319

11.2

1800
1500
1200
1000

161
134
107
89

122
101
81
68

195
163
130
109

272
227
182
151

358
298
239
199

480
400
320
267

602
502
401
334

796
664
531
442

1064
887
709
591

1393
1160
928
774

1708
1424
1139
949

2118
1765
1412
1177

12.5

1800
1500
1200
1000

144
120
96
80

104
87
70
58

175
145
116
97

247
206
165
137

320
267
213
178

429
358
286
238

531
443
354
295

710
592
473
394

924
770
616
513

1241
1034
827
689

1518
1265
1012
844

1879
1565
1252
1044

14

1800
1500
1200
1000

129
107
86
71

94
78
62
52

153
127
102
85

223
186
149
124

284
236
189
158

372
310
248
206

477
397
318
265

625
521
417
347

825
688
550
458

1099
916
733
610

1330
1108
886
739

1654
1379
1103
919

16

1800
1500
1200
1000

113
94
75
63

83
70
56
46

136
113
90
75

198
165
132
110

253
210
168
140

332
277
221
185

429
358
286
238

552
460
368
307

751
626
501
417

954
795
636
530

1171
976
781
651

1471
1226
980
817

18

1800
1500
1200
1000

100
83
67
56

74
62
49
41

121
101
81
67

176
147
118
98

235
196
157
130

294
245
196
164

382
318
255
212

496
413
330
275

662
551
441
368

852
710
568
473

1093
911
729
607

1288
1073
859
715

20

1800
1500
1200
1000

90
75
60
50

66
55
44
37

154
129
103
86

262
218
175
146

446
372
297
248

776
647
517
431

1134
945
756
630

22.4

1800
1500
1200
1000

80
67
54
45

137
114
91
76

244
203
162
135

397
331
265
221

683
569
455
379

1059
882
706
588

25

1800
1500
1200
1000

72
60
48
40

122
102
81
68

iN

3/22

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

509

510

511

512

513

514

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H2 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 504 to 514

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type H2
iN
1.12
1.25
1.32
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.12
2.24
2.36
2.5
2.65
2.8
3
3.15
3.35
3.55
3.75
4
4.25
4.5
4.75
5
5.3
5.6
6
6.3
7.1
8
9
10
11.2
12.5
14
16
18
20
22.4
25
28
31.5
35.5
40
45
50
56
63
71
80
90
100

Gear unit sizes


503
504
2.95
5.4
3.1
5.7

3.25
5.9

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.2
6.2

3
6.2

2.8
6.1

505
8.2
8.6

9.1

9.6

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.5

9.1

11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6

506

11

11.6

12.1

12.7

13.3

13.3

13.3

13.3

13.3

13.3

13.3

13.3

12.4

16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2

507
14.7
16

16.7

17.7

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

18.5

17.5

17

21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5

508

18.3

19.6

20.3

21.8

24

25

25

25

25

25

25

23.6

22.5

21

28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3

509
23
25

26

28

32

32.1

32.1

32.2

32.3

32.3

32.3

32.3

28

24

20.5

37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

510

28

30

31

33

40

40.5

41.6

41.6

41.6

41.6

41.6

41

32

29.5

48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5

511

63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5

512

81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81

513

101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5

514

125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

Type

H1

H2

H3

Type H1, see page 3/12


Type H3, see page 3/29
Type H4, see page 3/35
Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/23

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H2
Gear unit sizes
iN

504

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

6.3

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

71
148
133
205

86.6
177
250
329

125
289
327
476

154
357
364
549

190
556
648
958

236
801
715
1218

7.1

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

69.9
144
129
198

84.2
171
237
314

122
280
318
459

154
349
357
534

198
544
631
928

258
796
714
1194

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

67.7
139
123
190

83.1
166
227
301

116
259
296
425

138
311
346
502

157
344
354
526

168
379
559
743

203
527
614
896

216
600
679
1009

273
781
708
1163

263
840
750
1264

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

65.4
133
117
180

80.1
159
214
284

97.8
193
254
338

119
264
303
433

135
301
335
484

153
330
341
504

168
370
535
712

205
508
594
863

223
588
663
975

280
758
693
1120

284
832
749
1239

10

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

61.3
124
107
166

77.2
152
202
268

95
185
241
322

112
245
283
402

127
278
311
448

148
315
327
479

171
365
514
687

203
484
570
823

227
569
643
942

281
729
672
1065

296
815
739
1204

11.2

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

61.9
125
107
166

72.8
141
185
246

93.3
181
231
309

110
235
272
385

131
283
319
456

149
309
322
469

167
350
483
647

197
458
542
775

228
547
622
906

294
715
666
1043

302
790
722
1159

12.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

58.1
115
99.3
153

68.9
132
171
228

89.6
173
217
292

109
226
265
370

123
262
297
423

138
282
297
429

161
334
453
606

201
447
531
751

225
522
596
862

289
683
644
997

302
757
699
1101

14

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

55.2
109
92.8
143

67.4
128
163
218

86.1
165
205
276

104
213
250
348

120
252
286
405

137
275
292
419

161
327
442
592

195
427
512
719

219
492
565
812

277
636
606
930

313
742
693
1078

16

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

52.8
103
87.2
134

66.2
123
154
205

81
153
188
252

96.7
199
236
328

119
243
277
389

134
263
281
400

149
299
394
529

189
415
500
703

221
479
553
786

280
618
593
900

306
710
669
1030

18

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

50.5
97.1
82.3
126

62.6
117
144
193

76.6
143
174
234

90.7
185
221
306

113
228
254
359

127
250
269
382

148
291
379
508

178
385
469
656

214
458
533
752

267
589
568
860

293
661
627
957

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

48.6
92.7
77.8
120

74.6
138
166
223

105
213
235
332

144
279
358
479

207
445
521
736

295
641
614
926

22.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

73.1
133
157
211

98.8
198
216
307

137
265
333
448

195
412
488
685

281
610
587
884

25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

69.1
126
147
198

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/24

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

512

513

514

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H2
Gear unit sizes
iN

504

505

506

507

508

509

510

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

72.4
167
145
232

86.4
197
276
372

118
319
334
515

139
388
361
588

134
585
629
1018

156
849
678
1287

7.1

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

71.6
163
140
225

84.7
191
263
356

118
310
324
498

143
381
357
575

155
582
626
992

191
846
684
1265

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

69.7
157
134
216

83.9
186
250
340

113
288
303
461

133
344
352
544

149
379
358
567

154
411
575
799

170
575
617
960

163
633
658
1073

214
832
684
1233

185
889
715
1338

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

67.5
151
128
205

81.2
178
235
322

99
215
280
382

118
294
311
470

132
334
342
525

148
365
347
545

158
405
564
780

180
556
601
925

183
630
656
1046

237
816
680
1198

218
885
720
1313

10

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

63.3
140
117
189

78.6
171
222
304

96.2
208
266
365

111
274
291
437

126
310
319
486

145
349
334
521

164
403
560
769

184
533
579
884

196
619
648
1011

251
792
669
1154

239
869
716
1278

11.2

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

64
141
117
189

74.9
159
204
279

95.1
202
254
350

110
262
282
420

130
317
328
496

148
343
331
511

162
387
528
727

190
506
553
837

204
600
631
973

278
786
674
1133

261
852
713
1241

12.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

60.4
131
109
174

71.2
149
189
259

91.7
194
239
330

112
255
275
405

123
294
306
461

138
314
306
468

159
370
494
682

199
496
546
814

208
574
607
929

279
757
657
1086

273
824
698
1192

14

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

57.5
123
101
163

69.8
144
180
247

88.3
185
226
313

106
239
260
381

122
282
297
442

138
308
302
458

161
364
485
665

195
475
527
781

213
544
579
878

272
708
624
1013

298
817
702
1173

16

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

55.3
117
95.8
153

69.4
139
171
234

83.7
172
208
286

99.2
223
246
358

123
273
289
427

137
296
292
438

150
333
434
596

187
461
516
761

220
532
571
854

282
691
617
986

299
786
683
1120

18

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

53.3
110
90.2
144

65.3
132
160
220

79.2
161
192
266

93.3
209
231
335

117
257
273
401

130
280
280
418

150
326
418
576

178
429
484
710

214
510
551
818

269
657
590
942

290
735
649
1046

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

51.4
106
85.6
137

77.6
156
183
254

109
239
258
377

148
312
395
542

207
494
537
797

299
716
640
1016

22.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

76.7
150
174
241

102
223
237
348

140
297
367
508

195
459
504
743

284
681
610
968

25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

72.4
142
163
226

6.3

511

512

513

514

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5


Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/25

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H2
Gear unit sizes
iN

504

505

506

507

508

6.3

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

70.4
192
160
271

81.3
224
287
410

100
356
332
562

99.5
418
343
631

29.5
615
586
1081

*
877
584
1344

7.1

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

71.5
189
155
263

81.8
217
278
397

104
347
326
545

112
416
344
621

66
617
591
1062

46.1
889
615
1336

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

70.5
182
148
252

82.5
213
274
389

103
325
307
507

115
384
351
594

127
419
352
619

116
446
571
858

94.7
612
591
1032

62.5
670
617
1137

103
890
634
1316

*
922
623
1399

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

68.7
175
142
241

80.6
204
264
373

94.4
245
303
434

110
332
317
519

118
375
344
576

132
407
345
597

127
443
564
839

116
603
585
997

97.8
668
621
1117

146
877
640
1283

76.5
933
652
1388

10

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

64.7
163
130
222

78.2
195
250
354

94.3
238
293
419

106
310
298
483

116
349
324
536

133
391
336
572

142
446
567
832

136
587
577
959

124
661
620
1092

175
854
637
1238

133
931
668
1366

11.2

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

65.8
164
129
221

75.7
183
230
325

95
231
286
407

108
300
291
464

123
358
334
548

140
388
336
563

146
432
550
801

157
561
556
910

144
650
615
1055

228
861
661
1231

172
915
673
1330

12.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

62.7
153
121
205

72.4
173
213
302

92.1
222
269
385

113
293
287
451

118
333
314
510

134
356
313
518

147
416
530
766

184
558
558
892

161
635
606
1011

244
838
654
1192

199
889
668
1282

14

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

59.9
144
113
192

71.7
167
203
289

89
213
254
364

108
276
272
425

119
322
306
490

135
350
310
508

154
411
526
752

187
536
542
858

180
606
584
956

249
794
630
1120

252
896
691
1274

16

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

57.9
137
107
180

72.8
162
195
274

85.7
198
233
334

99.9
257
257
400

124
314
302
475

138
339
303
489

146
378
483
688

178
519
528
836

207
599
584
937

275
784
635
1093

266
871
683
1231

18

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

56.4
129
101
170

68.1
153
181
257

81.5
186
216
310

94.2
240
241
374

119
295
286
447

130
321
290
466

148
371
468
665

171
484
497
781

209
575
567
901

260
744
608
1043

269
823
655
1155

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

54.5
124
95.8
161

80.4
181
206
297

110
275
269
420

149
358
446
628

199
557
552
877

293
810
660
1129

22.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

80.8
175
198
281

104
256
253
392

141
340
413
591

190
519
520
818

277
771
631
1074

25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

75.7
165
183
265

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/26

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

509

510

511

512

513

514

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H2
Gear unit sizes
iN

504

505

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

65.2
215
172
306

69.9
247
292
442

71.9
381
321
597

50.7
442
318
665

*
611
510
1102

*
846
430
1342

7.1

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

68.1
212
167
297

72.9
240
284
428

80.5
374
318
581

70.7
441
323
656

*
624
532
1095

*
885
498
1359

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

68.1
205
160
286

77.1
236
281
419

85.8
352
303
544

88.2
413
341
633

92.3
446
334
654

67.5
472
559
902

*
631
547
1081

*
669
542
1163

*
903
544
1354

*
891
469
1398

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

67.6
197
153
273

77.1
227
271
403

84.5
272
309
468

95.1
363
315
557

95.8
403
337
615

103
435
332
635

87.3
471
556
885

34.8
628
552
1051

*
681
563
1154

*
905
573
1335

*
928
535
1413

10

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

64.6
184
140
251

75.5
218
261
387

86.6
263
301
453

94.4
340
298
520

99.3
380
321
575

112
423
328
612

108
474
561
879

64
616
550
1011

28.2
685
577
1138

71.4
895
589
1299

*
948
581
1408

11.2

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

66
185
140
250

75.1
205
246
360

89.9
258
296
443

101
330
294
503

109
391
333
589

125
422
333
606

119
463
548
849

99.9
598
544
962

64.8
680
581
1112

164
915
631
1304

41.1
948
609
1384

12.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

63.6
172
131
232

71.9
193
234
341

89.3
248
286
425

110
326
294
491

107
365
315
550

123
390
312
559

126
449
533
815

150
603
558
953

94
666
577
1070

188
893
631
1264

98.9
931
621
1345

14

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

60.9
163
123
218

71.8
188
224
327

87.5
237
275
408

106
307
280
463

113
355
310
530

128
385
312
550

139
448
532
805

164
584
545
919

127
649
576
1017

207
851
616
1199

189
952
664
1349

16

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

59.5
155
116
205

75
183
215
312

85.8
221
258
378

97.7
286
263
434

122
350
310
517

134
375
309
532

136
414
494
740

156
564
530
893

175
651
587
1003

253
853
638
1184

212
928
662
1307

18

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

58.7
147
111
194

69.3
173
200
292

81.7
209
237
351

92.6
268
248
407

118
329
294
487

127
356
295
507

140
408
490
727

156
528
502
838

187
628
572
966

237
812
610
1128

227
882
644
1236

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

56.7
141
105
184

81.4
203
226
335

108
307
276
457

146
397
478
699

179
607
555
939

273
882
664
1220

22.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

83.8
197
218
320

102
286
260
428

138
376
452
663

177
567
526
879

256
840
634
1163

25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

77.6
186
203
300

6.3

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5


Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/27

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H3
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 505 to 514

Technical specifications
Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type H3
Gear unit sizes
n1

n2

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

20

1800
1500
1200
1000

90
75
60
50

107
89
71
59

197
164
131
109

338
282
225
188

600
500
400
333

959
799
639
533

22.4

1800
1500
1200
1000

80
67
54
45

95
79
63
53

176
147
117
98

298
248
199
166

521
434
347
289

852
710
568
474

25

1800
1500
1200
1000

72
60
48
40

83
69
56
46

156
130
104
87

204
170
136
114

268
223
178
149

351
293
234
195

465
388
310
258

619
516
413
344

746
622
498
415

929
774
619
516

28

1800
1500
1200
1000

64
54
43
36

77
64
51
43

108
90
72
60

145
121
97
81

183
152
122
101

234
195
156
130

310
258
207
172

416
346
277
231

538
448
358
299

672
560
448
373

826
688
550
459

31.5

1800
1500
1200
1000

57
48
38
32

67
56
45
37

96
80
64
53

129
107
86
71

162
135
108
90

210
175
140
117

278
232
185
155

371
309
248
206

480
400
320
267

588
490
392
327

723
603
482
402

35.5

1800
1500
1200
1000

51
42
34
28

63
52
42
35

84
70
56
47

116
97
78
65

150
125
100
84

192
160
128
107

244
203
162
135

333
277
222
185

429
358
286
239

537
448
358
298

651
543
434
362

40

1800
1500
1200
1000

45
38
30
25

55
46
37
31

78
65
52
43

103
86
69
57

133
111
89
74

172
144
115
96

219
182
146
121

297
248
198
165

383
319
256
213

470
392
314
261

570
475
380
317

45

1800
1500
1200
1000

40
33
27
22

50
42
33
28

68
57
45
38

90
75
60
50

121
101
81
67

152
126
101
84

199
166
133
111

257
214
172
143

343
286
229
191

417
348
278
232

520
434
347
289

50

1800
1500
1200
1000

36
30
24
20

44
36
29
24

64
53
42
35

80
66
53
44

107
89
71
59

136
114
91
76

179
149
119
99

230
191
153
128

307
256
205
170

366
305
244
203

456
380
304
253

56

1800
1500
1200
1000

32
27
21
18

38
32
26
21

56
46
37
31

71
59
47
39

93
78
62
52

119
99
80
66

158
131
105
88

204
170
136
113

266
221
177
148

328
274
219
182

404
337
270
225

63

1800
1500
1200
1000

29
24
19
16

34
29
23
19

50
42
34
28

63
53
42
35

83
69
55
46

105
87
70
58

142
118
94
79

189
157
126
105

237
198
158
132

300
250
200
167

354
295
236
197

71

1800
1500
1200
1000

25
21
17
14

30
25
20
17

44
37
29
25

56
47
37
31

74
61
49
41

94
79
63
52

124
103
83
69

169
140
112
94

210
175
140
117

263
219
175
146

318
265
212
177

80

1800
1500
1200
1000

23
19
15
13

39
32
26
21

66
55
44
37

109
91
73
61

195
162
130
108

291
242
194
162

90

1800
1500
1200
1000

20
17
13
11

35
29
23
19

58
49
39
32

98
82
65
54

174
145
116
97

255
212
170
142

100

1800
1500
1200
1000

18
15
12
10

31
25
20
17

iN

3/28

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H3 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 505 to 514

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type H3
iN
6.3
7.1
8
9
10
11.2
12.5
14
16
18
20
22.4
25
28
31.5
35.5
40
45
50
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400

Gear unit sizes


503
504

505
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6

506

16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2

507
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5

508

28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3

509
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

510

48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5

511
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5

512

81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81

513
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5

514

125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

Type

3
H2

H3

H4

Type H1, see page 3/12


Type H2, see page 3/23
Type H4, see page 3/35
Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/29

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H3
iN

Gear unit sizes


505
506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

53.4
83.3
127
154

84
137
199
245

112
180
234
296

160
270
411
507

222
395
467
620

22.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

51.2
79.8
122
147

80.6
131
190
235

105
168
218
276

156
261
397
490

216
382
452
599

25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

50
78.1
119
144

77.2
125
182
225

91
146
204
253

103
165
215
271

121
191
303
365

151
252
383
472

172
285
424
525

205
363
429
568

237
413
484
641

28

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

48.4
75.1
111
135

58.9
90.2
129
157

75.7
122
179
220

87.3
140
195
243

99.1
158
206
259

113
178
282
340

145
238
362
445

167
276
409
507

208
361
428
563

229
400
467
618

31.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

47.3
73.3
108
131

56.2
86.3
123
150

72.5
117
170
210

83.5
134
186
232

97.8
155
203
255

111
176
278
335

140
230
350
430

162
267
395
488

197
342
406
533

218
379
443
585

35.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

44.7
69
101
122

55
84.3
121
147

71.2
114
166
204

82.1
131
178
221

92.4
145
192
240

107
167
256
310

138
225
343
419

155
251
374
460

193
330
395
516

221
376
443
582

40

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

43.7
67.5
98.4
120

53.2
81.1
112
138

68.1
109
158
195

78.4
125
170
211

91
143
189
236

105
164
252
305

133
217
331
405

150
243
361
444

183
313
374
488

209
356
418
549

45

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

40
61.1
87
106

51.9
79.2
110
134

64.1
101
146
179

77.1
122
161
201

83.3
130
172
214

99.2
154
232
281

128
205
316
384

147
237
354
433

177
297
359
466

204
345
408
532

50

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

39.2
59.8
85.1
103

49.1
74.5
102
125

61.3
96.8
139
171

73.6
116
154
192

82
128
169
211

97.8
152
228
277

124
198
306
372

142
229
342
418

168
281
341
440

194
326
386
503

56

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

38.3
58
81.9
99.6

48
72.9
100
122

58.6
92
131
160

69.2
108
142
177

79.7
123
164
203

89.4
137
202
245

119
189
292
354

137
216
326
397

164
272
332
428

187
309
370
479

63

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

35.7
53.5
74
89.8

43.9
65.9
88.4
108

56.4
87.4
121
149

66.2
104
135
169

75.8
116
156
191

88
135
199
241

114
179
279
335

132
209
315
384

162
264
326
417

177
293
351
453

71

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

34.9
52.3
72.3
87.9

43
64.4
86.3
106

54
83.6
116
143

63.3
98.3
127
159

74.6
114
153
189

85.4
131
189
229

111
173
270
325

127
199
301
365

154
251
308
394

173
284
341
440

80

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

41.9
62.5
83.2
102

60.8
93.3
118
147

81.1
122
173
210

121
188
287
346

170
276
335
429

90

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

39
57.6
75.1
91.9

58.3
89.3
113
141

80
121
171
207

118
182
278
335

162
261
317
406

100

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

38.2
56.4
73.4
89.8

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/30

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H3
iN

Gear unit sizes


505
506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

55.7
93.3
142
174

87.4
153
209
267

115
199
244
321

161
296
425
545

221
433
483
670

22.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

53.5
89.3
135
167

84
146
200
256

108
186
228
299

156
286
411
526

215
419
467
648

25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

52.3
87.1
132
163

80.3
140
191
244

94.8
164
218
279

107
184
225
295

124
211
335
412

152
277
397
508

174
313
439
563

205
398
444
613

237
453
501
693

28

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

50.8
84
123
153

61.5
101
143
178

79.1
137
187
239

91
157
209
268

103
175
215
281

116
198
313
384

148
263
378
479

168
303
425
544

211
398
445
611

230
439
484
669

31.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

49.6
82.1
121
149

58.9
96.3
137
170

75.8
131
179
228

87.1
150
199
255

101
173
212
277

115
194
308
378

143
255
365
464

163
293
411
525

201
377
423
579

220
417
459
634

35.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

47.1
77.4
112
139

57.7
94.2
133
166

74.7
128
176
224

85.7
146
196
250

96.1
162
201
261

111
186
283
350

142
249
359
453

159
278
390
496

199
366
413
561

225
416
462
631

40

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

46
75.6
110
136

55.8
90.7
125
156

71.5
122
169
214

82.1
140
187
238

94.6
160
198
256

109
183
279
344

137
241
347
438

153
268
377
479

189
347
391
532

214
395
437
597

45

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

42.3
68.6
96.7
120

54.6
88.6
122
152

67.6
114
159
200

81
137
178
228

87.3
145
181
233

103
172
257
318

133
228
332
416

152
262
370
468

184
331
377
507

211
381
427
579

50

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

41.5
67.1
94.8
117

51.8
83.5
113
142

64.7
109
152
192

77.3
130
170
218

86
143
178
229

102
169
253
313

129
221
321
402

147
254
358
452

175
314
358
481

200
362
404
548

56

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

40.5
65.2
91.2
113

50.5
81.6
111
139

61.8
104
145
182

73.2
122
156
200

84
138
173
222

93.8
153
224
277

124
211
307
384

142
240
342
430

172
304
349
466

195
344
389
522

63

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

38
60.2
82.1
102

46.3
73.8
98.1
123

59.7
98.5
134
169

70
116
149
192

80.5
130
165
209

92.4
151
221
273

120
200
294
364

138
232
331
415

171
296
344
456

185
326
369
496

71

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

37.2
59
80.4
100

45.4
72.4
96
120

57.3
94.4
129
162

66.8
111
141
180

79.2
128
162
206

90
146
210
260

117
194
284
353

133
222
317
396

162
281
326
431

181
317
360
480

80

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

44.4
70.2
92.6
116

64.5
105
131
167

86.3
137
193
239

128
211
303
376

180
309
354
469

90

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

41.6
64.8
83.5
105

61.9
101
125
160

84.7
135
189
235

124
204
293
363

171
292
335
444

100

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

40.6
63.5
81.8
102

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5


Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/31

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H3
iN

Gear unit sizes


505
506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

58
107
160
204

90.4
174
220
296

116
225
255
353

155
327
438
591

208
476
493
728

22.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

55.7
102
153
194

87.1
168
211
283

109
210
239
330

152
318
425
572

204
462
478
704

25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

54.5
99.7
150
190

83.6
161
202
270

98.5
187
230
310

108
208
235
325

126
239
381
478

148
307
410
552

169
346
454
612

196
439
456
670

226
500
513
754

28

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

53.1
96.3
140
178

64.4
115
162
207

82.8
157
198
265

94.9
180
220
297

106
199
226
311

118
223
355
445

147
295
393
524

165
336
440
592

209
444
462
670

221
484
497
730

31.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

52.1
94.3
137
174

61.6
110
155
198

79.2
150
190
253

90.9
172
211
283

105
196
223
306

117
220
348
438

143
286
381
507

160
325
425
571

200
422
439
636

212
461
473
693

35.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

49.6
89
127
162

60.3
108
152
194

78.3
147
187
248

89.9
168
207
277

99.9
185
212
289

115
211
320
405

145
281
376
497

159
312
407
542

201
411
432
618

224
465
479
693

40

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

48.6
87
124
159

58.8
104
141
182

75.1
140
179
237

86
161
198
265

98.5
182
208
284

113
208
316
399

140
271
364
480

154
301
394
525

191
390
410
586

214
441
455
657

45

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

44.9
79.1
111
141

57.5
102
138
178

71.6
131
170
223

85.1
157
196
260

91.5
166
191
259

108
196
292
369

138
260
350
458

156
296
388
514

191
374
398
562

214
430
447
638

50

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

44
77.4
108
138

54.7
96
129
166

68.6
126
162
213

81.6
150
187
248

90.2
163
188
255

106
193
287
363

134
250
338
442

151
286
376
497

181
356
378
533

204
406
424
605

56

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

43.1
75.4
104
133

53.5
93.7
126
162

65.9
120
155
203

77.6
140
177
233

88.7
158
184
247

98.5
176
255
322

130
240
325
423

148
273
361
473

180
347
369
518

202
391
411
580

63

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

40.8
70
94.1
120

49.4
85.2
111
143

64.1
114
150
195

74.2
134
169
223

86
150
176
234

97
172
252
319

127
229
312
403

143
264
349
457

181
338
366
507

192
371
390
549

71

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

39.9
68.4
92
117

48.2
83.3
109
140

61.3
110
144
187

71.3
128
159
210

84.7
147
173
230

95.2
167
238
303

123
222
302
390

139
252
335
437

172
321
347
480

190
360
382
533

80

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

47.3
81
105
136

69.2
122
148
196

92.1
158
220
278

135
241
322
416

191
352
377
523

90

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

44.7
75.2
95.3
123

66.2
117
142
187

90.8
156
216
275

131
233
311
403

181
334
358
494

100

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

43.8
73.5
93
120

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/32

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H3
iN

Gear unit sizes


505
506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

59
119
177
230

90.4
194
228
321

111
246
261
381

141
350
443
626

188
508
495
775

22.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

56.8
114
170
220

87.3
186
219
308

106
231
245
357

140
341
430
607

187
495
482
751

25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

55.6
111
166
215

84.2
179
210
294

99
208
239
336

105
228
242
351

122
261
401
519

138
330
417
587

157
372
460
650

182
472
459
714

208
535
517
804

28

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

54.7
108
155
202

65.9
129
179
234

84.7
176
207
288

95.8
199
229
322

107
220
234
337

116
246
375
485

142
320
402
560

154
361
447
630

198
478
469
716

206
520
502
778

31.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

53.6
105
153
198

63.1
123
171
224

81.4
168
198
275

92
191
219
308

106
217
230
331

115
242
370
478

138
310
390
542

151
349
432
609

190
454
447
680

199
495
479
739

35.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

51.2
99.7
141
184

61.9
120
167
219

81
164
196
270

92.3
187
216
302

101
205
219
314

116
233
355
456

143
307
388
534

154
338
417
580

196
446
442
664

215
501
489
742

40

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

50.2
97.6
138
180

60.6
117
156
206

77.4
157
187
258

88.5
180
207
288

100
202
216
309

115
229
349
449

138
297
375
516

150
327
403
561

187
423
420
630

206
475
464
703

45

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

46.8
89
122
160

59.3
114
153
201

74.3
147
178
243

88.1
176
204
283

94.3
184
200
282

110
216
322
416

139
285
363
493

154
324
401
552

192
410
412
606

210
466
459
686

50

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

45.9
87
120
156

56.7
108
143
188

71.3
141
170
233

84.2
168
195
271

92.8
181
197
277

108
214
319
410

135
276
351
476

150
313
388
534

183
389
392
575

201
442
436
650

56

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

45.2
84.8
116
151

55.5
105
139
183

68.9
135
163
222

80.7
158
186
255

91.9
176
192
269

102
195
283
365

133
266
339
457

150
301
375
510

183
381
385
561

204
427
426
626

63

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

43
78.9
105
137

51.6
95.7
123
163

67.5
129
158
213

77.4
151
177
243

90.1
168
185
256

100
192
278
359

132
255
328
437

145
291
363
493

188
375
384
552

195
406
405
592

71

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

42.1
77.2
102
133

50.5
93.6
121
160

64.7
123
151
204

74.6
143
170
232

88.9
165
182
252

98.8
186
265
342

128
246
317
423

142
279
349
473

178
355
364
522

195
397
398
579

80

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

49.6
91.4
117
154

73
137
164
222

96.8
177
244
316

141
268
338
451

199
390
396
568

90

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

47.1
84.8
106
140

70
132
157
213

95.4
175
240
311

136
259
327
437

189
370
376
538

100

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

46.2
83
104
137

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5


Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/33

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H4
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 507 to 514

Technical specifications
Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type H4
Gear unit sizes
n1

n2

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

80

1800
1500
1200
1000

23
19
15
13

50
41
33
28

83
69
56
46

142
118
94
79

233
194
155
129

90

1800
1500
1200
1000

20
17
13
11

44
37
30
25

74
62
50
41

126
105
84
70

205
171
137
114

100

1800
1500
1200
1000

18
15
12
10

40
33
27
22

52
43
34
29

65
54
43
36

87
72
58
48

112
93
75
62

146
122
97
81

184
154
123
102

225
188
150
125

112

1800
1500
1200
1000

16
13
11
9

35
30
24
20

46
38
31
26

60
50
40
33

77
64
52
43

104
87
69
58

130
109
87
72

161
134
108
90

199
166
133
110

125

1800
1500
1200
1000

14
12
10
8

32
27
22
18

41
34
28
23

53
44
35
29

68
56
45
38

92
77
62
51

116
96
77
64

145
121
97
80

178
149
119
99

140

1800
1500
1200
1000

13
11
9
7

29
24
19
16

37
31
25
20

49
41
33
27

62
52
42
35

83
70
56
46

108
90
72
60

132
110
88
73

156
130
104
87

160

1800
1500
1200
1000

11
9
8
6

26
22
17
14

34
28
22
19

43
36
29
24

55
46
36
30

74
62
49
41

95
79
64
53

119
99
79
66

140
117
93
78

180

1800
1500
1200
1000

10
8
7
6

23
19
15
13

30
25
20
17

39
33
26
22

51
43
34
28

64
54
43
36

86
72
58
48

104
87
70
58

128
107
85
71

200

1800
1500
1200
1000

9
8
6
5

20
17
13
11

27
22
18
15

34
28
23
19

45
37
30
25

57
48
38
32

77
64
51
43

94
78
63
52

115
96
77
64

224

1800
1500
1200
1000

8
7
5
4

18
15
12
9.7

24
20
16
13

30
25
20
17

41
34
27
23

51
42
34
28

67
55
44
37

82
68
55
46

101
84
67
56

250

1800
1500
1200
1000

7
6
5
4

16
13
10
8.7

21
17
14
12

27
22
18
15

35
30
24
20

45
38
30
25

59
49
39
33

72
60
48
40

91
76
61
50

280

1800
1500
1200
1000

6
5
4
4

14
11
9.2
7.6

18
15
12
10

24
20
16
13

31
26
21
17

40
34
27
22

53
44
35
29

65
54
43
36

80
66
53
44

315

1800
1500
1200
1000

6
5
4
3

16
14
11
9.0

21
17
14
12

28
23
19
16

36
30
24
20

47
39
31
26

58
49
39
32

70
58
47
39

355

1800
1500
1200
1000

5
4
3
3

14
12
9.5
8.0

25
20
16
14

42
35
28
23

63
52
42
35

400

1800
1500
1200
1000

5
4
3
3

22
18
15
12

37
31
25
21

57
47
38
31

iN

3/34

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H4 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 507 to 514

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type H4
iN
6.3
7.1
8
9
10
11.2
12.5
14
16
18
20
22.4
25
28
31.5
35.5
40
45
50
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355
400

Gear unit sizes


503
504

505
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6

506

16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2

507
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5

508

28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3

509
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

510

48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5

511
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5

512

81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81

513
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5

514

125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

Type

3
H2

H3

H4

Type H1, see page 3/12


Type H2, see page 3/23
Type H3, see page 3/29
Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/35

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H4 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm, n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H4
n1 = 1000 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

104

139

132

80

PGA

49.7

68.3

90

PGA

47.7

65.8

100

PGA

46.6

53.6

64

72.7

96

110

129

147

112

PGA

44.8

51.5

61.7

70

93.7

106

123

138

125

PGA

43.2

50.3

60

68.1

89.9

102

120

135

140

PGA

41.4

48.4

57.2

65.7

87.4

99.1

114

129

160

PGA

40

46.6

55.5

63.9

83.9

95.2

112

126

180

PGA

38.5

44.7

52

60.8

78.8

92.4

105

120

200

PGA

36.8

43.2

50.6

59.2

75.7

88.7

102

117

224

PGA

34.8

41.5

48.9

55.3

72.4

83.3

97.8

109

250

PGA

33.4

39.7

45.9

53.8

69.5

80

91.1

107

280

PGA

31.9

37.6

44.6

52

66.7

76.5

89.1

103

315

PGA

36

42.7

48.9

64.4

73.6

85.5

95.7

355

PGA

34.5

47.6

70.6

93.6

400

PGA

45.6

68.3

89.7

99.9

Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H4


n1 = 1200 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

80

PGA

52.5

72.3

110

146

90

PGA

50.5

69.5

106

138

100

PGA

49.4

56.7

67.7

76.9

101

116

135

154

112

PGA

47.4

54.5

65.5

74.2

99.1

112

130

146

125

PGA

45.7

53.3

63.7

72.1

95.1

107

127

143

140

PGA

43.9

51.2

60.7

69.6

92.6

105

121

136

160

PGA

42.6

49.4

59

67.7

88.9

101

118

133

180

PGA

41

47.5

55.5

64.6

83.6

98

111

127

200

PGA

39.3

46

54

62.8

80.2

94

108

124

224

PGA

37

44.2

52.1

59

77.1

88.4

104

116

250

PGA

35.6

42.4

48.5

57.4

73.8

84.9

97

114

280

PGA

34.1

39.9

47.2

55.4

70.9

81.4

94.8

109

315

PGA

38.4

45.2

51.6

68.6

77.9

91.1

102

355

PGA

36.7

50.2

74.9

99.6

400

PGA

48.1

72.5

95.5

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/36

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H4 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm, n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H4
n1 = 1500 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

80

PGA

55.9

77.1

116

153

90

PGA

53.6

74.3

112

145

100

PGA

52.6

60.3

72

82.2

108

123

143

162

112

PGA

50.6

58

69.8

79.1

105

119

138

154

125

PGA

48.9

56.9

68

76.7

101

114

135

151

140

PGA

46.9

54.7

65

74.4

98.6

112

129

145

160

PGA

45.9

52.7

63.3

72.4

94.8

107

126

142

180

PGA

44.1

50.7

59.8

69.2

89.5

105

119

135

200

PGA

42.4

49.6

58.1

67.3

86

100

116

132

224

PGA

40

47.6

56.3

63.6

82.8

94.8

112

125

250

PGA

38.5

45.7

52.5

61.9

79.6

91

104

122

280

PGA

36.8

43.2

51.1

59.8

76.6

87.6

102

117

315

PGA

41.5

48.9

55.9

74.1

84.2

98

110

355

PGA

39.6

54.2

80.9

107

400

PGA

52

78.3

103

Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H4


n1 = 1800 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

80

PGA

58.3

80.8

120

158

90

PGA

56

77.8

116

150

100

PGA

55

63.1

75.7

86.1

112

128

147

167

112

PGA

52.9

60.6

73.5

82.9

110

123

143

159

125

PGA

51.3

59.7

71.4

80.8

106

119

140

156

140

PGA

49.4

57.3

68.3

78.2

104

117

135

151

160

PGA

48.6

55.5

66.5

76

99.7

112

132

148

180

PGA

46.7

53.4

63.4

72.7

94.3

110

125

142

200

PGA

44.9

52.5

61.7

70.9

90.5

106

122

139

224

PGA

42.5

50.4

59.7

67.4

87.6

99.5

118

132

250

PGA

40.8

48.5

55.8

65.6

84.5

95.9

110

129

280

PGA

39.1

45.8

54.3

63.4

81.2

92.6

108

124

315

PGA

44.1

52.1

59.3

78.6

89.4

104

116

355

PGA

42.1

57.8

85.9

114

400

PGA

55.4

83.2

109

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5


Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/37

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications
Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type B2
n1

n2

Gear unit sizes


503
504

505

506

507

508

1800
1500
1200
1000

360
300
240
200

128
107
85
71

234
195
156
130

369
308
246
205

724
603
483
402

1218
1015
812
676

5.6

1800
1500
1200
1000

321
268
214
179

104
87
69
58

208
174
139
116

329
275
220
184

645
539
430
360

1086
906
724
605

1800
1500
1200
1000

300
250
200
167

785
654
524
437

1307
1089
871
727

6.3

1800
1500
1200
1000

286
238
190
159

102
85
68
57

186
155
123
103

293
244
195
163

419
349
279
233

575
478
382
320

967
805
643
538

6.7

1800
1500
1200
1000

269
224
179
149

710
591
472
393

1172
976
780
649

7.1

1800
1500
1200
1000

254
211
169
141

85
71
57
47

165
137
110
92

261
217
173
145

372
309
248
207

511
424
340
283

859
714
572
477

7.5

1800
1500
1200
1000

240
200
160
133

628
524
419
348

963
802
642
533

1800
1500
1200
1000

225
188
150
125

80
67
53
45

146
122
97
81

231
193
154
128

330
276
220
183

452
378
302
251

761
636
507
423

8.5

1800
1500
1200
1000

212
176
141
118

555
461
369
309

912
757
607
508

1800
1500
1200
1000

200
167
133
111

65
54
43
36

130
108
86
72

205
171
136
114

293
245
195
163

402
336
267
223

676
565
450
375

9.5

1800
1500
1200
1000

189
158
126
105

495
414
330
275

748
625
499
416

10

1800
1500
1200
1000

180
150
120
100

64
53
43
36

117
97
78
65

185
154
123
103

251
209
167
139

362
302
241
201

609
507
406
338

10.6

1800
1500
1200
1000

170
142
113
94

445
372
296
246

723
604
480
400

11.2

1800
1500
1200
1000

161
134
107
89

56
46
37
31

105
87
69
58

165
138
110
91

236
196
157
130

324
269
215
179

545
453
362
301

11.8

1800
1500
1200
1000

153
127
102
85

401
332
267
223

567
471
378
315

iN

3/38

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

509

510

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type B2 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
503
504

iN

n1

n2

12.5

1800
1500
1200
1000

144
120
96
80

51
43
34
28

13.2

1800
1500
1200
1000

136
114
91
76

14

1800
1500
1200
1000

15

505

506

507

508

509

510

93
78
62
52

148
123
99
82

188
157
126
105

290
241
193
161

487
406
325
271

363
304
243
203

592
497
396
331

129
107
86
71

46
38
31
25

84
69
56
46

132
110
88
73

189
157
126
104

259
215
173
143

436
362
291
240

1800
1500
1200
1000

120
100
80
67

302
251
201
168

513
427
342
286

16

1800
1500
1200
1000

113
94
75
63

40
33
27
22

73
61
49
41

116
96
77
65

166
138
110
92

227
189
151
127

382
318
254
213

17

1800
1500
1200
1000

106
88
71
59

277
230
186
154

453
376
303
252

18

1800
1500
1200
1000

100
83
67
56

147
122
98
82

19

1800
1500
1200
1000

95
79
63
53

239
199
158
133

394
328
261
220

20

1800
1500
1200
1000

90
75
60
50

132
110
88
73

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/39

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type B2
iN

5
5.6
6
6.3
6.7
7.1
7.5
8
8.5
9
9.5
10
10.6
11.2
11.8
12.5
13.2
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

Gear unit sizes


503
504
3.4
6.2
3.1
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.2
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.1
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.3
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

505
9.8
9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

Type B3, see page 3/51


Type B4, see page 3/57

3/40

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

506

14

14

14

14

13.3

14

12.5

14

14

14

14

507
19.2
19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

19.2

508

25

25.2

25

25

25

25

25

25.5

24

25

24

509
32.3
32.3

32.3

32.3

32.3

32.3

32.3

32.3

32.3

32.3

32.3

510

41.6

41.6

38.3

41.1

37.8

40.6

35.4

41.6

40.8

40.8

39.6

511

512

513

514

Type

B2

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type B2 (continued)
iN
14
16
18
20
22.4
25
28
31.5
35.5
40
45
50
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355

Gear unit sizes


503
504

505
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6

506

16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2

507
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5
21.5

508

28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3
28.3

509
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

510

48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5
48.5

511
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5
63.5

512

81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81

513
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5

514

125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

Type

3
B3

B4

Type B3, see page 3/51


Type B4, see page 3/57
Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/41

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2
iN

Gear unit sizes


503
504

505

506

507

508

509

510

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

57.2
119
142
198

87.4
184
277
362

91.8
254
281
426

133
358
340
547

155
493
568
868

5.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

56.9
118
141
196

84
176
264
345

92.3
254
281
425

131
350
332
533

150
470
540
823

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

139
366
345
553

159
497
570
868

6.3

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

51.2
103
118
165

76.8
157
224
296

82.9
219
249
371

99.6
268
293
445

124
313
304
477

150
431
507
758

6.7

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

136
356
336
537

154
473
542
824

7.1

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

50.8
103
117
164

73.9
151
215
282

83
218
249
370

99
266
290
441

122
305
298
467

144
411
483
721

7.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

129
319
309
483

154
436
510
760

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

46.7
92.5
103
145

69.4
139
191
254

73.3
186
218
319

89.2
230
258
385

112
271
270
416

141
385
462
679

8.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

127
310
300
470

148
414
486
722

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

46.3
91.9
103
144

66.9
134
183
243

73.3
186
218
318

88.9
228
256
381

110
265
264
407

135
368
442
648

9.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

117
276
274
421

146
389
465
681

10

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

39.2
76.1
81.5
116

58.6
116
153
203

64.2
159
187
272

78.5
196
226
331

98.1
231
235
357

121
319
392
568

10.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

114
269
267
409

140
371
443
649

11.2

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

39
75.7
80.8
115

56.7
111
147
196

64.1
159
187
272

78.1
194
224
328

96.6
226
231
350

117
307
376
545

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/42

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
503
504

iN

505

506

507

508

509

510

11.8

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

102
236
238
361

125
323
391
567

12.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

33
62.5
64.5
92

49.2
94.7
119
161

54.4
130
147
216

68.6
167
197
285

83.5
191
200
298

130
305
378
530

13.2

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

99.9
230
233
352

121
310
373
541

14

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

32.7
62.2
64
91.6

47.6
91.5
115
155

54.4
130
147
216

68.2
165
196
283

82.1
187
196
293

125
291
362
506

15

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

86.9
195
203
302

134
308
356
509

16

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

31.1
58.3
59.8
85.1

47.7
89.2
112
150

56.8
128
145
210

86.8
188
198
291

119
272
345
478

17

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

85.2
190
198
295

128
294
339
486

18

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

57.6
136
166
236

19

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

89.7
191
201
293

122
276
313
449

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

60
134
165
231

58
137
167
237

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5


Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/43

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2
iN

Gear unit sizes


503
504

505

506

507

508

509

510

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

57.6
133
156
224

87.1
206
286
391

87.1
282
287
461

119
391
338
588

124
530
563
922

5.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

57.3
132
155
222

83.8
197
274
374

87.9
282
286
461

118
383
330
574

122
507
537
877

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

126
399
342
595

128
535
565
922

6.3

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

52.3
116
129
188

77.5
176
246
334

80.3
244
255
402

95.2
298
298
482

117
344
306
516

130
468
508
809

6.7

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

124
388
334
578

126
510
539
877

7.1

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

51.9
115
129
186

74.7
169
236
321

80.6
244
254
401

95.4
296
296
478

115
337
300
504

126
447
485
770

7.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

122
351
311
523

134
473
511
811

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

47.9
104
114
165

70.6
156
210
287

72.1
208
224
346

87.1
257
265
418

108
300
274
451

128
421
466
727

8.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

120
342
303
508

130
451
487
772

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

47.6
104
112
164

68.1
150
202
275

72.2
208
224
346

86.8
254
263
414

106
294
268
440

123
403
446
694

9.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

113
306
278
456

132
425
469
730

10

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

40.5
85.9
89.5
131

59.8
130
168
231

63.7
178
197
299

77.4
219
232
360

95.7
256
240
387

112
350
398
609

10.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

111
298
271
444

128
406
448
695

11.2

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

40.2
85.5
88.6
131

57.9
125
162
222

63.7
178
196
299

77.3
217
231
356

93.9
251
235
379

109
337
382
584

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/44

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
503
504

iN

505

506

507

11.8

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

99.9
261
243
391

509

510

116
354
400
611

12.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

34.2
70.6
70.8
105

50.5
107
132
182

54.4
146
162
245

68.3
187
203
310

82.1
212
205
324

129
339
392
576

13.2

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

98
256
238
382

113
339
384
585

14

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

34
70.4
70.4
104

80.8
208
201
318

124
324
375
549

15

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

85.8
216
208
327

133
343
390
573

16

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

32.5
66.1
65.8
96.9

49.7
101
124
170

58.5
145
159
238

58.2
153
173
258

88.4
211
206
318

118
304
357
519

17

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

83.9
212
203
320

127
328
374
548

18

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

57.8
152
172
256

19

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

91.6
214
208
321

121
307
344
507

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

61.9
151
172
252

49
103
128
176

54.4
146
161
244

68
185
202
308

508

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5


Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/45

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2
iN

Gear unit sizes


503
504

505

506

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

56.4
152
174
260

82.9
234
295
428

74
317
287
505

89.9
430
325
636

53.2
565
536
978

5.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

56.1
152
173
258

80.4
224
283
410

74.6
317
288
505

91.1
422
320
622

57.6
542
515
933

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

96.9
437
331
644

55.3
568
538
978

6.3

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

52.3
134
144
219

72.7
275
258
441

82.2
335
300
528

97.8
382
301
562

86.9
505
495
865

6.7

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

97.6
427
324
626

60.9
545
515
932

7.1

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

52
133
144
217

73.6
193
250
355

73.5
275
259
441

97.4
374
296
550

86.3
485
474
826

7.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

90.9
510
497
867

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

48.6
121
127
193

70.2
179
236
332

67.2
236
229
382

96.5
460
461
782

8.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

90.5
488
476
826

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

48.3
120
126
191

67.9
172
226
319

67.5
236
229
381

80.1
288
267
456

94.3
440
441
748

9.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

10

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

41.3
99.6
99.8
153

60.2
149
188
268

10.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

11.2

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

41.1
98.7
99.5
152

76
201
260
371

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

80
290
269
460

96.2
335
273
493

508

104
389
306
569

103
380
299
554

95
329
268
483

101
342
278
499

60.3
202
201
329

73.1
248
238
396

87.5
288
241
425

58.4
144
182
259

60.2
202
201
329

72.8
246
236
393

86.3
282
237
417

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/46

82
333
299
524

507

509

510

101
464
463
785

90.5
384
396
658

100
334
271
487

98.4
444
444
748

88
370
381
631

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
503
504

iN

505

506

507

11.8

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

91.9
293
245
431

12.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

35.1
82
79
122

51.2
122
148
212

52.1
167
173
275

65.2
212
209
341

76.4
239
207
356

13.2

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

90.6
287
240
420

14

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

35
81.4
78.8
122

49.8
119
143
206

52.3
167
172
275

75.5
234
204
350

15

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

80.3
244
210
360

16

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

33.8
76.7
73.7
113

51.5
117
140
199

59.5
167
175
273

56.2
174
178
285

17

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

18

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

55.8
174
177
283

19

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

65
211
207
339

508

509

510
94.4
388
398
659

121
382
403
631

92.2
374
383
633

116
365
386
604

125
386
407
634

111
343
368
571

79.1
239
206
353

120
369
388
605

91.3
244
215
356

115
347
371
573

63.1
174
180
280

88
240
213
353

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5


Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/47

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2
iN

Gear unit sizes


503
504

505

506

507

508

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

52.9
169
189
293

75.4
257
300
461

51.8
342
282
539

45
453
301
669

*
574
488
1008

5.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

52.9
168
188
291

72.7
248
287
441

53.8
344
283
540

49.5
447
298
656

*
554
471
963

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

51.7
462
306
675

*
577
488
1006

6.3

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

50.9
150
158
247

71.6
223
265
399

60.6
300
257
473

71.8
408
288
596

23.9
525
468
901

6.7

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

56.4
453
303
661

7.1

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

50.7
149
157
245

69.9
214
255
383

62
300
257
472

62
361
296
560

73
401
284
584

28.6
507
451
864

7.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

78.3
415
293
604

26.9
530
470
902

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

47.9
135
139
218

67.5
199
242
358

68.5
316
268
493

77.9
360
266
526

50.4
482
443
820

8.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

79.1
407
288
589

31.7
509
452
862

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

47.6
134
138
216

65.7
191
233
344

59.6
258
230
409

69.2
314
267
489

77.6
354
261
515

51.6
464
424
784

9.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

83.6
368
270
532

54.5
487
445
822

10

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

41.2
112
109
174

58.8
166
206
301

54.1
222
203
354

65.3
271
239
425

57.7
404
384
690

10.6

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

82.9
359
265
520

55.9
467
428
786

11.2

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

41
111
109
172

57.1
160
199
291

54.6
222
203
354

65.3
270
237
422

73.5
306
233
446

57.3
392
370
665

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/48

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

59
258
230
410

61
363
296
563

74
311
237
454

509

510

*
556
472
962

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
503
504

iN

505

506

507

11.8

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

79.1
318
241
460

509

510

62
410
386
693

12.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

35.3
92.3
86.3
139

50.4
137
162
239

47.9
183
175
297

59.4
233
210
367

66.8
259
205
382

106
416
407
677

13.2

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

78
311
236
450

14

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

35.2
91.6
86
138

49.1
133
157
232

48.1
183
174
296

59.4
231
209
365

66.2
255
202
374

102
398
390
646

15

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

71.2
264
209
387

111
420
411
680

16

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

34.4
86.3
80.6
129

52.4
132
154
225

59.1
186
181
296

84.9
265
216
382

98.9
374
373
612

17

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

70.2
259
205
379

107
401
393
650

18

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

52
191
180
305

19

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

88.7
269
219
385

103
377
375
613

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

62.8
194
186
305

52
192
181
307

508

61.6
393
372
665

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5


Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/49

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B3
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 504 to 514

Technical specifications
Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type B3
Gear unit sizes
iN

n1

n2

504

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

14

1800
1500
1200
1000

129
107
86
71

157
131
104
87

294
245
196
163

491
409
327
273

864
720
576
480

1394
1162
929
774

16

1800
1500
1200
1000

113
94
75
63

86
72
58
48

139
116
92
77

254
212
170
141

433
360
288
240

765
637
510
425

1228
1023
819
682

18

1800
1500
1200
1000

100
83
67
56

74
62
49
41

124
103
83
69

227
189
151
126

305
254
203
169

382
318
254
212

510
425
340
284

664
554
443
369

892
743
595
495

1091
909
728
606

1350
1125
900
750

20

1800
1500
1200
1000

90
75
60
50

67
55
44
37

108
90
72
60

158
132
105
88

201
168
134
112

264
220
176
146

343
286
228
190

450
375
300
250

593
494
395
330

790
658
526
439

956
796
637
531

1189
991
793
661

22.4

1800
1500
1200
1000

80
67
54
45

59
49
40
33

97
81
65
54

140
117
93
78

179
149
119
99

236
196
157
131

297
247
198
165

397
330
264
220

516
430
344
287

686
572
457
381

849
707
566
471

1057
881
705
587

25

1800
1500
1200
1000

72
60
48
40

52
44
35
29

85
71
57
47

125
104
83
70

159
132
106
88

209
174
139
116

267
222
178
148

356
297
237
198

461
384
307
256

612
510
408
340

743
619
495
413

926
771
617
514

28

1800
1500
1200
1000

64
54
43
36

47
39
31
26

78
65
52
43

110
91
73
61

143
119
95
80

185
155
124
103

236
197
157
131

308
257
206
171

400
333
266
222

533
444
355
296

679
566
453
377

822
685
548
457

31.5

1800
1500
1200
1000

57
48
38
32

42
35
28
23

68
57
46
38

99
82
66
55

127
106
85
70

165
137
110
91

212
177
141
118

277
231
185
154

357
297
238
198

476
397
317
265

595
496
397
330

720
600
480
400

35.5

1800
1500
1200
1000

51
42
34
28

37
31
25
21

63
52
42
35

86
72
57
48

116
96
77
64

149
124
99
83

192
160
128
107

245
204
163
136

334
278
222
185

413
344
275
229

548
457
366
305

658
548
439
366

40

1800
1500
1200
1000

45
38
30
25

34
28
23
19

55
46
37
31

79
66
53
44

103
85
68
57

132
110
88
73

172
144
115
96

220
183
147
122

298
248
199
166

368
307
246
205

480
400
320
267

576
480
384
320

45

1800
1500
1200
1000

40
33
27
22

30
25
20
17

49
41
33
27

69
57
46
38

90
75
60
50

120
100
80
67

150
125
100
83

199
166
133
111

261
217
174
145

345
287
230
191

428
357
285
238

531
443
354
295

50

1800
1500
1200
1000

36
30
24
20

26
22
18
15

43
36
29
24

64
53
42
35

80
67
53
45

106
89
71
59

135
112
90
75

179
149
119
99

233
194
155
129

308
256
205
171

375
313
250
208

465
387
310
258

56

1800
1500
1200
1000

32
27
21
18

24
20
16
13

39
33
26
22

56
46
37
31

73
60
48
40

94
78
62
52

122
102
81
68

156
130
104
86

211
176
141
117

269
224
179
150

340
284
227
189

415
346
277
230

63

1800
1500
1200
1000

29
24
19
16

21
18
14
12

50
41
33
28

83
69
55
46

140
116
93
78

240
200
160
134

363
303
242
202

71

1800
1500
1200
1000

25
21
17
14

44
36
29
24

75
63
50
42

127
106
84
70

218
182
145
121

329
275
220
183

80

1800
1500
1200
1000

23
19
15
13

39
33
26
22

3/50

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

513

514

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B3 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 504 to 514

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type B3
iN
5
5.6
6
6.3
6.7
7.1
7.5
8
8.5
9
9.5
10
10.6
11.2
11.8
12.5
13.2
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22.4
25
28
31.5
35.5
40
45
50
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355

Gear unit sizes


503
504
3.4
6.2
3.1
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.2
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.1
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.3
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2
7

505
9.8
9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6

11.6

11.6

11.6

11.6

506
507

19.2

19.2

14
19.2

14
19.2

14
19.2

14
19.2

13.3
19.2

14
19.2

12.5
19.2

14
19.2

14
19.2

14

14
16.2
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2

16.2

21.5

21.5

21.5

21.5

508
509

32.3

32.3
25

32.3
25.2

32.3
25

32.3
25

32.3
25

32.3
25

32.3
25

32.3
25.5

32.3
24

32.3
25

28.3
24

28.3
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3

28.3

37

37

37

37

510
511

41.6

41.6

38.3

41.1

37.8

40.6

35.4

41.6

63.5
40.8

63.5
40.8

48.5 63.5
39.6

48.5 63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5

48.5

512

81

81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81

513

101.5

101.5

101.5

101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5

514

125

125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

Type

B2

B3

B4

Type B2, see page 3/40


Type B4, see page 3/57
Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/51

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B3
Gear unit sizes
504
505

iN

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

14

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

56.4
105
165
208

506

85.6
159
210
275

111
218
243
341

150
325
414
570

194
462
468
710

16

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

41.5
72.8
79.7
109

53.4
99.1
156
196

84.1
155
205
268

110
216
240
336

147
316
401
551

191
447
453
684

18

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

39.7
69.6
76
104

51.5
95.3
150
188

81.1
150
197
258

93.2
168
219
286

104
202
225
315

120
230
370
465

144
306
389
534

164
344
429
591

188
435
443
667

206
474
483
726

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

38.5
67.4
73.6
100

50.6
93.5
147
184

62
112
165
210

77.9
143
189
248

91.4
164
214
279

103
200
222
311

119
226
364
458

142
300
380
522

161
333
415
571

180
418
424
637

202
458
467
700

22.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

37.1
64.7
70.7
96.4

46.6
84.5
126
160

58.7
105
156
197

73
131
177
229

88
158
206
269

94.4
179
203
280

112
212
341
428

132
272
352
477

158
324
403
553

175
387
401
593

199
447
456
681

25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

33.9
58.4
61.1
83.8

45.7
82.9
123
156

56.6
101
150
190

70.2
126
170
220

84.5
152
198
258

93.5
177
200
276

111
209
337
423

130
266
344
466

155
317
394
540

168
371
384
568

191
428
436
651

28

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

32.7
56.2
58.7
80.7

42.7
76.7
111
141

55.6
99.4
147
186

66.6
118
161
208

78.9
139
184
238

84.7
157
182
247

102
188
298
373

120
240
316
424

144
288
364
494

163
351
369
540

184
397
412
606

31.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

30.9
52.7
53.8
74.1

41.9
75.1
109
138

51
89.8
126
161

64.2
114
155
199

76
133
177
228

83.6
155
179
245

101
186
294
369

118
235
309
414

142
282
356
481

157
336
353
517

177
380
395
579

35.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

29.8
50.7
51.9
71.3

37.1
65.5
90.6
116

50.1
88.1
124
158

58.2
102
142
181

72.1
125
168
215

75.5
138
162
219

90.8
165
247
313

107
211
283
376

130
254
327
438

143
303
325
469

171
359
379
550

40

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

27.5
46.3
46.7
64.4

36.5
64.2
88.9
114

46.8
81.4
112
143

56.3
98.3
137
174

69.5
120
162
207

74.7
137
160
217

90
163
244
308

106
207
277
367

128
249
319
427

138
290
312
450

164
344
363
527

45

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

26.5
44.7
45.1
62.1

32
55.4
73.3
94.5

45.9
79.7
110
140

50.4
86.6
121
154

63
107
143
184

65.3
118
141
189

81
145
209
266

93.4
180
248
325

116
224
292
388

143
282
308
434

150
309
333
477

50

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

22.8
37.8
36.5
50.7

31.4
54.6
72.2
92.7

40.6
69.5
91.2
117

48.7
83.6
117
148

60.8
104
139
177

64.7
116
140
186

80.1
143
208
263

91.8
177
242
318

114
219
286
380

137
271
295
417

145
297
319
458

56

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

22.1
36.7
35.3
49

30.1
51.7
67.6
87.3

39.8
68.2
89.3
115

48.1
81.2
113
143

54.2
91.3
117
150

65.4
114
138
182

70
123
170
218

93.7
175
241
313

101
191
255
335

130
254
281
394

149
288
315
442

63

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

22.7
37.2
35.7
49.4

34.9
59
74
95.9

52.5
88.3
113
145

69.4
122
168
215

99
187
250
328

143
277
302
424

71

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

34.3
58
72.9
94.1

51.7
85.6
109
140

69.8
120
163
208

101
185
248
323

136
260
288
401

80

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

33
55.4
68.6
88.9

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/52

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

507

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B3
Gear unit sizes
iN

504

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

57.8
118
176
229

86.5
177
218
298

109
242
249
370

143
356
422
612

177
500
468
760

42.9
81.7
87.4
123

55
112
167
216

85.2
173
213
292

109
239
246
364

142
347
410
593

177
486
455
735

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

41.2
78.2
83.4
118

53.2
107
160
207

82.4
167
205
281

94.4
187
227
310

103
224
231
342

119
254
383
500

141
338
399
576

159
378
438
634

175
475
445
715

190
513
484
777

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

39.9
75.7
80.8
114

52.3
105
157
203

63.9
126
183
236

79.4
160
197
269

93
183
222
304

102
222
228
337

118
250
377
492

138
332
391
563

157
367
425
615

169
456
428
685

189
498
470
751

22.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

38.5
72.9
77.8
109

48.3
95.5
140
181

60.7
119
172
223

75.1
147
185
249

89.8
176
214
292

95.3
200
210
305

112
235
353
461

132
301
363
515

155
358
414
597

169
425
408
640

187
487
460
731

25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

35.4
65.8
66.9
95.1

47.4
93.4
137
177

58.6
114
166
215

72.3
141
177
240

86.5
170
205
280

94.6
197
207
301

111
233
349
455

130
295
355
503

152
351
405
582

163
408
391
613

180
468
442
700

28

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

34.1
63.3
64.5
91.6

44.4
86.4
124
161

57.5
112
162
210

69
133
169
226

81.5
155
192
259

86.3
176
188
270

103
209
319
411

121
267
327
459

144
319
375
533

160
387
377
584

178
435
420
654

31.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

32.3
59.3
58.9
84.1

43.7
84.8
121
157

53.1
101
140
183

66.4
128
163
218

78.4
149
185
249

85.5
174
186
267

102
207
315
406

119
261
320
448

142
312
368
521

154
370
362
559

173
417
403
625

35.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

31.2
57.3
56.8
81

38.7
74
101
132

52.1
99.3
137
179

60.6
115
149
197

74.7
140
176
235

77.4
155
169
239

93
184
273
353

109
235
294
407

131
283
339
475

142
333
332
507

168
395
388
595

40

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

28.7
52.3
51.1
73.1

38.1
72.5
98.7
130

48.8
91.9
124
162

58.4
110
143
190

72
135
169
226

76.6
153
167
236

92.1
182
270
350

107
231
287
398

129
276
331
463

137
320
320
487

162
379
372
569

45

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

27.7
50.4
49.4
70.6

33.5
62.7
81.3
108

47.9
90
121
159

52.5
97.3
129
170

65.5
121
154
204

67.3
131
147
206

83.2
162
232
302

95.2
201
257
352

118
249
303
421

147
314
321
473

149
341
342
516

50

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

23.7
42.4
39.7
57.1

33
61.6
80.2
106

42.5
78.6
101
134

50.8
94.4
125
164

63.2
117
149
197

66.6
131
146
203

82.4
160
229
298

93.4
197
252
344

116
244
297
411

141
302
308
455

143
328
328
496

56

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

23.1
41
38.5
55.5

31.6
58.4
75.2
99.3

41.7
77
99.2
131

50.6
91.9
123
159

56.7
103
129
170

68.3
129
145
200

72.3
138
187
246

97.2
197
252
341

103
213
265
364

134
284
294
430

153
321
329
482

63

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

23.8
41.6
39
55.8

36.7
66.7
81.8
109

54.9
99.5
125
165

71.6
137
186
244

101
208
260
356

148
309
315
462

71

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

36
65.5
80.5
107

54.5
96.8
121
159

73.1
135
181
236

105
208
260
352

140
290
300
438

80

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

34.5
62.1
75.9
101

14

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

16

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

18

505

506

507

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5


Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/53

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B3
Gear unit sizes
iN

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

14

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

504

505
58.1
136
185
252

506

84.7
201
225
329

102
270
252
406

124
391
424
662

131
533
449
809

16

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

43.9
94.1
97.5
144

55.7
128
175
238

83.8
197
221
322

102
267
249
401

127
383
413
641

139
523
441
787

18

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

42.2
90
93.4
137

54.1
124
168
229

81.4
190
213
310

93.3
212
235
343

97.5
252
235
376

112
285
395
545

127
374
405
626

140
414
441
687

141
516
437
771

146
549
466
827

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

41.1
87.2
90.2
133

53.4
122
165
225

65
144
191
261

78.6
182
205
298

92.2
208
230
335

97.2
249
233
372

112
281
389
537

126
369
398
613

142
406
429
666

138
497
421
741

152
539
459
806

22.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

39.7
84.2
87
128

49.8
110
153
206

62.1
137
181
246

76.1
169
193
276

89.4
201
222
323

93.4
226
216
337

107
265
366
502

125
337
371
562

143
397
420
649

150
467
407
695

155
530
452
788

25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

36.6
76.1
74.7
111

49
108
150
202

60.1
132
174
237

73.5
162
186
266

86.3
193
214
310

92.7
224
213
333

107
262
362
497

124
331
364
550

141
390
413
636

146
449
392
666

151
510
436
756

28

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

35.4
73.3
72
107

46.2
100
140
188

59.1
129
171
232

70.8
153
177
251

83
178
201
287

86.1
200
195
299

102
237
333
451

117
300
337
502

138
356
385
582

147
428
381
636

160
477
420
708

31.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

33.7
68.8
65.7
98.2

45.3
98.5
138
184

55
117
158
213

68.3
147
171
242

80.1
171
193
276

85.3
197
193
296

101
235
328
445

116
294
331
491

137
350
378
570

143
411
366
610

156
460
405
680

35.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

32.6
66.2
63.5
94.9

40.4
85.7
114
155

54
115
155
208

62.5
132
156
219

77
161
185
261

77.6
176
175
266

93.2
210
299
400

107
266
304
446

129
318
350
520

133
370
338
554

156
437
392
648

40

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

30.1
60.5
57
85.6

39.7
84.3
112
152

50.9
106
140
190

60.4
128
151
211

74.3
155
178
251

77.1
175
173
263

92.3
207
295
396

105
260
298
437

127
312
343
508

129
357
325
533

151
419
377
622

45

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

29.1
58.5
55.1
82.5

35.1
73
92.6
126

49.9
105
138
186

54.4
113
136
188

67.7
139
163
227

68.3
151
153
229

84.1
185
261
349

94.3
227
267
386

117
281
314
462

148
356
334
524

141
378
347
564

50

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

24.9
49.1
44.2
66.9

34.6
71.5
90.7
124

44.3
91
114
156

52.7
109
132
182

65.5
134
157
219

67.7
149
152
226

83.4
183
259
345

92.9
223
262
378

115
275
308
453

143
343
321
504

137
364
334
542

56

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

24.2
47.6
42.8
64.7

33.4
67.9
85.5
117

43.6
89.3
112
153

53.4
107
130
178

59
119
142
196

71.4
149
153
224

73.7
158
212
286

100
224
264
376

103
240
276
400

136
322
307
477

156
364
343
533

63

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

25.4
48.4
43.7
65.6

38.5
77.3
93.1
128

57.1
115
137
189

73.1
156
210
283

101
236
270
392

150
350
329
512

71

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

38
76
91.2
126

57.6
112
135
184

76.5
156
205
275

109
237
273
389

143
329
314
484

80

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

36.5
72
85.5
118

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/54

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

507

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B3
Gear unit sizes
iN

506

507

508

14

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

504

505
57.1
151
190
273

80
221
229
355

509
89.7
293
249
435

510

511
91.3
411
413
695

512

513
59.8
546
411
837

514

16

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

43.7
105
106
163

54.9
143
181
258

79.8
217
224
348

91.4
290
248
430

99.7
405
407
677

80.1
542
411
819

18

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

42.3
101
101
155

53.7
139
174
249

77.9
209
217
335

89.3
234
240
370

88.4
275
234
404

101
309
400
581

104
400
401
662

110
437
430
722

87.2
536
411
803

75.6
562
429
855

20

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

41.3
97.7
98.5
150

52.8
136
171
244

64.3
161
198
283

75.5
202
209
322

88.7
230
235
363

88.6
272
233
400

103
305
396
573

105
394
396
650

117
431
424
705

91.6
520
399
776

93.9
555
429
836

22.4

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

39.9
94.2
95.2
145

50.1
124
159
223

61.7
152
187
268

74.9
187
198
300

86.4
221
227
349

87.7
248
217
364

98.6
288
373
538

113
364
374
598

122
425
418
688

118
495
395
733

104
551
428
823

25

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

37.1
85.2
81.4
126

49.4
121
156
219

60
147
181
258

72.4
180
191
288

83.9
213
218
335

87.5
245
215
359

98.8
286
369
532

113
358
368
587

122
418
413
675

117
478
383
706

106
534
416
793

28

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

36
82.4
78.6
121

46.9
113
146
204

59.4
144
177
253

70.7
170
183
273

82.3
198
207
312

83
220
198
324

96.6
260
341
483

110
326
342
537

127
386
388
622

126
455
374
675

130
506
409
748

31.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

34.4
77.5
71.7
111

46.2
111
144
200

55.7
132
164
231

68.6
164
177
262

79.5
190
200
300

82.4
218
196
320

96.1
257
337
478

109
320
336
525

127
379
382
609

123
440
361
648

128
487
395
719

35.5

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

33.3
74.7
69.1
108

41.2
96.6
126
175

54.9
129
161
227

63.1
148
162
238

77.4
180
191
284

75.8
195
179
288

90.6
231
308
431

101
289
309
478

122
345
355
556

118
398
334
589

135
467
386
687

40

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

30.8
68.1
62.1
97

40.6
94.9
124
172

51.8
120
152
211

61
142
156
230

74.7
173
184
273

75.4
193
177
285

89.9
228
304
426

100
284
303
468

120
339
348
544

115
384
323
567

132
449
373
660

45

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

29.8
65.9
60.2
93.8

36
82.1
102
143

50.9
117
149
207

55.3
126
142
205

68.6
155
168
247

67.4
166
157
248

82.5
204
276
383

90.6
248
273
414

112
306
320
495

146
390
342
566

126
406
345
600

50

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

25.6
55.3
47.9
75.7

35.5
80.8
101
141

45.5
102
126
177

53.6
122
137
199

66.4
150
163
239

66.9
165
156
246

81.8
202
273
379

89.2
244
268
406

111
300
314
485

142
376
330
544

123
391
333
577

56

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

24.9
53.7
46.5
73.5

34.5
76.7
94.5
133

44.7
101
124
174

55.2
120
136
194

60.1
133
147
213

73.2
166
159
245

72.9
175
232
322

101
249
274
407

99.8
262
282
429

135
354
315
515

153
398
351
576

63

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

26.5
55
47.9
74.5

39.7
87.1
103
145

58.2
128
143
206

72.5
173
230
319

98.3
258
277
420

148
383
338
553

71

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

39.1
85.5
101
143

59.7
126
141
201

78.8
174
228
312

110
262
283
421

142
360
323
524

80

PGA
PGB
PGC15
PGD15

37.9
81.2
94.7
134

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5


Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/55

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B4
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 505 to 514

Technical specifications
Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type B4
Gear unit sizes
n1

n2

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

63

1800
1500
1200
1000

29
24
19
16

35
29
23
19

63
52
42
35

108
90
72
60

182
152
122
101

298
248
199
165

71

1800
1500
1200
1000

25
21
17
14

31
26
21
17

57
47
38
31

97
81
64
54

163
136
109
91

263
219
175
146

80

1800
1500
1200
1000

23
19
15
13

27
23
18
15

50
42
34
28

65
54
43
36

85
71
56
47

113
94
75
63

145
120
96
80

188
157
126
105

236
197
157
131

289
240
192
160

90

1800
1500
1200
1000

20
17
13
11

24
20
16
14

35
29
23
19

44
37
30
25

59
49
39
33

76
63
51
42

100
84
67
56

128
107
86
71

168
140
112
94

204
170
136
114

255
212
170
141

100

1800
1500
1200
1000

18
15
12
10

21
18
14
12

31
26
21
17

40
33
26
22

52
44
35
29

67
55
44
37

88
73
59
49

114
95
76
63

149
124
100
83

183
153
122
102

229
191
152
127

112

1800
1500
1200
1000

16
13
11
8.9

20
16
13
11

27
23
18
15

36
30
24
20

46
38
31
26

61
51
41
34

79
66
53
44

103
86
68
57

133
111
88
74

162
135
108
90

198
165
132
110

125

1800
1500
1200
1000

14
12
10
8.0

17
14
11
9.5

25
21
16
14

32
26
21
18

41
34
27
23

53
44
36
30

69
58
46
38

91
76
61
51

118
98
78
65

146
122
97
81

178
148
118
99

140

1800
1500
1200
1000

13
11
8.6
7.1

16
13
11
8.8

21
18
14
12

29
24
19
16

37
31
25
21

49
41
33
27

63
53
42
35

83
69
55
46

106
88
71
59

132
110
88
73

157
131
105
87

160

1800
1500
1200
1000

11
9.4
7.5
6.3

14
11
9.2
7.6

20
16
13
11

26
21
17
14

33
27
22
18

43
36
29
24

55
46
37
31

74
61
49
41

94
78
63
52

119
99
79
66

141
118
94
79

180

1800
1500
1200
1000

10
8.3
6.7
5.6

12
10
8.2
6.8

17
14
12
9.6

22
19
15
12

30
25
20
17

38
32
26
21

51
43
34
28

65
54
43
36

86
71
57
48

103
86
69
57

128
107
85
71

200

1800
1500
1200
1000

9.0
7.5
6.0
5.0

11
9.0
7.2
6.0

16
13
11
8.8

20
17
13
11

27
22
18
15

34
28
22
19

45
37
30
25

57
48
38
32

76
63
51
42

93
77
62
51

115
96
77
64

224

1800
1500
1200
1000

8.0
6.7
5.4
4.5

9.8
8.2
6.5
5.4

14
12
9.3
7.7

18
15
12
10

23
19
16
13

31
25
20
17

40
33
27
22

52
44
35
29

67
56
45
37

84
70
56
47

100
83
67
55

250

1800
1500
1200
1000

7.2
6.0
4.8
4.0

8.5
7.1
5.7
4.7

12
10
8.3
6.9

16
13
11
8.8

21
17
14
12

27
22
18
15

35
29
23
19

46
38
31
25

59
49
40
33

74
61
49
41

90
75
60
50

280

1800
1500
1200
1000

6.4
5.4
4.3
3.6

7.7
6.4
5.2
4.3

11
9.1
7.3
6.1

14
12
9.4
7.9

19
16
13
10

24
20
16
13

32
26
21
18

41
34
27
23

54
45
36
30

66
55
44
37

81
68
54
45

315

1800
1500
1200
1000

5.7
4.8
3.8
3.2

9.8
8.2
6.5
5.4

17
14
11
9.2

28
23
19
15

47
39
32
26

71
60
48
40

355

1800
1500
1200
1000

5.1
4.2
3.4
2.8

8.7
7.2
5.8
4.8

15
12
9.7
8.1

25
21
16
14

42
35
28
23

64
54
43
36

iN

3/56

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B4 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 505 to 514

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type B4
iN
5
5.6
6
6.3
6.7
7.1
7.5
8
8.5
9
9.5
10
10.6
11.2
11.8
12.5
13.2
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22.4
25
28
31.5
35.5
40
45
50
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355

Gear unit sizes


503
504
3.4
6.2
3.1
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.2
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.1
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.3
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2

3.4
6.2
7

505
9.8
9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

9.8

11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6

11.6

11.6

11.6

11.6

506
507

19.2

19.2

14
19.2

14
19.2

14
19.2

14
19.2

13.3
19.2

14
19.2

12.5
19.2

14
19.2

14
19.2

14

14
16.2
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2
21.5
16.2

16.2

21.5

21.5

21.5

21.5

508
509

32.3

32.3
25

32.3
25.2

32.3
25

32.3
25

32.3
25

32.3
25

32.3
25

32.3
25.5

32.3
24

32.3
25

28.3
24

28.3
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3
37
28.3

28.3

37

37

37

37

510
511

41.6

41.6

38.3

41.1

37.8

40.6

35.4

41.6

63.5
40.8

63.5
40.8

48.5 63.5
39.6

48.5 63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5
63.5
48.5

48.5

512

81

81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
81

513

101.5

101.5

101.5

101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5
101.5

514

125

125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125

Type

B2

B3

B4

Type B2, see page 3/40


Type B3, see page 3/51
Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/57

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B4 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm, n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B4
n1 = 1000 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

63

PGA

33.2

50.4

70.2

105

139

71

PGA

31.9

48.9

67.6

102

132

80

PGA

31.4

47.1

54.5

65.8

74.8

97.9

112

130

147

90

PGA

29

35.8

43.6

52.8

61.2

72

91.3

108

120

140

100

PGA

28.5

34.4

42.1

51

59.7

70.1

88

104

118

137

112

PGA

26.9

33.9

40

47.1

56.2

65.2

83.8

96.8

108

126

125

PGA

26.4

31.3

38.5

45.4

54.8

63.6

80.8

93.6

106

124

140

PGA

23.8

30.8

35.9

43.1

49.7

59.9

74.6

88.7

97.3

113

160

PGA

23.4

28.9

34.7

41.6

48.4

58.3

72

85.6

95.7

112

180

PGA

21

28.5

31.3

38.8

44.3

52.9

66.2

78.9

86.5

102

200

PGA

20.6

25.7

30.3

37.5

43.3

51.6

64

76.3

85

101

224

PGA

20.3

25.4

30.5

33.8

41.6

47.2

62.9

70.2

84.4

90.9

250

PGA

19.5

22.6

29.7

32.8

40.6

46.2

59.6

67.8

79.1

89.4

280

PGA

18.8

22.3

28.6

32.9

39.1

44.3

57.8

66.6

76.4

88.7

315

PGA

21.9

32

43.3

63.1

83.1

355

PGA

21

30.9

41.7

61.2

80.3

Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B4


n1 = 1200 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

63

PGA

34.9

52.9

73.6

109

144

71

PGA

33.6

51.3

70.9

106

137

80

PGA

33.1

49.5

57.2

69.1

78.4

102

116

135

152

90

PGA

30.6

37.7

45.9

55.5

64.4

75.7

95.8

113

125

145

100

PGA

30.1

36.4

44.3

53.5

62.7

73.7

92.6

109

122

142

112

PGA

28.4

35.8

42.2

49.7

59.2

68.7

87.9

102

113

131

125

PGA

28

33

40.8

47.9

57.8

66.9

84.8

98.1

111

129

140

PGA

25.1

32.5

38

45.6

52.5

63.2

78.4

93.2

102

119

160

PGA

24.7

30.7

36.7

44

51.3

61.6

75.9

89.9

100

117

180

PGA

21.9

30.2

32.7

41

46.2

55.9

69.1

83.3

90.1

107

200

PGA

21.5

27.1

31.6

39.7

45.1

54.6

66.9

80.4

88.5

105

224

PGA

21.3

26.7

31.9

35.3

43.4

49.3

65.6

73.2

88.2

94.8

250

PGA

20.4

23.6

31.1

34.2

42.5

48.1

62.2

70.9

82.5

93.1

280

PGA

19.7

23.3

30

34.5

40.9

46.4

60.3

69.6

79.8

92.5

315

PGA

23

33.6

45.3

66

86.7

355

PGA

22

32.4

43.7

64

83.7

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/58

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B4 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm, n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B4
n1 = 1500 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

63

PGA

36.9

55.7

76.9

114

147

71

PGA

35.5

54.1

74.4

110

141

80

PGA

35

52.2

60.4

72.6

82.2

107

121

139

156

101

90

PGA

32.5

39.9

48.6

58.6

68.1

79.5

117

129

149

100

PGA

32

38.5

46.9

56.4

66.5

77.5

97.4

114

127

147

112

PGA

30.3

37.9

44.8

52.6

62.9

72.7

92.8

107

118

136

125

PGA

29.8

35.2

43.3

50.8

61.2

70.9

89.8

103

116

134

140

PGA

26.8

34.6

40.5

48.5

55.7

67.1

83.2

98.6

107

124

160

PGA

26.4

32.7

39.2

46.9

54.5

65.5

80.1

95.2

105

122

180

PGA

23

32.2

34.5

43.8

49.1

59.4

73.3

88.1

94.8

113

200

PGA

22.7

29

33.4

42.3

48

58.1

71

85.1

93.4

111

224

PGA

22.6

28.6

33.9

37.2

46.1

52.3

70.2

77.6

93.9

99.9

250

PGA

21.6

24.8

32.9

36

44.7

51.2

65.8

75.3

87.1

97.9

280

PGA

20.8

24.5

31.7

36.5

43.1

49.2

63.8

74.3

84.2

98.5

315

PGA

24.4

35.6

47.8

69.6

91.5

355

PGA

23.3

34.3

46

67.5

88.4

Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B4


n1 = 1800 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

63

PGA

38.3

57.5

79.1

116

146

71

PGA

37

55.9

76.4

113

141

80

PGA

36.4

54

62.5

74.7

84.7

109

124

139

156

90

PGA

33.8

41.6

50.6

60.7

70.7

81.9

104

120

131

150

100

PGA

33.4

40.2

48.9

58.6

69

80

100

117

129

148

112

PGA

31.7

39.6

46.7

54.9

65.5

75.5

96.1

110

120

139

125

PGA

31.2

36.7

45.2

53.1

64

73.7

92.9

107

118

137

140

PGA

28.1

36.2

42.3

50.6

58.4

69.9

86.4

102

110

127

160

PGA

27.7

34.3

41

48.9

56.9

68.3

83.5

99

108

125

180

PGA

24.2

33.7

36.1

45.8

51.4

62.3

76.5

91.6

97.8

116

200

PGA

23.8

30.4

35

44.3

50.3

60.7

74

88.7

96.3

114

224

PGA

24

30

35.8

39

48.5

54.8

73.6

81.2

98.5

103

250

PGA

22.7

26.1

34.8

37.9

47.2

53.7

69.2

78.4

91.3

101

280

PGA

22

25.7

33.6

38.6

45.4

51.7

67.1

78.1

88.2

103

315

PGA

25.8

37.6

50.2

73.2

95.8

355

PGA

24.5

36.2

48.3

71.1

92.6

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5


Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3/59

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Types H1, H2, H3, H4
Moments of inertia J1

Technical specifications
Moments of inertia J1 (kgm2) without fan
The moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 are referred to the input shaft
of the gear units and apply to gear units without a fan. JL1 must
be added to J1 for gear units with a fan.

The moment of inertia J2 in kgm2 referred to the output shaft of


the gear unit is calculated according to the following formula:
J2 = iN2 x J1

Moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 referred to the input shaft


Gear unit sizes
iN

503

504

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

1.12

0.03320

0.09331

0.19985

0.55790

1.15512

1.25

0.03012

0.08009

0.17598

0.47525

0.98841

1.32

0.69638

1.41265

1.4

0.02612

0.07247

0.15616

0.28321

0.42781

0.89201

1.5

0.59994

1.21925

1.6

0.02270

0.06249

0.13502

0.25139

0.38416

0.76512

1.7

0.54274

1.10454

1.8

0.02118

0.05538

0.11797

0.22222

0.31917

0.66780

1.9

0.47639

0.95000

0.01944

0.05039

0.10730

0.19158

0.29054

0.60305

2.12

0.41019

0.83447

2.24

0.01699

0.04512

0.09435

0.16800

0.26550

0.54335

2.36

0.37242

0.75177

2.5

0.01533

0.04015

0.08484

0.15171

0.23841

0.48790

2.65

0.32983

0.67465

2.8

0.01382

0.03570

0.07523

0.13132

0.21150

0.43124

0.29502

0.60234

3.15

0.00978

0.02560

0.05558

0.11689

0.16858

0.32533

3.35

0.26063

0.52956

3.55

0.00833

0.02080

0.04790

0.10267

0.13472

0.28649

3.75

0.21054

0.40835

0.00694

0.01794

0.04155

0.07893

0.11805

0.24482

4.25

0.17090

0.35656

4.5

0.00520

0.01525

0.03354

0.06750

0.09900

0.19081

4.75

0.14846

0.30267

0.00447

0.01357

0.02829

0.05811

0.08363

0.17361

5.3

0.12489

0.23975

5.6

0.00392

0.01179

0.02455

0.04715

0.07328

0.14460

0.10497

0.21761

0.013

0.013

0.032

0.032

0.070

0.070

0.070

0.070

JL1

3/60

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Type

H1

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Types H1, H2, H3, H4
Moments of inertia J1

Technical specifications (continued)


Moments of inertia J1 (kgm2) without fan
The moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 are referred to the input shaft
of the gear units and apply to gear units without a fan. JL1 must
be added to J1 for gear units with a fan.

The moment of inertia J2 in kgm2 referred to the output shaft of


the gear unit is calculated according to the following formula:
J2 = iN2 x J1

Moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 referred to the input shaft (continued)


Gear unit sizes
iN

503

504

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

6.3

0.01360

0.03005

0.10900

0.17891

0.47624

1.02034

7.1

0.01157

0.02672

0.09409

0.15729

0.41868

0.88860

0.01026

0.02247

0.07930

0.09825

0.13223

0.21556

0.36929

0.55622

0.77288

1.21839

0.00909

0.01983

0.03750

0.06753

0.08532

0.11529

0.18736

0.32175

0.48392

0.67066

1.04902

10

0.00783

0.01749

0.03282

0.05758

0.07245

0.09944

0.15501

0.27770

0.42214

0.57506

0.90183

11.2

0.00686

0.01266

0.02707

0.04200

0.06204

0.07436

0.13360

0.22047

0.36418

0.43687

0.77333

12.5

0.00492

0.01063

0.02361

0.03389

0.05319

0.06252

0.11400

0.17386

0.31141

0.37463

0.65585

14

0.00421

0.00870

0.02057

0.02823

0.03871

0.05334

0.08566

0.14926

0.24690

0.31240

0.49954

16

0.00356

0.00659

0.01508

0.02340

0.03126

0.04309

0.07131

0.12488

0.19378

0.24326

0.42414

18

0.00273

0.00557

0.01256

0.02062

0.02616

0.03586

0.06042

0.10369

0.16515

0.21929

0.35037

20

0.00231

0.01018

0.02177

0.04883

0.13806

0.27273

22.4

0.00776

0.01920

0.04041

0.11390

0.24496

25

0.00650

0.010

0.013

0.013

0.032

0.032

0.032

0.032

0.070

0.070

0.170

0.170

JL1
20

0.00593

0.01833

0.03867

0.10587

0.23087

22.4

0.00548

0.01642

0.03504

0.09431

0.21049

25

0.00498

0.01476

0.01734

0.03261

0.04223

0.08707

0.11426

0.19141

0.25062

28

0.00410

0.00665

0.01232

0.01563

0.02545

0.03781

0.06859

0.10064

0.15085

0.22610

31.5

0.00378

0.00605

0.01119

0.01414

0.02395

0.03485

0.06397

0.09212

0.13899

0.20337

35.5

0.00307

0.00542

0.00899

0.01178

0.01912

0.02716

0.05089

0.07262

0.11130

0.16055

40

0.00285

0.00448

0.00826

0.01077

0.01812

0.02533

0.04794

0.06719

0.10372

0.14643

45

0.00193

0.00406

0.00553

0.00864

0.01203

0.02027

0.03092

0.05347

0.06925

0.11750

50

0.00179

0.00332

0.00510

0.00799

0.01140

0.01904

0.02915

0.04999

0.06467

0.10847

56

0.00145

0.00304

0.00421

0.00533

0.00930

0.01275

0.02434

0.03246

0.05479

0.07299

63

0.00100

0.00209

0.00297

0.00494

0.00617

0.01198

0.01847

0.03038

0.03849

0.06754

71

0.00093

0.00191

0.00275

0.00408

0.00587

0.00974

0.01752

0.02531

0.03612

0.05711

80

0.00154

0.00287

0.00652

0.01930

0.04042

90

0.00107

0.00267

0.00615

0.01818

0.03760

100

0.00099

JL1

0.005

0.005

0.010

0.010

0.017

0.017

0.032

0.032

0.070

0.070

80

0.00400

0.00615

0.01707

0.04129

90

0.00370

0.00562

0.01550

0.03735

100

0.00299

0.00394

0.00505

0.00637

0.01413

0.01754

0.03472

0.04245

112

0.00279

0.00365

0.00414

0.00579

0.01176

0.01588

0.02698

0.03826

125

0.00223

0.00295

0.00377

0.00518

0.01083

0.01443

0.02536

0.03545

140

0.00210

0.00276

0.00306

0.00425

0.00858

0.01202

0.02051

0.02754

160

0.00140

0.00221

0.00281

0.00386

0.00798

0.01103

0.01942

0.02581

180

0.00132

0.00208

0.00192

0.00313

0.00524

0.00874

0.01252

0.02088

200

0.00108

0.00138

0.00176

0.00287

0.00488

0.00811

0.01184

0.01972

224

0.00083

0.00130

0.00144

0.00196

0.00410

0.00533

0.00963

0.01275

250

0.00079

0.00107

0.00111

0.00180

0.00282

0.00496

0.00648

0.01203

280

0.00075

0.00082

0.00103

0.00147

0.00265

0.00416

0.00615

0.00977

315

0.00078

0.00098

0.00113

0.00250

0.00287

0.00585

0.00659

355

0.00075

0.00105

0.00268

0.00624

400

0.00099

0.00253

0.00593

JL1

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Type

H2

H3

H4

3/61

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Types B2, B3, B4
Moments of inertia J1

Technical specifications
Moments of inertia J1 (kgm2) without fan
The moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 are referred to the input shaft
of the gear units and apply to gear units without a fan. JL1 must
be added to J1 for gear units with a fan.

The moment of inertia J2 in kgm2 referred to the output shaft of


the gear unit is calculated according to the following formula:
J2 = iN2 x J1

Moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 referred to the input shaft


Gear unit sizes
iN

503

504

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

0.01022

0.03029

0.06480

0.16531

0.38092

5.6

0.00965

0.02894

0.06229

0.15761

0.36023

0.18416

0.41712

6.3

0.00632

0.01723

0.04143

0.07291

0.10565

0.24918

6.7

0.17345

0.39012

7.1

0.00597

0.01639

0.03991

0.06922

0.10100

0.23667

7.5

0.11705

0.27106

0.00501

0.01218

0.02707

0.04633

0.07279

0.18087

8.5

0.11057

0.25474

0.00478

0.01164

0.02611

0.04410

0.07000

0.17285

9.5

0.07961

0.19489

10

0.00348

0.00938

0.02167

0.03017

0.05466

0.13448

10.6

0.07574

0.18443

11.2

0.00333

0.00903

0.02104

0.02876

0.05272

0.12926

11.8

0.05942

0.14362

12.5

0.00232

0.00622

0.01496

0.02372

0.04019

0.07643

13.2

0.05671

0.13680

14

0.00224

0.00603

0.01461

0.02278

0.03910

0.07324

15

0.04309

0.08200

16

0.00169

0.00424

0.00974

0.01621

0.02663

0.06338

17

0.04154

0.07785

18

0.01568

19

0.02863

0.06716

20

0.01062

0.010

0.017

0.060

0.060

0.070

0.070

0.170

0.170

JL1

3/62

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Type

B2

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Types B2, B3, B4
Moments of inertia J1

Technical specifications (continued)


Moments of inertia J1 (kgm2) without fan
The moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 are referred to the input shaft
of the gear units and apply to gear units without a fan. JL1 must
be added to J1 for gear units with a fan.

The moment of inertia J2 in kgm2 referred to the output shaft of


the gear unit is calculated according to the following formula:
J2 = iN2 x J1

Moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 referred to the input shaft (continued)


Gear unit sizes
iN

503

504

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

14

0.01329

0.04499

0.08544

0.22304

0.50306

16

0.00566

0.01214

0.04005

0.07831

0.20426

0.45976

18

0.00512

0.01137

0.03687

0.04278

0.07235

0.09296

0.18547

0.24045

0.42637

0.54481

20

0.00478

0.01053

0.01484

0.03411

0.03839

0.06838

0.08415

0.17369

0.21791

0.39508

0.49213

22.4

0.00448

0.00704

0.01336

0.02131

0.03554

0.04599

0.07690

0.11784

0.19577

0.27665

0.45195

25

0.00284

0.00651

0.01234

0.01960

0.03307

0.04359

0.07204

0.11072

0.18190

0.25774

0.41470

28

0.00265

0.00547

0.01127

0.01479

0.02049

0.02996

0.04874

0.08009

0.12406

0.19848

0.29212

31.5

0.00204

0.00513

0.00764

0.01369

0.01896

0.02844

0.04581

0.07582

0.11568

0.18636

0.26960

35.5

0.00192

0.00378

0.00698

0.01109

0.01426

0.02358

0.03170

0.05975

0.08381

0.14595

0.20839

40

0.00170

0.00356

0.00585

0.01037

0.01328

0.02257

0.02984

0.05677

0.07880

0.13805

0.19396

45

0.00162

0.00250

0.00543

0.00728

0.01074

0.01616

0.02472

0.04339

0.06235

0.08343

0.15241

50

0.00109

0.00238

0.00403

0.00685

0.01010

0.01555

0.02350

0.04158

0.05885

0.07861

0.14300

56

0.00104

0.00180

0.00375

0.00491

0.00707

0.01051

0.01686

0.02866

0.04498

0.06779

0.08737

63

0.00083

0.00265

0.00668

0.01611

0.04284

0.08163

71

0.00249

0.00478

0.01098

0.02970

0.07028

80

0.00190

JL1

0.005

0.010

0.010

0.017

0.017

0.032

0.032

0.070

0.070

0.170

0.170

63

0.00193

0.00571

0.01276

0.03724

0.08055

71

0.00178

0.00525

0.01186

0.03463

0.07410

80

0.00163

0.00486

0.00560

0.01091

0.01313

0.03235

0.03802

0.06979

0.08246

90

0.00122

0.00201

0.00313

0.00517

0.00734

0.01216

0.01992

0.03525

0.04705

0.07558

100

0.00113

0.00184

0.00289

0.00479

0.00675

0.01113

0.01851

0.03284

0.04444

0.07098

112

0.00098

0.00168

0.00223

0.00308

0.00566

0.00753

0.01390

0.02031

0.03063

0.04795

125

0.00092

0.00126

0.00207

0.00285

0.00528

0.00689

0.01299

0.01881

0.02898

0.04517

140

0.00071

0.00116

0.00182

0.00220

0.00390

0.00578

0.01051

0.01415

0.02402

0.03119

160

0.00067

0.00100

0.00172

0.00205

0.00366

0.00537

0.00992

0.01319

0.02293

0.02943

180

0.00047

0.00094

0.00117

0.00180

0.00258

0.00398

0.00691

0.01067

0.01639

0.02439

200

0.00045

0.00073

0.00110

0.00170

0.00244

0.00371

0.00657

0.01004

0.01576

0.02323

224

0.00028

0.00068

0.00088

0.00115

0.00185

0.00263

0.00468

0.00700

0.01069

0.01662

250

0.00026

0.00048

0.00067

0.00109

0.00157

0.00247

0.00368

0.00664

0.00833

0.01595

280

0.00025

0.00045

0.00063

0.00087

0.00149

0.00188

0.00348

0.00475

0.00794

0.01084

315

0.00029

0.00066

0.00159

0.00373

0.00844

355

0.00026

0.00063

0.00151

0.00352

0.00803

JL1

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Type

B3

B4

3/63

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Types H1, H2, H3, H4
Actual ratio, gear unit sizes 503 to 514

Technical specifications
Actual ratio for types H1, H2, H3, H4
Gear unit sizes
iN

503

504

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

1.12

1.119

1.098

1.095

1.079

1.100

1.25

1.225

1.263

1.225

1.257

1.270

1.32

1.342

1.350

1.4

1.405

1.389

1.378

1.452

1.394

1.400

1.5

1.543

1.541

1.6

1.618

1.606

1.588

1.600

1.559

1.625

1.7

1.697

1.686

1.8

1.781

1.774

1.781

1.784

1.806

1.800

1.9

1.912

1.938

1.967

1.966

1.967

2.029

2.000

2.000

2.12

2.161

2.133

2.24

2.267

2.222

2.259

2.250

2.222

2.231

2.36

2.379

2.357

2.5

2.500

2.483

2.520

2.467

2.480

2.500

2.65

2.667

2.615

2.8

2.769

2.778

2.826

2.815

2.783

2.818

2.960

2.917

3.15

3.125

3.208

3.208

3.120

3.143

3.200

3.35

3.304

3.273

3.55

3.500

3.591

3.636

3.478

3.619

3.600

3.75

3.714

3.700

4.000

4.050

4.050

3.917

4.053

4.111

4.25

4.238

4.150

4.5

4.500

4.550

4.500

4.409

4.450

4.667

4.75

4.737

4.722

5.056

4.895

5.056

4.900

5.056

5.000

5.3

5.200

5.333

5.6

5.526

5.529

5.611

5.450

5.556

5.706

5.889

5.706

3/64

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Type

H1

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Types H1, H2, H3, H4
Actual ratio, gear unit sizes 503 to 514

Technical specifications (continued)


Actual ratio for types H1, H2, H3, H4 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
iN

503

504

505

506

507

6.3

6.36

6.38

6.26

508

509

6.43

510

511

6.47

512

513

6.30

514

Type

7.1

7.18

7.04

6.93

7.10

7.16

7.00

7.89

8.11

7.84

7.94

8.16

8.11

7.95

7.99

7.81

8.01

8.71

8.95

8.81

8.75

8.79

9.10

8.96

8.88

8.84

8.75

8.90

10

9.80

9.91

9.73

9.80

9.94

10.21

10.29

9.96

9.82

9.86

9.93

11.2

10.86

11.18

11.21

11.31

11.11

11.59

11.48

11.25

10.96

11.20

11.13

12.5

12.63

12.53

12.37

12.66

12.43

13.13

12.87

12.95

12.30

12.60

12.54

14

14.07

14.32

13.70

14.28

14.35

14.63

14.62

14.50

13.89

14.39

14.24

16

15.79

16.11

15.46

16.04

16.06

16.25

16.57

15.93

16.00

16.33

16.02

18

17.87

18.09

17.32

17.26

18.12

18.26

18.45

18.09

17.92

17.50

18.29

20

19.93

20.50

19.79

20.57

20.36

20.64

20.50

19.96

19.67

19.95

20.77

22.4

22.96

22.26

23.02

21.90

23.39

23.03

22.98

22.35

22.44

22.25

25

26.25

25.01

25.97

26.10

26.05

26.03

25.73

24.65

25.63

25.37

28

28.39

28.34

27.95

29.21

29.76

29.51

28.78

28.39

28.47

28.54

31.5

32.45

31.75

31.52

32.94

33.15

32.86

32.23

31.79

32.51

32.59

35.5

34.69

36.28

34.82

35.45

36.36

37.55

35.98

35.56

35.61

36.19

40

39.64

39.25

39.27

39.99

40.50

41.82

40.29

39.82

40.66

41.33

45

43.84

44.86

45.15

44.18

45.96

45.87

46.51

44.44

45.82

45.27

50

50.11

47.95

50.92

49.83

51.19

51.09

52.08

49.77

52.32

51.70

56

57.26

54.80

57.13

57.27

58.50

57.98

58.74

57.45

58.28

58.25

63

63.29

60.61

63.95

64.60

66.39

64.58

63.40

64.34

63.70

66.53

71

72.33

69.26

72.12

72.47

73.94

73.80

70.99

72.56

72.74

74.09

80

79.16

81.47

81.13

83.79

83.75

84.61

78.32

82.23

80.99

90

87.49

91.40

91.50

93.84

93.28

94.70

87.70

93.20

100

99.99

101.83

103.35

107.25

105.70

106.80

104.52

103.8

104.55

3
H2

H3

92.49

112

114.25

115.96

116.03

118.39

114.94

116.98

118.6

118.50

125

125.33

129.19

132.60

135.30

129.64

131.93

132.09

131.98

140

140.62

144.95

141.75

146.37

143.23

141.99

144.90

150.79

160

157.38

159.01

162.00

167.28

161.54

160.14

161.38

167.94

180

176.57

178.40

179.16

178.82

185.69

176.93

183.13

184.22

200

203.67

199.66

204.75

204.37

209.43

199.55

203.96

205.18

224

230.47

224.01

234.00

226.01

234.97

229.38

233.10

232.84

250

258.57

258.38

258.63

258.30

263.02

258.70

264.52

259.32

280

292.59

292.38

295.58

295.20

296.65

290.25

294.61

296.37

315

328.04

332.53

326.27

333.27

324.91

327.35

336.32

355

371.20

372.88

366.45

374.58

400

419.49

411.69

416.20

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

H4

3/65

Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Types B2, B3, B4
Actual ratio, gear unit sizes 503 to 514

Technical specifications
Actual ratio for types B2, B3, B4
iN

5
5.6
6
6.3
6.7
7.1
7.5
8
8.5
9
9.5
10
10.6
11.2
11.8
12.5
13.2
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22.4
25
28
31.5
35.5
40
45
50
56
63
71
80
90
100
112
125
140
160
180
200
224
250
280
315
355

Gear unit sizes


503 504
4.93 5.06
5.64 5.71

6.26 6.43

7.16 7.25

7.82 8.03

8.94 9.05

9.69 9.94

11.08 11.22

12.41 12.73

14.18 14.36

15.64 15.83 15.30

17.80

19.83

22.25

25.18

28.25

31.46

35.29

38.97

43.72

49.90

55.98

61.72

3/66

505
5.06
5.63

6.51

7.25

8.18

9.11

10.07

11.22

12.89

14.36

15.83

22.42
25.62
28.00
32.00
34.69
39.64
44.41
50.76
55.96
63.04
70.60
80.69
89.66
102.47
112.00
128.00
138.75
158.57
177.65
203.02
223.85
255.08
285.45

13.97

15.76

17.65

20.17

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

506
507

5.04

5.64

6.13
6.48

6.82
7.25

7.89
8.37

8.77
9.37

9.92
10.02

11.03
11.22

12.21
12.83

13.57
14.37

15.63
15.84

17.37

19.15 19.31

21.79
22.66
24.40
25.56
27.89
28.30
30.99
31.92
35.41
35.07
38.71
39.55
44.24
44.89
47.95
50.63
54.80
55.83
61.39
64.40
70.16
71.75
77.36
80.50
87.14
91.11
97.60
102.23
111.54
113.81
123.94
127.69
141.65
141.00
154.82
158.20
176.94
180.52
191.81
202.54
219.21
223.31
245.57
254.47
280.65
287.95
309.44

352.61

13.80

15.94

17.84

20.12

508
509

5.01

5.72
5.90

6.44
6.59

7.36
7.58

8.05
8.48

9.19
9.80

9.97
10.95

11.38
11.74

12.76
13.12

14.58
15.03

16.07
16.79

17.51

18.52

20.22

22.64
23.50
25.53
26.17
28.75
29.55
32.42
32.91
35.91
36.36
40.50
40.50
44.49
46.56
50.17
51.85
56.96
57.17
64.24
64.40
70.83
72.13
81.70
82.43
91.02
91.60
102.12
104.68
115.59
114.42
129.69
130.76
144.39
141.75
162.00
162.00
178.88
181.48
200.70
207.41
229.02
228.68
256.95
260.59
283.31
293.16
322.84

365.32

510
511
512
513
514
Type

5.77

6.57

7.43

8.45

9.28

10.56

11.49

13.08

13.86

13.72

14.71

15.65

15.58

16.74

17.91 18.02 17.12 17.53 17.45


18.46

20.33 20.18 19.33 20.02 19.81


23.05
23.18 22.26 22.55 22.29
25.67
25.95 24.93 25.75 25.45
29.64
29.95 28.63 28.16 28.67
33.02
33.54 32.06 32.16 32.74
37.27
35.87 37.00 34.89 35.81
41.51
40.17 41.43 39.85 40.89
45.87
45.92 44.31 44.67 44.36
51.09
51.42 49.62 51.02 50.66
58.73
56.70 56.73 56.25 56.80
65.41
65.57 63.52 64.23 64.86
72.12
73.39 70.04 72.80 71.51
81.24
82.77 81.00 81.08 81.66
90.99
93.20 90.66 93.63 92.56
103.99
105.12 102.25 104.28 103.09
115.56
116.42 115.13 117.73 119.05
132.06
131.31 129.85 131.12 132.59
144.34
144.23 143.81 144.90 149.68
164.96
162.67 162.20 161.38 166.71
178.82
184.66 178.17 185.51 184.22
204.37
208.27 200.94 206.61 205.18
228.95
229.63 228.11 227.80 235.86
261.65
261.67 257.27 259.59 262.69
288.49
293.97 283.66 288.43 289.63
328.75

323.24

330.05
369.84

363.14

366.72

B2

14.20

16.12

18.27

20.35

B3

B4

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units


horizontal mounting position
4/2
4/2
4/4
4/6
4/6
4/8
4/10
4/12
4/12
4/14
4/16
4/18

Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510
Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514
Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

4/18
4/20

Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

4/22
4/22

Types H1, H2, H3 and H4


Article No. overview

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data


A4
B1
G1

A5

l1
h5

B2

c1

D 5

n4
n4
A1

H
h

d1
d 6

A2

G_MD30_EN_00136a

A3
n3

Fan
0
c a.3

G3

n2

Air inlet

l3

E
m1

m3
b

n1

n6
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Fan 1)

Input
d1

l1

l3

iN = 1.12 2.8
60 m6

503

125

70 m6

135

105

80 m6

160

105

80 m6

160

130

100 m6 180

80

50 m6 110

l1

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B1

B2

d6

32 m6 80

60

205

225

185

250

200

185

100

250

185

175

220

250

215

275

230

220

135

275

215

175

80

255

285

230

305

260

245

160

315

235

190

80

255

285

235

305

260

245

160

315

235

190

105

290

325

305

370

315

300

165

360

285

225
225

80

60 m6 140

4.5 5.6
110

45
130

iN = 1.12 2.8
507

45 m6 100

d1

4.5 5.6

3.15 4

iN = 1.4 3.55
506

l3

3.15 5.6

iN = 1.12 2.8
505

l1

3.15 4

iN = 1.12 2.8
504

d1

5.6

60 m6 140

110

3.15 4
145

iN = 1.32 3.35

80 m6 165

100 m6 180

145

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

50 m6 110
4.5 5.6

130

3.75 4.75

508

50 m6 110

70 m6 140
5.3 6

80 m6 165

130

70 m6 140

105

290

325

305

370

315

300

165

360

285

c1

D5

h 2)

h5

m1

m3

n1

n2

n3

n4

n6

503

448

260

25

25

19

128

105

460

200

90

290

220

78

110

230

175

165

15

504

544

325

30

30

24

159

132.5 510

225

220

360

280

96.5

137.5 290

195

195

19

505

605

360

30

30

24

185

150

560

250

155

435

320

85

145

345

220

200

19

506

656

360

30

30

24

216

150

560

250

155

486

320

85

165

376

220

220

19

507

713

465

35

40

28

228

192.5 700

315

155

480

410

118

145

415

280

225

24

508

773

465

35

40

28

258

192.5 700

315

155

540

410

118

175

445

280

255

24

Note:
Remove air guide cover before fitting the foundation bolts.
Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

4/2

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Max. dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

2LP202.- K..-....

Size

H1SH

503

d2

l2

G2

kg

65 m6

140

185

10.5

150

2A

504

80 m6

170

220

17

300

3A

505

90 m6

210

240

23

350

4A

506

100 m6

210

240

25

395

5A

507

105 n6

235

295

44

686

6A

508

120 n6

250

295

48

710

7A

Solid shaft

d2

Article No.:
Type

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26

4
G2

I2

G_MD30_XX_00138

Size

H1HH 3) 503

D2

G4

kg

Hollow shaft with keyway

504

80 H7

220

17

300

3D

505

95 H7

240

23

350

4D

506

105 H7

240

25

395

5D

507

115 H7

295

44

686

6D

508

125 H7

295

48

710

7D

D2H7

Type

G4

G4

G_MD30_XX_00139

1)

Approximate values for radial shaft seals; exact data acc. to order-related
documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

3)

Not possible in conjunction with fan.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

4/3

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data


A4
B1
G1

A5

l1
h5

B2

c1

D 5

n4
n4
A1

H
h

d1
d 6

A2

G_MD30_EN_00136a

A3
n3

Fan
0
c a.3

G3

n2

Air inlet

l3

E
m1

m3
b

n1

n6
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Fan 1)

Input
d1

l1

l3

iN = 1.12 2.8
110 n6 200

509

d1

l1

l3

3.15 4
165

iN = 1.32 3.35

90 m6 165

110 n6 200

165

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

l1

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B1

B2

d6

105

340

375

345

410

355

340

215

405

330

260
260

4.5 5.6
130

3.75 4.75

510

d1

75 m6 140
5.3 6

90 m6 165

130

75 m6 140

105

340

375

345

410

355

340

215

405

330

n6

c1

D5

h 2)

h5

m1

m3

n1

n2

n3

n4

509

860

550

40

55

35

265

220

780

355

160

575

480

145

190

480

307.5 282.5 28

510

916

550

40

55

35

296

220

780

355

160

631

480

145

215

511

307.5 307.5 28

Note:
Remove air guide cover before fitting the foundation bolts.
Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

4/4

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Max. dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

2LP202.- K..-....

Size

H1SH

509
510

d2

l2

G2

kg

135 n6

260

335

70

970

8A

150 n6

280

335

74

1150

0B

Solid shaft

d2

Article No.:
Type

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26

4
G2

I2

G_MD30_XX_00138

D2

G4

H1HH 3) 509

Size

135 H7

335

70

kg
970

8D

510

145 H7

335

74

1150

0E

Hollow shaft with keyway

D2H7

Type

G4

G4

G_MD30_XX_00139

1)

Approximate values for radial shaft seals; exact data acc. to order-related
documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

3)

Not possible in conjunction with fan.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

4/5

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data

A4

A3
A5

h5

l1

G1

Fan
c a.3

n2

Air inlet

n1

m1

l3

G3

A1

G_MD30_EN_00005b

d 6

d1

A2

m3
b
B1

B2

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

l1

iN =
iN =
iN =
iN =

l1

l3

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

A4

50

170

190

200

245

185

145

60

195

215

230

280

195

60

195

215

230

280

80

215

245

280

50 m6 110

80

215

245

280

h 2)

n1

35 m6 80

60

11.2 14
105

45 m6 100

105

6.3 10

d1

l1

B1

B2

d6

28 m6 70

70

240

175

150

180

85

255

180

160

195

180

85

255

180

160

335

235

215

100

290

205

190

335

235

215

100

290

205

190

16 18
80

32 m6 80
22.4 25

45 m6 100

80

32 m6 80

11.2 18
105

8 12.5

50 m6 110
14 22.4

508

70 m6 135

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

105

h5

m1

m3

n2

504

604

210

28

269.5 465

200

220

415

170

95

130

19

505

684

250

30

310

530

230

355

490

200

95

145

19

506

807

250

30

363

530

230

355

613

200

95

215

19

507

855

295

35

384

635

280

300

595

230

129

180

24

508

962

295

35

431

635

280

300

702

230

129

240

24

Note:
Remove air guide cover before fitting the foundation bolts.
Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

4/6

A5

18 20

16 20

70 m6 135

507

80

9 14
60 m6 125

506

d1

12.5 16

6.3 10
60 m6 125

505

l3

6.3 11.2
45 m6 100

504

Fan 1)

Drive
Designs G, H, I on request for all ratios

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Max. dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

2LP202.- L..-....
l2

G2

kg

80 m6

170

140

12

190

3A

505

100 m6

210

165

18

295

4A

506

110 n6

210

165

19

360

5A

507

120 n6

210

195

30

515

6A

508

130 n6

250

195

35

620

7A

Type

Size

G4

kg

H2HH

504

80 H7

140

12

190

3D

505

95 H7

165

18

295

4D

506

105 H7

165

19

360

5D

507

115 H7

195

30

515

6D

508

125 H7

195

35

620

7D

Type

Size

G4

G5

kg

H2DH

504

85 H6

85

140

215

12

190

3G

505

100 H6

100

165

255

18

295

4G

506

110 H6

110

165

260

19

360

5G

507

120 H6

120

195

290

30

515

6G

508

130 H6

130

195

305

35

620

7G

D3

d2

G_MD30_XX_00012

D2H7

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

G4

kg

H2KH

504

N80 3 25 9H

74

80

140

12

190

3N

505

N95 3 30 9H

89

100

165

18

295

4N

506

N95 3 30 9H

89

110

165

19

360

5N

507

N120 3 38 9H

114

120

195

30

515

6N

508

N120 3 38 9H

114

130

195

35

620

7N

D3
G5

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

N
G4

Type

Size

l2

G2

kg

H2CH

504

85 g6

100

140

12

190

3U

505

110 g6

115

165

18

295

4U

506

120 g6

115

165

19

360

5U

507

130 g6

115

195

30

515

6U

508

130 g6

115

195

35

620

7U

G4

Solid shaft without keyway

d2

d2

G4

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

D2

G4

D3

D3

I2

G_MD30_XX_00187

D2

G2

Hollow shaft with keyway

G_MD30_XX_00013

D2

Solid shaft

D2H6

504

D2

H2SH

d2

G_MD30_XX_00014

Size

H11

Article No.:
Type

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

4/7

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data

A4

A3
A5

h5

l1

G1

Fan
c a.3

n2

Air inlet

n1

m1

l3

G3

A1

G_MD30_EN_00005b

d 6

d1

A2

m3
b
B1

B2

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =
iN =
iN =
iN =

160

130

l1

l3

60 m6 140

160

130

110

145

60 m6 140

110

100 m6 180

145

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B1

B2

d6

50 m6 110

80

240

270

320

375

265

245

100

320

245

175

80 m6 165

50 m6 110

80

240

270

320

375

265

245

100

320

245

175

105

275

310

380

440

320

295

155

360

285

240

440

320

295

155

360

285

240

16 18
130

14 18

512

l1

20 22.4

11.2 14

8 12.5

d1
16 18

14 18

6.3 10

d1

11.2 14

100 m6 180

511

l3

8 12.5
80 m6

510

l1

6.3 10
80 m6

509

Fan 1)

Drive
Designs G, H, I on request for all ratios

70 m6 140
20 22.4

80 m6 165

130

70 m6 140

105

275

310

380

m3

h 2)

h5

n1

n2

509

988

370

40

447

715

320

360

m1

680 290

162

205

28

510

1106

370

40

500

715

320

360

798 290

162

270

28

511

1204

430

50

547

830

380

430

825 340

202

255

35

512

1332

430

50

605

830

380

430

953 340

202

325

35

Note:
Remove air guide cover before fitting the foundation bolts.
Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

4/8

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Max. dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26

2LP202.- L..-....
kg

510

160 n6

300

240

511

175 n6

300

270

512

185 n6

350

270

Solid shaft

830

8A

55

945

0B

84

1250

1B

89

1570

2B

Type

Size

D2

G4

H2HH

509

135 H7

235

l
52

kg
830

8D

510

150 H7

235

55

945

0E

511

165 H7

270

84

1250

1E

512

180 H7

270

89

1570

2E

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

H2DH

509

140 H6

145

235

350

l
52

510

150 H6

155

235

370

511

165 H6

170

270

420

512

180 H6

185

270

425

8G

55

945

0H

84

1250

1H

89

1570

2H

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

509

N140 3 45 9H

134

145

235

l
52

510

N140 3 45 9H

134

155

235

511

N170 5 32 9H

160

170

270

512

N170 5 32 9H

160

185

270

I2

G4

G4

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

830

H2KH

G2

kg

G5

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

830

8N

55

945

0P

84

1250

1P

89

1570

2P

N
G4

Size

d2

l2

G2

H2CH

509

150 g6

140

240

l
52

kg

510

170 g6

140

240

511

180 g6

145

270

512

190 g6

145

270

G4

Solid shaft without keyway

830

8U

55

945

0V

84

1250

1V

89

1570

2V

d2

Type

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

Hollow shaft with keyway

kg

Type

d2

52

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

240

D2H7

250

D3

145 n6

D3

509

G_MD30_XX_00187

H2SH

G_MD30_XX_00012

G_MD30_XX_00013

G2

D2H6

l2

D2

d2

G_MD30_XX_00014

Size

H11

Article No.:
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

4/9

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data

A4
g

G1

A3
A5

l1
h5

c1

A1

h
n4

d6

d1

n4

A2

Fan

G3

Air inlet

l3

n2

B2

D5

n6

m3
b

G_MD30_EN_00304

ca

.30

n3
m1
a

B1

n1

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

l1

iN =

l3

6.3 10

d1

l1

l3

11.2 14

110 n6 200

513

Fan 1)

Drive
Designs G, H, I on request for all ratios

165

8 12.5

90 m6 165

110 n6 200

165

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

l1

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B1

B2

d6

105

330

365

440

505

380

350

200

430

335

225
225

16 18
130

14 18

514

d1

75 m6 140
20 22.4

90 m6 165

130

75 m6 140

105

330

365

440

505

380

350

200

430

335

h 2)

h5

m1

m3

c1

D5

n1

n2

n3

n4

n6

513

1345

535

60

65

48

640

202.5 950

440

195

920 445

245

260

842

380

380

42

514

1463

535

60

65

48

718

202.5 950

440

195

1038 445

245

300

920

380

420

42

Note:
Remove air guide cover before fitting the foundation bolts.
Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

4/10

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Max. dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26

2LP202.- L..-....

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H2SH

513

200 n6

350

330

150

2600

3B

514

210 n6

350

330

155

2965

4B
G_MD30_XX_00012

d2

Solid shaft

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

H2HH

513

190 H7

330

150

2600

3E

514

210 H7

330

155

2965

4E

G2

I2

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

H2DH

513

190 H6

195

330

495

150

2600

3H

514

210 H6

215

330

495

155

2965

4H

D2H7

G_MD30_XX_00013

Hollow shaft with keyway

Type

G4

G4

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

kg

H2KH

513

N190 5 36 9H

180

195

330

150

2600

3P

514

N190 5 36 9H

180

215

330

155

2965

4P

D3

D2H6

G_MD30_XX_00014

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

Type

G5

G4

D2

D3

H11

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

N
G4

Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H2CH

513

220 g6

165

330

150

2600

3V

514

220 g6

165

330

155

2965

4V

G4

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

d2

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

1)

G_MD30_XX_00187

Article No.:
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

4/11

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data

A3
l1

A4

h5

G1

A2

A1
h

A1

d6

d1

Fan
0

Air inlet

n2

l3

G3

E
m1

m3
B2

n1

ntkZWluWWWWX

ca. 3

B1

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 1)

Input
l1

iN =
iN =
iN =

70

20 40

l3

80

30 m6 70

50

45 m6 100

80

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

l1

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

40

180

200

145

150

140

40

180

200

145

150

50

210

230

175

24 k6 60

30 m6 70

50

24 k6 60

35 m6 80

60

28 m6 70

B2

d6

85

215

175

135

140

85

215

175

135

185

190

115

245

205

150

185

190

115

245

205

150

80 90

35 m6 80

60

28 m6 70

50

210

230

175

h 2)

h5

m1

m3

n1

n2

727

250

30

400

530

230

350

530

200

97.5

145

19

506

850

250

30

453

530

230

350

653

200

97.5

215

19

507

912

295

35

493.5 635

280

295

680

230

101

180

24

508

1019

295

35

540.5 635

280

295

787

230

101

240

24

Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

B1

63 71

505

4/12

A4

90 100

56 71

508

d1
63 71

45 56

25 50

l1

63 80

45 m6 100

507

70

28 56
40 m6 90

506

d1
45 56

40 m6 90

505

l3

20 40

1)

Max. dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26

2LP202.- M..-....

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H3SH

505

100 m6

210

165

20

310

4A

506

110 n6

210

165

21

380

5A

507

120 n6

210

195

35

550

6A

508

130 n6

250

195

37

650

7A

Type

Size

G4

kg

H3HH

505

95 H7

165

20

310

4D

506

105 H7

165

21

380

5D

507

115 H7

195

35

550

6D

508

125 H7

195

37

650

7D

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

H3DH

505

100 H6

100

165

255

20

310

4G

506

110 H6

110

165

260

21

380

5G

507

120 H6

120

195

290

35

550

6G

508

130 H6

130

195

305

37

650

7G

506
507
508

D2

D3

G4

kg

89

100

165

20

310

4N

N95 3 30 9H

89

110

165

21

380

5N

N120 3 38 9H

114

120

195

35

550

6N

N120 3 38 9H

114

130

195

37

650

7N

d2

G_MD30_XX_00012

D2H7

G_MD30_XX_00013

D3

D2H6

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

G5

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

N
G4

Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H3CH

505

110 g6

115

165

20

310

4U

506

120 g6

115

165

21

380

5U

507

130 g6

115

195

35

550

6U

508

130 g6

115

195

37

650

7U

G4

d2

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

N95 3 30 9H

G4

D3

N/DIN 5480

505

G4

G_MD30_XX_00187

Size

H3KH

I2

D2

Type

G2

Hollow shaft with keyway

G_MD30_XX_00014

D2

Solid shaft

H11

Article No.:
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

4/13

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data

A3
l1

A4

h5

G1

A2

A1
h

A1

d6

d1

Fan
0

Air inlet

n2

l3

G3

E
m1

m3
B2

n1

ntkZWluWWWWX

ca. 3

B1

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 1)

Input
l1

iN =
iN =
iN =

l1

l3

105

20 40

45 m6 100

80

105

45 m6 100

80

70 m6 135

105

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

A4

B1

B2

d6

32 m6 80

60

255

275

195

205

190

135

285

235

160

32 m6 80

60

255

275

195

205

190

135

285

235

160

80

275

305

225

245

240

165

325

270

190

245

240

165

325

270

190

63 71

50 m6 110

80

56 71

512

l1

80 90

45 56

25 50

d1
63 71

56 71

70 m6 135

511

105

25 50
60 m6 125

510

d1
45 56

60 m6 125

509

l3

20 40

48 m6 110
80 90

50 m6 110

80

48 m6 110

80

275

305

225

m3

n1

n2

h 2)

h5

509

1054

370

40

575

715

320

350

785 290

122.5 205

28

510

1172

370

40

628

715

320

350

903 290

122.5 270

28

511

1296

430

50

706

830

380

420

960 340

158.5 255

35

512

1424

430

50

764

830

380

420

1088 340

158.5 325

35

Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

4/14

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

m1

1)

Max. dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26

2LP202.- M..-....

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H3SH

509

145 n6

250

240

56

885

8A

510

160 n6

300

240

60

1035

0B

511

175 n6

300

270

91

1470

1B

512

185 n6

350

270

105

1695

2B

Type

Size

D2

G4

H3HH

509

135 H7

235

56

kg
885

8D

510

150 H7

235

60

1035

0E

511

165 H7

270

91

1470

1E

512

180 H7

270

105

1695

2E

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

H3DH

509

140 H6

145

235

350

56

kg
885

8G

510

150 H6

155

235

370

60

1035

0H

511

165 H6

170

270

420

91

1470

1H

512

180 H6

185

270

425

105

1695

2H

d2

G_MD30_XX_00012

I2

D2H7

G_MD30_XX_00013

G4

G4

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

H3KH

509

N140 3 45 9H

134

145

235

56

kg
885

8N

510

N140 3 45 9H

134

155

235

60

1035

0P

511

N170 5 32 9H

160

170

270

91

1470

1P

512

N170 5 32 9H

160

185

270

105

1695

2P

D3
G5

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

D3

N
G4

Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

H3CH

509

150 g6

140

240

56

kg
885

8U

510

170 g6

140

240

60

1035

0V

511

180 g6

145

270

91

1470

1V

512

190 g6

145

270

105

1695

2V

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

Solid shaft without keyway

d2

G4

G_MD30_XX_00187

Hollow shaft with keyway

D2H6

G2

D2

Solid shaft

G_MD30_XX_00014

H11

Article No.:
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

4/15

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data

G1

A3

l1

A2
A4

h5

c1

ca.30

n4

A1

d6

A1

d1

n4

Fan
Air inlet

G3

n2

l3

m3

D5

n6

n3
m1

b
B2

G_MD30_EN_00305

B1

n1

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 1)

Input
l1

iN =

d1

l1

l3

45 56

85 m6 160

513

l3

20 40
130

25 50
85 m6 160

130

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

l1

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

A4

B1

B2

d6

80

320

350

275

295

270

190

380

325

175

63 71

65 m6 140

110

56 71

514

d1

50 m6 110
80 90

65 m6 140

110

50 m6 110

80

320

350

275

295

270

190

380

325

175

h 2)

m3

n3

n4

c1

D5

h5

m1

n1

n2

n6

513

1452

535

60

65

48

825

202.5 950

440

180

1092 445

180

260

952 380

380

42

514

1570

535

60

65

48

903

202.5 950

440

180

1210 445

180

300

1030 380

420

42

Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

4/16

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Max. dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26

2LP202.- M..-....

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H3SH

513

200 n6

350

330

150

2420

3B

514

210 n6

350

330

155

2720

4B
G_MD30_XX_00012

d2

Solid shaft

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

H3HH

513

190 H7

330

150

2420

3E

514

210 H7

330

155

2720

4E

G2

I2

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

H3DH

513

190 H6

195

330

495

150

2420

3H

514

210 H6

215

330

495

155

2720

4H

D2H7

G_MD30_XX_00013

Hollow shaft with keyway

Type

G4

G4

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

kg

H3KH

513

N190 5 36 9H

180

195

330

150

2420

3P

514

N190 5 36 9H

180

215

330

155

2720

4P

D3

D2H6

G_MD30_XX_00014

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

Type

G5

G4

D2

D3

H11

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

N
G4

Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H3CH

513

220 g6

165

330

150

2420

3V

514

220 g6

165

330

155

2720

4V

G4

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

d2

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

1)

G_MD30_XX_00187

Article No.:
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

4/17

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508

Selection and ordering data

n3
g

G1

l1

D5
h5

c1

n2

E
n1

m1

m3
n6

G_MD30_XX_00002a

h4

n4

d1

n4

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Input
Designs G, H, I on request for
d1

iN =
507
iN =

l1

d1

l1

80 140

160 280

35 m6 60

28 m6 50

100 180

200 355

508

35 m6 60

28 m6 50

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
a

G1
224 280
215
280 355
215

c1

D5

h4

h5

m1

m3

n1

n2

n3

899

295

35

35

28

493.5 112.5 635

280

198

115

680

230

104

180

567.5 242.5 257.5 24

508

1006

295

35

35

28

540.5 112.5 635

280

198

115

787

230

104

240

614.5 242.5 317.5 24

4/18

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

h 1)

507

Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

1)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

n4

n6

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26

2LP202.- N..-....

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H4SH

507

120 n6

210

195

30

520

6A

508

130 n6

250

195

36

640

7A
ntkZWWWWW`

d2

Solid shaft

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

H4HH

507

115 H7

195

30

520

6D

508

125 H7

195

36

640

7D

G2

I2

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

H4DH

507

120 H6

120

195

290

30

520

6G

508

130 H6

130

195

305

36

640

7G

D2H7

ntkZWWWWXW

Hollow shaft with keyway

Type

G4

G4

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

kg

H4KH

507

N120 3 38 9H

114

120

195

30

520

6N

508

N120 3 38 9H

114

130

195

36

640

7N

D3

D2H6

G_MD30_XX_00011

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

Type

G5

G4

D2

D3

H11

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

N
G4

Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H4CH

507

130 g6

115

195

30

520

6U

508

130 g6

115

195

36

640

7U

G4

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

d2

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

1)

G_MD30_XX_00187

Article No.:
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

4/19

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data

n3
g

G1

l1

D5
h5

c1

n2

E
n1

m1

m3
n6

G_MD30_XX_00002a

h4

n4

d1

n4

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Input
Designs G, H, I on request for
d1

iN =
509
iN =
510
iN =
511
iN =
512
iN =

l1

d1

l1

80 160

180 315

35 m6 60

28 m6 50

100 200

224 400

35 m6 60

28 m6 50

80 160

d1

l1

250 315
225
315 400
225

180 224

250 315

45 m6 100 35 m6 80

28 m6 70

100 200

224 280

315 400

45 m6 100 35 m6 80

28 m6 70

80 160

250 315

180 224

60 m6 125 45 m6 100 32 m6 80

513
iN =

100 200

224 280

250 315
255
315 400
255
250 315
305

315 400

514

60 m6 125 45 m6 100 32 m6 80

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

315 400
305

h 1)

h4

h5

n1

n2

n6

575 140

715

320

230

135

785 290

125

205

458 275

290

28

35

628 140

715

320

230

135

903 290

125

270

713 275

355

28

60

40

706 155

830

380

270.5 145

960 340

161

255

812.5 330

362.5 35

430 50

60

40

764 155

830

380

270.5 145

1088 340

161

325

870.5 330

432.5 35

535 60

65

48

825 202.5 950

440

312

165

1092 445

183

260

952 380

380

42

535 60

65

48

903 202.5 950

440

312

165

1210 445

183

300

1030 380

420

42

c1

D5

509

1040

370 40

45

35

510

1158

370 40

45

511

1281

430 50

512

1409

513

1455

514

1573

Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

4/20

G1

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

m1

m3

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

n3

n4

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26

2LP202.- N..-....
kg

160 n6

300

240

511

175 n6

300

270

512

185 n6

350

513

200 n6

514

210 n6

Type

Size

H4HH

509

8A

60

985

0B

90

1450

1B

270

100

1600

2B

350

330

145

2375

3B

350

330

150

2690

4B

D2

G4

kg

135 H7

235

58

790

8D

510

150 H7

235

60

985

0E

511

165 H7

270

90

1450

1E

512

180 H7

270

100

1600

2E

513

190 H7

330

145

2375

3E

514

210 H7

330

150

2690

4E

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

H4DH

509

140 H6

145

235

350

58

510

150 H6

155

235

370

511

165 H6

170

270

420

512

180 H6

185

270

513

190 H6

195

514

210 H6

215

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

H4KH

509

N140 3 45 9H

510
511

60

985

0H

90

1450

1H

425

100

1600

2H

330

495

145

2375

3H

330

495

150

2690

4H

D2

D3

G4

kg

134

145

235

58

N140 3 45 9H

134

155

235

N170 5 32 9H

160

170

270

512

N170 5 32 9H

160

185

513

N190 5 36 9H

180

514

N190 5 36 9H

Type

Size

H4CH

509

8N

60

985

0P

90

1450

1P

270

100

1600

2P

195

330

145

2375

3P

180

215

330

150

2690

4P

d2

l2

G2

kg

150 g6

140

240

58

G4

G5

G4

510

170 g6

140

240

511

180 g6

145

270

512

190 g6

145

513

220 g6

514

220 g6

N
G4

G4

Solid shaft without keyway

790

8U

60

985

0V

90

1450

1V

270

100

1600

2V

165

330

145

2375

3V

165

330

150

2690

4V

Without oil filling.

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

790

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

I2

Hollow shaft for shrink disk


8G

2)

G2

Hollow shaft with keyway

790

1)

d2

510

Solid shaft

790

G2

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

58

D2H7

240

D3

250

D3

145 n6

G_MD30_XX_00187

509

d2

H4SH

ntkZWWWWW`

ntkZWWWWXW

G2

D2H6

l2

D2

d2

G_MD30_XX_00011

Size

H11

Article No.:
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

4/21

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data


7th position of the Article No.
Data position of
Article No.

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12

2LP202 - .

Article No.

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code

. - .

. -Z .

Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 1 at bottom)


Type
H1..

H3..

H4..

0
A

D 8

D 8

D 8
1
G_MD30_XX_00146

G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00020

G_MD30_XX_00024

4
G8

G_MD30_XX_00028

B
B

G8

G8

D 8

D 8

D 8

3
1

G8

G_MD30_XX_00147
G_MD30_XX_00021

G_MD30_XX_00025

G_MD30_XX_00029

C --

G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00022

G_MD30_XX_00026

G8

G_MD30_XX_00027

G8

D 8

D 8

1
G8

G_MD30_XX_00148

G8
G_MD30_XX_00153

$ Backstop

4/22

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

G_MD30_XX_00031

D 8

D 8

E --

_0

02

33

G_MD30_XX_00030

D 8

G_MD30_XX_00023

XX

G8

D --

G8

MD

_
30

D 8

D 8

D 8

G_

D 8

H2..

G8

G_MD30_XX_00158

Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the


face designations "right" and "left" always refer to the
horizontal mounting position with the view directed at
face 1.
Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2),
view directed at drive end face (1):
Face 3 = right
Face 6 = left

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


7th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of
Article No.

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12

2LP202 - .

Article No.

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code

. - .

. -Z .

Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 1 at bottom)


Type
H1..

H2.. 1)

F --

H3..

H4..

G8

G_MD30_XX_00149

D 8

D 8

D 8
G8

G8
G_MD30_XX_00159

G_MD30_XX_00154

G --

G_MD30_XX_00150

G_MD30_XX_00155

G_MD30_XX_00160

H --

G_MD30_XX_00156

G_MD30_XX_00151

I --

G_MD30_XX_00161

G_MD30_XX_00152

$ Backstop

G_MD30_XX_00157

G_MD30_XX_00162

1)

Designs G, H, I on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

4/23

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No.
Data position of
Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

2LP202 .

8 9 10 11 12

- .

Output shaft, gear unit size


Output shaft

Gear unit size

Solid shaft (S)

503

2 A

504

3 A

505

4 A

506

5 A

507

6 A

508

7 A

509

8 A

510

0 B

511

1 B

512

2 B

513

3 B

514

4 B

504

3 D

505

4 D

506

5 D

507

6 D

508

7 D

509

8 D

510

0 E

511

1 E

512

2 E

513

3 E

514

4 E

504

3 G

505

4 G

506

5 G

507

6 G

508

7 G

509

8 G

510

0 H

511

1 H

512

2 H

513

3 H

514

4 H

Hollow shaft with keyway (H)

Hollow shaft for shrink disk (D)

4/24

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
-

. -Z .

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of
Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

2LP202 .

8 9 10 11 12

- .

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
-

. -Z .

Output shaft, gear unit size


Output shaft

Gear unit size

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480 (K)


504

3 N

505

4 N

506

5 N

507

6 N

508

7 N

509

8 N

510

0 P

511

1 P

512

2 P

513

3 P

514

4 P

504

3 U

505

4 U

506

5 U

507

6 U

508

7 U

509

8 U

510

0 V

511

1 V

512

2 V

513

3 V

514

4 V

Solid shaft without keyway (C)

Gear unit type, number of stages, mounting position


H1.H

H2.H

H3.H

H4.H

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

4/25

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Article No. supplement, 11th to 16th position
Data position of
Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

2LP202 .

8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16

"-Z" and
order
code

. - -Z

Seal for shaft 1 1)

Shaft d1 at one end with 1 shaft seal

Shaft d1 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends

Shaft d1 with labyrinth seal

Shaft d1 at one end with taconite E

Shaft d1 at both ends with taconite E at both ends

Seal for shaft 2 1)


Shaft d2 at one end with 1 shaft seal

Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends

Shaft d2 with labyrinth seal

Shaft d2 at one end with taconite F

Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at both ends

Shaft d2 with taconite F-F

Shaft d2 with taconite F-H

Shaft d2 with taconite F-K

Shaft variants
Standard shaft d1 and standard shaft d2

Gear ratio
Type/gear unit size
H1.H
503, 504,
506
505, 507, 509

508, 510

H2.H
H3.H
H4.H
504 ... 514 504 ... 514 507 ... 514

iN

1.12

6.3

20

80

iN

1.25

7.1

22.4

90

iN

1.4

1.4

1.32

25

100

iN

1.6

1.6

1.5

28

112

iN

1.8

1.8

1.7

10

31.5

125

iN

1.9

11.2

35.5

140

iN

2.24

2.24

2.12

12.5

40

160

iN

2.5

2.5

2.36

14

45

180

iN

2.8

2.8

2.65

16

50

200

iN

3.15

3.15

18

56

224

iN

3.55

3.55

3.35

20

63

250

iN

3.75

22.4

71

280

iN

4.5

4.5

4.25

25

80

315

iN

4.75

90

355

iN

5.6

5.6

5.3

100

400

iN

Oil supply
Dip lubrication

Other oil supply

Q 0 Y

Auxiliary cooling
Without auxiliary cooling

Auxiliary cooling with fan

Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil, connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2)

Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil, connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2)

Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil, connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1)

Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil, connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1)

1)

Additional details see page 11/2.

4/26

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units


vertical mounting position
5/2
5/2
5/4
5/6
5/6
5/8
5/8
5/10

Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510
Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514
Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

5/10
5/12

Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

5/14
5/14
5/15

Types H1, H2, H3 and H4


Dimensions of oil expansion unit
Article No. overview

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data

h6
H

d1

h
1)

1)

1)

b3
n3

f2

c1

D5

G_MD30_EN_00234

G1

l1

1)

b4

b2
n6

b2

n4

n4

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Input
d1

l1

d1

iN = 1.12 2.8
60 m6

503

125

iN = 1.12 2.8
70 m6

504

80 m6

135

80 m6

160
160

iN = 1.12 2.8
100 m6 180

507

l1

4.5 5.6

45 m6 100

32 m6 80

G1
205

50 m6 110

iN = 1.4 3.55
506

d1

3.15 5.6

iN = 1.12 2.8
505

l1

3.15 4

iN = 1.32 3.35
508

100 m6 180

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

220

3.15 4

4.5 5.6

60 m6 140

50 m6 110

45

5.6

60 m6 140

50 m6 110

3.15 4

4.5 5.6

80 m6 165

70 m6 140

3.75 4.75

5.3 6

80 m6 165

70 m6 140

255
255
290
290

b2 2)

b3 2)

b4 2)

c1

D5

f2 2)

h 3)

h6 3)

n3

n4

n6

260

93

202

74

25

19

128

55

105

440

200

190

230

175

165

325

105

256

97

30

24

159

58

132.5 490

225

225

290

195

195

620

360

121

298

113

30

24

185

60

150

540

250

230

345

220

200

506

670

360

126

340

124

30

24

216

60

150

540

250

250

376

220

220

507

730

465

149

367

139

40

28

228

63

192.5 670

315

260

415

280

225

508

790

465

154

397

139

40

28

258

63

192.5 670

315

290

445

280

255

503

455

504

555

505

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the
standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 5/14.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

5/2

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

2LP202.- W..-....

H1SV

503

d2

l2

G2

kg

65 m6

140

185

21

150

2A

504

80 m6

170

220

34

300

3A

505

90 m6

210

240

46

350

4A

506

100 m6

210

240

50

395

5A

507

105 n6

235

295

88

686

6A

508

120 n6

250

295

96

710

7A

Solid shaft

G2

Size

I2

Article No.:
Type

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 5/15 to 5/19

d2

G_MD30_XX_00235

D2

G4

kg

H1HV

503

Hollow shaft with keyway

504

80 H7

220

34

300

3D

505

95 H7

240

46

350

4D

506

105 H7

240

50

395

5D

507

115 H7

295

88

686

6D

508

125 H7

295

96

710

7D

G4

Size

G4

Type

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00281

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

5/3

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data

h6
H

d1

h
1)

1)

1)

b3
n3

f2

c1

D5

G_MD30_EN_00234

G1

l1

1)

b4

b2
n6

b2

n4

n4

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Input
d1

l1

d1

iN = 1.12 2.8
110 n6 200

509

iN = 1.32 3.35
510

110 n6 200

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

l1

d1

l1

3.15 4

4.5 5.6

90 m6 165

75 m6 140

3.75 4.75

5.3 6

90 m6 165

75 m6 140

G1
340
340

b2 2)

b3 2)

b4 2)

c1

D5

f2 2)

h 3)

h6 3)

n3

n4

509

875

550

160

425

160

55

35

265

220

60

755

355

330

480

307.5 282.5

510

935

550

170

466

170

55

35

296

220

60

755

355

355

511

307.5 307.5

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the
standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 5/14.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

5/4

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

n6

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 5/15 to 5/19

2LP202.- W..-....

Article No.:
Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H1SV

509

135 n6

260

335

140

970

8A

510

150 n6

280

335

148

1150

0B

I2

G2

Solid shaft

d2

G_MD30_XX_00235

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

H1HV

509

135 H7

335

140

970

8D

510

145 H7

335

148

1150

0E

G4

G4

Hollow shaft with keyway

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00281

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

5/5

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data


E

h6

d1

h
1)

1)

G_MD30_EN_00236

G1

l1

1)

1)

f2

c1

D5

b3
n3

b4

b2

b2

n4

n6

n4

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Drive
Designs G, H, I on request for all ratios
d1

iN =

l1

d1

l1

d1

l1

6.3 10

11.2 14

16 18

110 n6 200

90 m6 165

75 m6 140

8 12.5

14 18

20 22.4

514

110 n6 200

90 m6 165

75 m6 140

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

513
iN =

G1
330
330

b2 2)

b3 2)

b4 2)

c1

D5

513

1360

535

205

800

205

65

48

640

514

1475

535

220

878

220

65

48

718

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the
standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 5/14.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

5/6

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

f2 2)

h 3)

h6 3)

n3

n4

n6

202.5 63

935

440

440

842

380

380

202.5 63

935

440

480

920

380

420

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 5/15 to 5/19

2LP202.- S..-....

Article No.:
Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H2SV

513

200 n6

350

330

300

2600

3B

514

210 n6

350

330

310

2965

4B

I2

G2

Solid shaft

d2

G_MD30_XX_00237

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

H2HV

513

190 H7

330

300

2600

3E

514

210 H7

330

310

2965

4E

G4

G4

Hollow shaft with keyway

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00241

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

H2DV 3) 513

Size

190 H6

195

330

495

300

2600

3H

514

210 H6

215

330

495

310

2965

4H

Hollow shaft for shrink disk


D2H6

G4

G5

Type

D3
G_MD30_XX_00242

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

kg

H2KV

513

N190 5 36 9H

180

195

330

300

2600

3P

514

N190 5 36 9H

180

215

330

310

2965

4P

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480


D2H11

G4

G4

D3
G_MD30_XX_00243

d2

l2

G2

kg

H2CV 3) 513

Size

220 g6

165

330

300

2600

3V

514

220 g6

165

330

310

2965

4V

Solid shaft without keyway

l2

G2

Type

d2
G_MD30_XX_00244

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

3)

Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by


weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

5/7

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data


E

h6

d1

h
1)

1)

G1

G_MD30_EN_00245

l1

1)

f2

D5

b3
n3

1)

c1

b4

b2
n6

b2

n4

n4

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Input
d1

iN =

85 m6

513
iN =

l1

d1

20 40
160

25 50

514

85 m6

160

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

l1

d1

l1

45 56

63 71

65 m6 140

50 m6 110

56 71

80 90

65 m6 140

50 m6 110

G1
320
320

b2 2) b3 2)

b4 2)

c1

D5

513

1460

535

205

925

205

65

48

825

514

1580

535

220

1003

220

65

48

903

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the
standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 5/14.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

5/8

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

f2 2)

h 3)

h6 3)

202.5 63

935

440

440

952 380

380

202.5 63

935

440

480

1030 380

420

n3

n4

n6

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 5/15 to 5/19

2LP202.- T..-....

Article No.:
Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H3SV

513

200 n6

350

330

300

2420

3B

514

210 n6

350

330

310

2720

4B

I2

G2

Solid shaft

d2

G_MD30_XX_00237

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

H3HV

513

190 H7

330

300

2420

3E

514

210 H7

330

310

2720

4E

G4

G4

Hollow shaft with keyway

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00241

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

H3DV 3) 513

Size

190 H6

195

330

495

300

2420

3H

514

210 H6

215

330

495

310

2720

4H

Hollow shaft for shrink disk


D2H6

G4

G5

Type

D3
G_MD30_XX_00242

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

kg

H3KV

513

N190 5 36 9H

180

195

330

300

2420

3P

514

N190 5 36 9H

180

215

330

310

2720

4P

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480


D2H11

G4

G4

D3
G_MD30_XX_00243

d2

l2

G2

kg

H3CV 3) 513

Size

220 g6

165

330

300

2420

3V

514

220 g6

165

330

310

2720

4V

Solid shaft without keyway

l2

G2

Type

d2
G_MD30_XX_00244

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

3)

Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by


weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

5/9

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508

Selection and ordering data


H
E

h6

d1

h4
1)

1)

G1

l1

1)

1)

f2

c1

G_MD30_XX_00250

D5

b3
n3

b4

b2

b2

n4

n6

n4

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =
507
iN =

Designs G, H, I on request for

Input
l1

d1

l1

80 140

160 280

35 m6 60

28 m6 50

100 180

200 355

508

35 m6 60

28 m6 50

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
a

G1
224 280
215
280 355
215

b2 2)

b3 2)

b4 2)

c1

D5

f2 2)

h 3)

h4

h6 3)

n3

n4

n6

507

915

295

140

556

125

35

28

493.5 112.5 48

605

280

198

295

567.5 242.5 257.5

508

1020

295

140

603

142

35

28

540.5 112.5 48

605

280

198

355

614.5 242.5 317.5

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the
standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 5/14.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

5/10

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 5/15 to 5/19

2LP202.- U..-....

Article No.:
Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H4SV

507

120 n6

210

195

60

520

6A

508

130 n6

250

195

72

640

7A

I2

G2

Solid shaft

d2

ntkZWWWY\X

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

H4HV

507

115 H7

195

60

520

6D

508

125 H7

195

72

640

7D

G4

G4

Hollow shaft with keyway

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00252

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

H4DV 3) 507

Size

120 H6

120

195

290

60

520

6G

508

130 H6

130

195

305

72

640

7G

Hollow shaft for shrink disk


D2H6

G4

G5

Type

D3
G_MD30_XX_00253

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

kg

H4KV

507

N120 3 38 9H

114

120

195

60

520

6N

508

N120 3 38 9H

114

130

195

72

640

7N

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480


D2H11

G4

G4

D3
G_MD30_XX_00243

Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H4CV3)

507

130 g6

115

195

60

520

6U

508

130 g6

115

195

72

640

7U

l2

G2

Solid shaft without keyway

d2
G_MD30_XX_00244

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

3)

Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by


weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

5/11

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data


H
E

h6

d1

h4
1)

1)

G1

l1

1)

1)

f2

c1

G_MD30_XX_00250

D5

b3
n3

b4

b2

b2

n4

n6

n4

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Dimensions G, H, I on request for

Input
l1

d1

l1

d1

l1

80 160

180 315

35 m6 60

28 m6 50

100 200

224 400

35 m6 60

28 m6 50

80 160

180 224

250 315

45 m6 100

35 m6 80

28 m6 70

100 200

224 280

315 400

45 m6 100

35 m6 80

28 m6 70

80 160

180 224

250 315

60 m6 125

45 m6 100

32 m6 80

100 200

224 280

315 400

514

60 m6 125

45 m6 100

32 m6 80

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

509
iN =
510
iN =
511
iN =
512
iN =
513
iN =

b2 2)

509

1055

370

147

510

1170

370

511

1295

512
513
514

b3 2)

250 315
225
315 400
225
250 315
255
315 400
255
250 315
305
315 400
305

b4 2)

c1

D5

f2 2)

h 3)

h4

h6 3)

653

145

45

35

575

140

55

685

320

230

335

660 275

290

165

706

165

45

35

628

140

55

685

320

230

400

713 275

355

430

177

786

176

60

40

706

155

55

810

380

270.5 415

812.5 330

362.5

1425

430

186

844

186

60

40

764

155

55

810

380

270.5 485

870.5 330

432.5

1470

535

211

930

205

65

48

825

202.5 63

935

440

312

440

952 380

380

1585

535

220

1008

220

65

48

903

202.5 63

935

440

312

480

1030 380

420

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the
standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 5/14.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

5/12

G1

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

n3

n4

n6

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 5/15 to 5/19

2LP202.- U..-....

d2

l2

G2

H4SV

509

145 n6

250

240

116

510

160 n6

300

240

511

175 n6

300

270

512

185 n6

350

513

200 n6

514

210 n6

kg

Solid shaft

790

8A

120

985

0B

180

1450

1B

270

200

1600

2B

350

330

290

2375

3B

350

330

300

2690

4B

G2

Size

I2

Article No.:
Type

d2

ntkZWWWY\X

D2

G4

H4HV

509

135 H7

235

116

510

150 H7

235

511

165 H7

270

512

180 H7

513
514

kg

Hollow shaft with keyway

790

8D

120

985

0E

180

1450

1E

270

200

1600

2E

190 H7

330

290

2375

3E

210 H7

330

300

2690

4E

G4

Size

G4

Type

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00252

D2

D3

G4

G5

H4DV 3) 509

140 H6

145

235

350

116

kg
790

8G

510

150 H6

155

235

370

120

985

0H

511

165 H6

170

270

420

180

1450

1H

512

180 H6

185

270

425

200

1600

2H

513

190 H6

195

330

495

290

2375

3H

514

210 H6

215

330

495

300

2690

4H

Hollow shaft for shrink disk


D2H6

G5

Size

G4

Type

D3
G_MD30_XX_00253

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

kg

H4KV

509

N140 3 45 9H

134

145

235

116

790

8N

510

N140 3 45 9H

134

155

235

120

985

0P

511

N170 5 32 9H

160

170

270

180

1450

1P

512

N170 5 32 9H

160

185

270

200

1600

2P

513

N190 5 36 9H

180

195

330

290

2375

3P

514

N190 5 36 9H

180

215

330

300

2690

4P

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480


D2H11

G4

G4

D3

Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

H4CV3)

509

150 g6

140

240

116

790

8U

510

170 g6

140

240

120

985

0V

511

180 g6

145

270

180

1450

1V

512

190 g6

145

270

200

1600

2V

G2

513

220 g6

165

330

290

2375

3V

l2

G_MD30_XX_00243

kg

514

220 g6

165

330

300

2690

4V

Solid shaft without keyway

d2
G_MD30_XX_00244

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

3)

Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by


weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

5/13

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Dimensions of oil expansion unit

h3

h4

h5

Dimensional drawings

5
G_MD30_XX_00254

l1

b2

b3

l2

Dimensions in mm (Article No. supplement for 15th position see page 5/19)
Gear
unit
sizes

H1.V

b2

H2.V

l1

l2

h3

h4

b3

l1

l2

h3

h4

h5

b2

b3

l1

l2

h3

h4

h5

b2

b3

l1

l2

h3

h4

h5

175 270 260 320 205 205 125

504

235 295 305 400 270 245 180

505

235 320 305 405 305 250 180

506

235 320 325 425 305 280 180

507

320 395 345 510 390 330 250

235 365 375 470 235 250 175

508

320 395 375 540 390 330 250

235 365 435 530 235 250 175

509

320 435 435 580 455 350 250

340 405 415 585 295 330 250

510

320 435 460 605 455 350 250

340 405 480 650 295 330 250

511

320 465 520 665 350 335 250

512

320 465 590 735 350 335 250

513

360 535 545 770 440 440 330 360 535 545 770 440 440 330 360 535 545 770 440 440 330

514

360 535 585 810 440 440 330 360 535 585 810 440 440 330 360 535 585 810 440 440 330

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

h5

b2

H4.V

503

5/14

b3

H3.V

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data


7th position of the Article No.
Data position of
Article No.

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12

2LP202 - .

Article No.

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code

. - .

. -Z .

Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 1 on left)


Type
H1..

H2..

H3..

H4..

A
G_MD30_XX_00255

A
G_MD30_XX_00258

G_MD30_XX_00257

G_MD30_XX_00256

6
B
B

G_MD30_XX_00259

G_MD30_XX_00260

G_MD30_XX_00262

G_MD30_XX_00261

C -C

5
G_

D --

D
G_MD30_XX_00267

G_MD30_XX_00266

XX

_0

02

33

G_MD30_XX_00265

G_MD30_XX_00264

G_MD30_XX_00263

MD

_
30

G_MD30_XX_00268

E --

Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the


face designations "right" and "left" always refer to the
horizontal mounting position with the view directed at
face 1.
Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2),
view directed at drive end face (1):
Face 3 = right
Face 6 = left

4
E

G_MD30_XX_00269

G_MD30_XX_00270

G_MD30_XX_00271

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

5/15

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


7th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of
Article No.

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12

2LP202 - .

Article No.

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code

. - .

. -Z .

Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 1 on left)


Type
H1..

H2.. 1)

H3..

H4..

F -F

4
G_MD30_XX_00274

G_MD30_XX_00273

G_MD30_XX_00272

6
G --

3
G

G
G_MD30_XX_00275

G_MD30_XX_00277

G_MD30_XX_00276

H -H

5
G_

I --

8
I

G_MD30_XX_00278

1)

G_MD30_XX_00279

Designs G, H, I on request.

5/16

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

XX

_0

02

33

G_MD30_XX_00303

G_MD30_XX_00302

G_MD30_XX_00301

MD

_
30

G_MD30_XX_00280

Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the


face designations "right" and "left" always refer to the
horizontal mounting position with the view directed at
face 1.
Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2),
view directed at drive end face (1):
Face 3 = right
Face 6 = left

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No.
Data position of
Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

2LP202 .

8 9 10 11 12

- .

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
-

. -Z .

Output shaft, gear unit size


Output shaft

Gear unit size

Solid shaft (S)


503

2 A

504

3 A

505

4 A

506

5 A

507

6 A

508

7 A

509

8 A

510

0 B

511

1 B

512

2 B

513

3 B

514

4 B

504

3 D

505

4 D

506

5 D

507

6 D

508

7 D

509

8 D

510

0 E

511

1 E

512

2 E

513

3 E

514

4 E

507

6 G

508

7 G

509

8 G

510

0 H

511

1 H

512

2 H

513

3 H

514

4 H

Hollow shaft with keyway (H)

Hollow shaft for shrink disk (D)

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

5/17

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of
Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

2LP202 .

8 9 10 11 12

- .

Output shaft, gear unit size


Output shaft

Gear unit size

Hollow shaft with spline in


accordance with DIN 5480 (K)

507

6 N

508

7 N

509

8 N

510

0 P

511

1 P

512

2 P

513

3 P

514

4 P

507

6 U

508

7 U

509

8 U

510

0 V

511

1 V

512

2 V

513

3 V

514

4 V

Solid shaft without keyway (C)

Gear unit type, number of stages, mounting position


H1.V

H2.V

H3.V

H4.V

5/18

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
-

. -Z .

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Article No. supplement, 11th to 16th position
Data position of
Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

2LP202 .

8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16

"-Z" and
order
code

. - -Z

Seal for shaft 1 1)


Shaft d1 at one end with 1 shaft seal

Shaft d1 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends

Shaft d1 at one end with taconite E

Shaft d1 at both ends with taconite E at both ends

Seal for shaft 2 1)


Shaft d2 at one end with 1 shaft seal

Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends

Shaft d2 at one end with taconite F

Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at both ends

Shaft d2 with taconite F-F

Shaft d2 with taconite F-H

Shaft d2 with taconite F-K

Shaft variants
Standard shaft d1 and standard shaft d2

Gear ratio
Type/gear unit size
H1..
503, 504,
505, 507,
509
iN

1.12

iN

1.25

iN

1.4

iN

1.6

iN

H2..
506

508, 510

H3..

H4..

504 ... 514 504 ... 514 507 ... 514

6.3

20

80

7.1

22.4

1.4

1.32

25

90

100

1.6

1.5

28

112

C
D

1.8

1.8

1.7

10

31.5

125

iN

1.9

11.2

35.5

140

iN

2.24

2.24

2.12

12.5

40

160

iN

2.5

2.5

2.36

14

45

180

iN

2.8

2.8

2.65

16

50

200

iN

3.15

3.15

18

56

224

iN

3.55

3.55

3.35

20

63

250

iN

3.75

22.4

71

280

iN

4.5

4.5

4.25

25

80

315

iN

4.75

90

355

iN

5.6

5.6

5.3

100

400

iN

Oil supply
Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit

Other oil supply

Q 0 Y

Auxiliary cooling
Without auxiliary cooling

Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil,


connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2)

Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil,


connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1)

1)

Additional details see page 11/3.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

5/19

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Notes

5/20

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units


upright mounting position,
output at bottom
6/2
6/2
6/4
6/6
6/6
6/8
6/10
6/12
6/12
6/14
6/16
6/18

Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510
Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514
Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

6/18
6/20

Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

6/22
6/22
6/23

Types H1, H2, H3 and H4


Dimensions of oil expansion unit
Article No. overview

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data

1)

A2

A1

c1

ca. 30

h6

Air inlet

c2

Fan

d1

n3
E

n2

s
n6

A4

m1

B2

B1
G1

l1

A5

A3

n1

m3

d6

1)

D5

1)

m5
D7
n5
n4
n4
h
H

m6
b

l3

G_MD30_EN_00217

G3

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Fan 2)

Input
d1

l1

l3

iN = 1.12 2.8
60 m6

503

70 m6

125

105

80 m6

135

105

80 m6

160

130
130

100 m6 180

145

32 m6 80

50 m6 110

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B1

B2

d6

60

205

225

185

250

200

185

100

250

185

175

220

250

215

275

230

220

135

275

215

175

80

255

285

230

305

260

245

160

315

235

190

80

255

285

235

305

260

245

160

315

235

190

105

290

325

305

370

315

300

165

360

285

225

105

290

325

305

370

315

300

165

360

285

225

80

60 m6 140

4.5 5.6
110

50 m6 110

60 m6 140

5.6
110

50 m6 110

80 m6 165

4.5 5.6
130

70 m6 140

3.75 4.75

508

100 m6 180

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
b

80

3.15 4

iN = 1.32 3.35

45 m6 100

l1

4.5 5.6

45

160

iN = 1.12 2.8
507

d1

3.15 4

iN = 1.4 3.55
506

l3

3.15 5.6

iN = 1.12 2.8
505

l1

3.15 4

iN = 1.12 2.8
504

d1

145

c1

80 m6 165

c2

D5 D7 E

5.3 6
130

70 m6 140

h 3)

h6 3) m1

n2

n3

n4

n5

n6

110

230

175

120

165

15

544 325 30 30 30 24 24 159 132.5 490 225 225 360 280 265 280

96.5 137.5 290

195

132.5 195

19

505

605 360 30 30 35 24 24 185 150

540 250 230 435 320 320 315

85

145

345

220

160

200

19

506

656 360 30 30 35 24 24 216 150

540 250 250 486 320 320 315

85

165

376

220

160

220

19

507

713 465 35 40 40 28 28 228 192.5 670 315 260 480 410 390 410 118

145

415

280

195

225

24

508

773 465 35 40 40 28 28 258 192.5 670 315 290 540 410 390 410 118

175

445

280

195

255

24

503

448 260 25 25 30 19 19 128 105

504

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the
standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/2

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

m3

m5

m6

440 200 190 290 220 240 220

n1
78

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.


Exact data according to order-related documentation.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
quantity 1)

Weight 1) 2)

2LP202 .- V. . - . . . .

Size

H1SL

503

d2

l2

G2

kg

65 m6

140

185

21

150

2A

504

80 m6

170

220

34

300

3A

505

90 m6

210

240

46

350

4A

506

100 m6

210

240

50

395

5A

507

105 n6

235

295

88

686

6A

508

120 n6

250

295

96

710

7A

Solid shaft

d2

Article No.
Type

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27

G2

I2

G_MD30_XX_00138

Size

H1HL 3) 503

D2

G4

kg

Hollow shaft with keyway

504

80 H7

220

34

300

3D

505

95 H7

240

46

350

4D

506

105 H7

240

50

395

5D

507

115 H7

295

88

686

6D

508

125 H7

295

96

710

7D

D2H7

Type

G4

G4

G_MD30_XX_00139

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

3)

Not possible in conjunction with fan.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

6/3

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data

1)

A2

A1

c1

ca. 30

h6

Air inlet

c2

Fan

d1

n3
E

n2

s
n6

A4

m1

B2

B1
G1

l1

A5

A3

n1

m3

d6

1)

D5

1)

m5
D7
n5
n4
n4
h
H

m6
b

l3

G_MD30_EN_00217

G3

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Fan 2)

Input
d1

l1

l3

iN = 1.12 2.8
165

iN = 1.32 3.35
110 n6 200

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
b

l3

165

d1

l1

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B1

B2

d6

105

340

375

345

410

355

340

215

405

330

260

105

340

375

345

410

355

340

215

405

330

260

h6 3) m1

m3

m5

n3

n4

n5

n6

4.5 5.6

90 m6 165

130

3.75 4.75

510

l1

3.15 4

110 n6 200

509

d1

75 m6 140
5.3 6

90 m6 165

130

c1

c2

D5

D7

75 m6 140

h 3)

m6

n1

n2

509

860 550 40

55

50

35

35

265 220 755 355 330 575 480 415 475 145 190 480 307.5 207.5 282.5 28

510

916 550 40

55

50

35

35

296 220 755 355 355 631 480 415 475 145 215 511 307.5 207.5 307.5 28

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the
standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/4

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.


Exact data according to order-related documentation.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
quantity 1)

Weight 1) 2)

kg

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27

2LP202 . - V. . - . . . .

Size

d2

l2

G2

H1SL

509

135 n6

260

335

140

970

8A

510

150 n6

280

335

148

1150

0B

Solid shaft

d2

Article No.
Type

G2

I2

G_MD30_XX_00138

D2

G4

H1HL 3) 509

Size

135 H7

335

140

kg
970

8D

510

145 H7

335

148

1150

0E

Hollow shaft with keyway

D2H7

Type

G4

G4

G_MD30_XX_00139

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

3)

Not possible in conjunction with fan.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

6/5

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data

m3

1)

B1
G1

1)

A2

A1

I1

B2

d1
ca.

m1

A4

d6

A5

n1

A3

1)

Air inlet

30

c2

h6

n2

Fan

m6
b

m5
D7

I3

G3

G_MD30_EN_00220

n5
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

l1

iN =
iN =
iN =
iN =

80
105

9 14

l3

d1

35 m6 80
45 m6 100

105

6.3 10

l1

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B1

B2

d6

50

170

190

200

245

185

145

70

240

175

150

60

195

215

230

280

195

180

85

255

180

160

60

195

215

230

280

195

180

85

255

180

160

80

215

245

280

335

235

215

100

290

205

190

80

215

245

280

335

235

215

100

290

205

190

18 20
60

28 m6 70
16 18

80

16 20

32 m6 80
22.4 25

45 m6 100

80

32 m6 80

11.2 18

70 m6 135

507

l1

12.5 16
11.2 14

60 m6 125

506

d1

6.3 10
60 m6 125

505

l3

6.3 11.2
45 m6 100

504

Fan 2)

Input
Designs G, H, I on request for all ratios.

105

8 12.5

50 m6 110
14 22.4

508

70 m6 135

105

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

50 m6 110

c2

D7

h 3)

h6 3)

m1

m3

m5

m6

n2

n5

504

590

210

28

28

19

269.5

430

200

210

415

170

280

170

95

130

140

19

505

670

250

30

35

24

310

500

230

230

490

200

280

205

95

145

140

19

506

793

250

30

35

24

363

500

230

300

613

200

280

205

95

215

140

19

507

839

295

35

40

28

384

605

280

295

595

230

320

240

129

180

160

24

508

946

295

35

40

28

431

605

280

355

702

230

320

240

129

240

160

24

Note:
"Dip lubrication" is provided as the standard oil supply.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is required when heating
elements or a cooling coil are installed.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/6

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

n1

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.


Exact data according to order-related documentation.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
quantity 1)

Weight 1) 2)

2LP202 . - P. . - . . . .
l2

G2

kg

80 m6

170

140

24

190

3A

505

100 m6

210

165

36

295

4A

506

110 n6

210

165

38

360

5A

507

120 n6

210

195

60

515

6A

508

130 n6

250

195

70

620

7A

G4

kg

80 H7

140

24

190

3D

505

95 H7

165

36

295

4D

506

105 H7

165

38

360

5D

507

115 H7

195

60

515

6D

508

125 H7

195

70

620

7D

Type

Size

G4

G5

kg

H2DL

504

85 H6

D3
85

140

215

24

190

3G

505

100 H6

100

165

255

36

295

4G

506

110 H6

110

165

260

38

360

5G

507

120 H6

120

195

290

60

515

6G

508

130 H6

130

195

305

70

620

7G

D2

D3

d2

G_MD30_XX_00012

D2H7
G4

G4

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

G4

kg

H2KL

504

N803259H

74

80

140

24

190

3N

505

N953309H

89

100

165

36

295

4N

506

N953309H

89

110

165

38

360

5N

507

N1203389H 114

120

195

60

515

6N

508

N1203389H 114

130

195

70

620

7N

G5

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

N
G4

Type

Size

I2

G2

kg

H2CL

504

85 g6

100

140

24

190

3U

505

110 g6

115

165

36

295

4U

506

120 g6

115

165

38

360

5U

507

130 g6

115

195

60

515

6U

508

130 g6

115

195

70

620

7U

G4

Solid shaft without keyway

d2

d2

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

D2

Hollow shaft with keyway

D3

D2

I2

D3

504

G2

G_MD30_XX_00187

Size

H2HL

G_MD30_XX_00013

Type

Solid shaft

D2H6

504

D2

H2SL

d2

G_MD30_XX_00014

Size

H11

Article No.
Type

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

6/7

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data

1)

m3

B1
G1

1)

A2

A1

I1

B2

d1
ca.

m1

A4

d6

A5

n1

A3

1)

Air inlet

30

c2

h6

n2

Fan

m6
b

m5
D7

I3

G3

G_MD30_EN_00220

n5
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =
iN =
iN =
iN =

160

130

l1

l3

d1

60 m6 140

160

130

110

8 12.5

60 m6 140

110

100 m6 180

145

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B1

B2

d6

80

240

270

320

375

265

245

100

320

245

175

80

240

270

320

375

265

245

100

320

245

175

105

275

310

380

440

320

295

155

360

285

240

105

275

310

380

440

320

295

155

360

285

240

50 m6 110

80 m6 165

50 m6 110
16 18

130

14 18

512

l3

20 22.4

11.2 14
145

l1

16 18

14 18

6.3 10

d1

11.2 14

100 m6 180

511

l3

8 12.5
80 m6

510

l1

6.3 10
80 m6

509

Fan 2)

Input
Designs G, H, I on request for all ratios.

70 m6 140
20 22.4

80 m6 165

130

70 m6 140

c2

D7

h 3)

h6 3)

m1

m3

m5

m6

n1

n2

n5

509

972

370

40

50

35

447

685

320

335

680

290

370

305

162

205

185

28

510

1090

370

40

50

35

500

685

320

400

798

290

370

305

162

270

185

28

511

1187

430

50

60

40

547

810

380

415

825

340

430

350

202

255

215

35

512

1315

430

50

60

40

605

810

380

485

953

340

430

350

202

325

215

35

Note:
"Dip lubrication" is provided as the standard oil supply.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is required when heating
elements or a cooling coil are installed.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/8

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.


Exact data according to order-related documentation.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
quantity 1)

Weight 1) 2)

kg

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27

2LP202 . - P. . - . . . .

510

160 n6

300

240

511

175 n6

300

270

512

185 n6

350

270

8A

110

945

0B

168

1250

1B

178

1570

2B

Type

Size

D2

G4

H2HL

509

135 H7

235

104

510

150 H7

235

511

165 H7

270

512

180 H7

270

kg
8D

110

945

0E

168

1250

1E

178

1570

2E

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

H2DL

509

140 H6

145

235

350

104

510

150 H6

155

235

370

511

165 H6

170

270

420

512

180 H6

185

270

425

kg
8G

110

945

0H

168

1250

1H

178

1570

2H

Size

N/DIN 5480

D3

G4

H2KL

509

N1403459H 134

145

235

104

510

N1403459H 134

155

235

511

N1705329H 160

170

270

512

N1705329H 160

185

270

I2

G4

kg

G4

G5

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

830

8N

110

945

0P

168

1250

1P

178

1570

2P

N
G4

Type

Size

d2

I2

G2

H2CL

509

150 g6

140

240

104

830

8U

510

170 g6

140

240

110

945

0V

511

180 g6

145

270

168

1250

1V

512

190 g6

145

270

178

1570

2V

kg

G4

d2

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

830

Type

G2

Hollow shaft with keyway

830

Type

D2

Solid shaft

830

d2

104

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

240

D2H7

250

D3

145 n6

D3

509

G_MD30_XX_00187

H2SL

G_MD30_XX_00012

G_MD30_XX_00013

G2

D2H6

l2

D2

d2

G_MD30_XX_00014

Size

H11

Article No.
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

6/9

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data

m3

1)

1)

A2

A1

l1

B2
g

c1

d1

n3

A4

d6

A3
Fan

B1
G1

A5

n1
m1

D5

1)

ca.

30

Air inlet

c2

h6

s
n6

n2

m6
b

m5
D7
n4

l3

G_MD30_EN_00221

G3

n5
n4
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

l1

l3

iN =

d1

6.3 10

l1

l3

11.2 14

110 n6 200

513

Fan 2)

Input
Designs G, H, I on request for all ratios.

165

8 12.5

90 m6 165

110 n6 200

165

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
c

c1

90 m6 165

c2

l1

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B1

B2

d6

105

330

365

440

505

380

350

200

430

335

225

105

330

365

440

505

380

350

200

430

335

225

n2

n3

16 18
130

14 18

514

d1

75 m6 140
20 22.4

130

D5 D7 E

75 m6 140

h 3)

h6 3) m1

513

1345

535 60 65 65 48 48 640 202.5

935 440 440

920

445 510 445 245 260 842 380 255 380 42

514

1463

535 60 65 65 48 48 718 202.5

935 440 480 1038

445 510 445 245 300 920 380 255 420 42

Note:
"Dip lubrication" is provided as the standard oil supply.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is required when heating
elements or a cooling coil are installed.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/10

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

m3

m5

m6

n1

n4

n5

n6

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.


Exact data according to order-related documentation.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
quantity 1)

Weight 1) 2)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27

2LP202 . - P. . - . . . .

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H2SL

513

200 n6

350

330

300

2600

3B

514

210 n6

350

330

310

2965

4B
G_MD30_XX_00012

d2

Solid shaft

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

H2HL

513

190 H7

330

300

2600

3E

514

210 H7

330

310

2965

4E

I2

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

H2DL

513

190 H6

195

330

495

300

2600

3H

514

210 H6

215

330

495

310

2965

4H

D2H7

G_MD30_XX_00013

Hollow shaft with keyway

Type

G4

G4

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D3

G4

kg

H2KL

513

N1905369H 180

195

330

300

2600

3P

514

N1905369H 180

215

330

310

2965

4P

D3

D2H6

G_MD30_XX_00014

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

G5

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

D2

D3

H11

N
G4

Type

Size

d2

I2

G2

kg

H2CL

513

220 g6

165

330

300

2600

3V

514

220 g6

165

330

310

2965

4V

G4

d2

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

D2

G2

G_MD30_XX_00187

Article No.
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

6/11

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data

1)

1)

1)

m3

B2

A1

A3

d6
d1

A4

A2

A1

n1

B1
G1

l1

ca.

Air inlet

30

c2

h6

n2

m1

Fan

m6
b

m5
D7

I3

G_MD30_EN_00222

G3

n5
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 2)

Input
l1

iN =
iN =
iN =

70

20 40

l3

80

25 50

30 m6 70

50

80

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

l1

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

40

180

200

145

150

140

40

180

200

145

150

50

210

230

175

50

210

230

175

A4

B1

B2

d6

24 k6 60

85

215

175

135

140

85

215

175

135

185

190

115

245

205

150

185

190

115

245

205

150

90 100

30 m6 70

50

24 k6 60
63 71

35 m6 80

60

56 71

45 m6 100

d1
63 71

45 56

508

l1

63 80

45 m6 100

507

70

28 56
40 m6 90

506

d1
45 56

40 m6 90

505

l3

20 40

28 m6 70
80 90

35 m6 80

60

28 m6 70

c2

D7

h 3)

h6 3)

m1

m3

m5

m6

n2

n5

505

713

250

30

35

24

400

500

230

230

530

200

280

205

97.5

145

140

19

506

836

250

30

35

24

453

500

230

300

653

200

280

205

97.5

215

140

19

507

897

295

35

40

28

493.5

605

280

295

680

230

320

240

101

180

160

24

508

1004

295

35

40

28

540.5

605

280

355

787

230

320

240

101

240

160

24

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the
standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/12

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

n1

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.


Exact data according to order-related documentation.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
quantity 1)

Weight 1) 2)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27

2LP202 . - Q . . - . . . .

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H3SL

505

100 m6

210

165

40

310

4A

506

110 n6

210

165

42

380

5A

507

120 n6

210

195

70

550

6A

508

130 n6

250

195

74

650

7A

Type

Size

G4

kg

H3HL

505

95 H7

165

40

310

4D

506

105 H7

165

42

380

5D

507

115 H7

195

70

550

6D

508

125 H7

195

74

650

7D

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

H3DL

505

100 H6

100

165

255

40

310

4G

506

110 H6

110

165

260

42

380

5G

507

120 H6

120

195

290

70

550

6G

508

130 H6

130

195

305

74

650

7G

d2

G_MD30_XX_00012

I2

D2H7

G_MD30_XX_00013

G4

Size

N/DIN 5480

D3

G4

kg

H3KL

505

N953309H

89

100

165

40

310

4N

506

N953309H

89

110

165

42

380

5N

507

N1203389H 114

120

195

70

550

6N

508

N1203389H 114

130

195

74

650

7N

D3

D2H6

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

Type

G5

G4

D3
G4

Type

Size

d2

I2

G2

kg

H3CL

505

110 g6

115

165

40

310

4U

506

120 g6

115

165

42

380

5U

507

130 g6

115

195

70

550

6U

508

130 g6

115

195

74

650

7U

G4

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.


Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

d2

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

2)

G_MD30_XX_00187

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

1)

G4

D2

D2

G2

Hollow shaft with keyway

G_MD30_XX_00014

D2

Solid shaft

H11

Article No.
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

6/13

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data

1)

1)

1)

m3

B1
G1

l1

d6
d1

A4

A1

A3

n1

A2

A1

B2

ca.

Air inlet

30

c2

h6

n2

m1

Fan

m6
b

m5
D7

I3

G_MD30_EN_00222

G3

n5
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 2)

Input
l1

iN =
iN =
iN =

l1

l3

105

20 40

45 m6 100

80

25 50

45 m6 100

80

70 m6 135

105

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

A4

B1

B2

d6

32 m6 80

60

255

275

195

205

190

135

285

235

160

32 m6 80

60

255

275

195

205

190

135

285

235

160

80

275

305

225

245

240

165

325

270

190

80

275

305

225

245

240

165

325

270

190

63 71

50 m6 110

80

56 71

512

l1

80 90

45 56
105

d1
63 71

56 71

70 m6 135

511

105

25 50
60 m6 125

510

d1
45 56

60 m6 125

509

l3

20 40

48 m6 110
80 90

50 m6 110

80

48 m6 110

c2

D7

h 3)

h6 3)

m3

m5

m6

n1

n2

n5

509

1038

370

40

50

35

575

685

320

335

785

290

370

305

122.5

205

185

28

510

1156

370

40

50

35

628

685

320

400

903

290

370

305

122.5

270

185

28

511

1279

430

50

60

40

706

810

380

415

960

340

430

350

158.5

255

215

35

512

1407

430

50

60

40

764

810

380

485

1088

340

430

350

158.5

325

215

35

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the
standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/14

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

m1

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.


Exact data according to order-related documentation.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
quantity 1)

Weight 1) 2)

kg

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27

2LP202 . - Q . . - . . . .

Size

d2

l2

G2

H3SL

509

145 n6

250

240

112

885

8A

510

160 n6

300

240

120

1035

0B

511

175 n6

300

270

182

1470

1B

512

185 n6

350

270

210

1695

2B

Type

Size

D2

G4

H3HL

509

135 H7

235

112

kg
885

8D

510

150 H7

235

120

1035

0E

511

165 H7

270

182

1470

1E

512

180 H7

270

210

1695

2E

G_MD30_XX_00012

G2

I2

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

H3DL

509

140 H6

145

235

350

112

kg
885

8G

510

150 H6

155

235

370

120

1035

0H

511

165 H6

170

270

420

182

1470

1H

512

180 H6

185

270

425

210

1695

2H

D2H7

G_MD30_XX_00013

Hollow shaft with keyway

Type

G4

Size

N/DIN 5480

D3

G4

H3KL

509

N1403459H 134

145

235

112

kg
885

8N

510

N1403459H 134

155

235

120

1035

0P

511

N1705329H 160

170

270

182

1470

1P

512

N1705329H 160

185

270

210

1695

2P

D3

D2H6

G_MD30_XX_00014

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

Type

G5

G4

D3
G4

Type

Size

d2

I2

G2

H3CL

509

150 g6

140

240

112

kg
885

8U

510

170 g6

140

240

120

1035

0V

511

180 g6

145

270

182

1470

1V

512

190 g6

145

270

210

1695

2V

G4

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.


Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

d2

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

2)

G_MD30_XX_00187

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

1)

G4

D2

D2

d2

Solid shaft

H11

Article No.
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

6/15

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data


m3
1)

1)

A1

B2
g

c1

A1

d6
d1

A4

A3

n1

A2

D5

1)

B1
G1

l1

n3

ca.

30

Air inlet

c2

h6

s
n6

n2

m1

Fan

m6
b

m5
D7
n4

l3

G_MD30_EN_00223

G3

n5
n4
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Fan 2)

Input
d1

iN =

l1

l3

iN =

130

25 50
85 m6 160

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
b

l3

65 m6 140

130

c1

65 m6 140

c2

d1

l1

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

A4

B1

B2

d6

80

320

350

275

295

270

190

380

325

175

80

320

350

275

295

270

190

380

325

175

n3

n4

63 71
110

56 71

514

l1

45 56

85 m6 160

513

d1

20 40

50 m6 110
80 90

110

D5 D7 E

50 m6 110

h 3)

h6 3) m1

m3

m5

m6

n1

n2

n6

1452 535 60 65 65 48 48 825 202.5 935 440 440 1092 445 510 445 180 260

514

1570 535 60 65 65 48 48 903 202.5 935 440 480 1210 445 510 445 180 300 1030 380 255 420 42

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the
standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/16

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

952

n5

513

380 255 380 42

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.


Exact data according to order-related documentation.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
quantity 1)

Weight 1) 2)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27

2LP202 . - Q . . - . . . .

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H3SL

513

200 n6

350

330

300

2420

3B

514

210 n6

350

330

310

2720

4B
G_MD30_XX_00012

d2

Solid shaft

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

H3HL

513

190 H7

330

300

2420

3E

514

210 H7

330

310

2720

4E

I2

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

H3DL

513

190 H6

195

330

495

300

2420

3H

514

210 H6

215

330

495

310

2720

4H

D2H7

G_MD30_XX_00013

Hollow shaft with keyway

Type

G4

G4

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D3

G4

kg

H3KL

513

N1905369H 180

195

330

300

2420

3P

514

N1905369H 180

215

330

310

2720

4P

D3

D2H6

G_MD30_XX_00014

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

G5

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

D2

D3

H11

N
G4

Type

Size

d2

I2

G2

kg

H3CL

513

220 g6

165

330

300

2420

3V

514

220 g6

165

330

310

2720

4V

G4

d2

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

D2

G2

G_MD30_XX_00187

Article No.
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

6/17

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508

Selection and ordering data


m3

1)

h4

1)

I1

G1

c1

m1

n3

d1

n1

D5

1)

c2

h6

s
n6

n2

m6
b

G_MD30_XX_00224

m5
D7
n4

n5
n4
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Input
Designs G, H, I on request for
d1

iN =
507
iN =

l1

d1

l1

80 140

160 280

35 m6 60

28 m6 50

100 180

200 355

508

35 m6 60

28 m6 50

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
a

G1
224 280
215
280 355
215

c1 c2 D5 D7 E

h 2) h4

h6 2) m1

m3

m5

m6

n1

n2

n3

n4

n5

n6

507

899 295 35 35 40 28 28 493.5 112.5 605 280 198 295 680 230 320 240 104 180 567.5 242.5 160 257.5 24

508

1006 295 35 35 40 28 28 540.5 112.5 605 280 198 355 787 230 320 240 104 240 614.5 242.5 160 317.5 24

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the
standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/18

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
quantity 1)

Weight 1) 2)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27

2LP202 . - R . . - . . . .

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

H4SL

507

120 n6

210

195

60

520

6A

508

130 n6

250

195

72

640

7A
ntkZWWWWW`

d2

Solid shaft

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

H4HL

507

115 H7

195

60

520

6D

508

125 H7

195

72

640

7D

I2

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

H4DL

507

120 H6

120

195

290

60

520

6G

508

130 H6

130

195

305

72

640

7G

D2H7

ntkZWWWWXW

Hollow shaft with keyway

Type

G4

G4

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D3

G4

kg

H4KL

507

N1203389H 114

120

195

60

520

6N

508

N1203389H 114

130

195

72

640

7N

D3

D2H6

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

G_MD30_XX_00011

G5

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

D3

D2H11
N
G4

Type

Size

d2

I2

G2

kg

H4CL

507

130 g6

115

195

60

520

6U

508

130 g6

115

195

72

640

7U

G4

d2

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

D2

G2

G_MD30_XX_00187

Article No.
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

6/19

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data


m3

1)

h4

1)

I1

G1

c1

m1

n3

d1

n1

D5

1)

c2

h6

s
n6

n2

m6
b

G_MD30_XX_00224

m5
D7
n4

n5
n4
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Input
Designs G, H, I on request for
d1

iN =
509
iN =
510
iN =
511
iN =
512
iN =

l1

d1

l1

d1

l1

80 160

180 315

35 m6 60

28 m6 50

100 200

224 400

35 m6 60

28 m6 50

80 160

180 224

250 315

45 m6 100 35 m6 80

28 m6 70

100 200

224 280

315 400

45 m6 100 35 m6 80

28 m6 70

80 160

250 315

180 224

G1
250 315
225
315 400
225
250 315
255
315 400
255
250 315

60 m6 125 45 m6 100 32 m6 80

513
iN =

100 200

224 280

315 400

514

60 m6 125 45 m6 100 32 m6 80

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
a

305

c1 c2 D5 D7 E

315 400
305

h 2) h4

h6 2) m1

m3

m5

m6

n1

n2

n3

n4

n5

n6

509

1040 370 40 45 50 35 35 575 140

685 320 230

335

785 290 370 305 125 205

660

275 185 290

28

510

1158 370 40 45 50 35 35 628 140

685 320 230

400

903 290 370 305 125 270

713

275 185 355

28

511

1281 430 50 60 60 40 40 706 155

810 380 270.5 415

960 340 430 350 161 255

812.5 330 215 362.5 35

512

1409 430 50 60 60 40 40 764 155

810 380 270.5 485 1088 340 430 350 161 325

870.5 330 215 432.5 35

513

1455 535 60 65 65 48 48 825 202.5 935 440 312

440 1092 445 510 445 183 260

952

380 255 380

42

514

1573 535 60 65 65 48 48 903 202.5 935 440 312

480 1210 445 510 445 183 300 1030

380 255 420

42

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the
standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/20

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
quantity 1)

Weight 1) 2)

kg

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27

2LP202 . - R . . - . . . .

510

160 n6

300

240

511

175 n6

300

270

512

185 n6

350

513

200 n6

514

210 n6

Type

Size

H4HL

509

Solid shaft

790

8A

120

985

0B

180

1450

1B

270

200

1600

2B

350

330

290

2375

3B

350

330

300

2690

4B

D2

G4

kg

135 H7

235

116

510

150 H7

235

511

165 H7

270

512

180 H7

513

8D

120

985

0E

180

1450

1E

270

200

1600

2E

190 H7

330

290

2375

3E

514

210 H7

330

300

2690

4E

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

H4DL

509

140 H6

145

235

350

116

510

150 H6

155

235

370

511

165 H6

170

270

420

512

180 H6

185

270

513

190 H6

195

514

210 H6

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

H4KL

509

N1403459H 134

510
511

8G

120

985

0H

180

1450

1H

425

200

1600

2H

330

495

290

2375

3H

215

330

495

300

2690

4H

D2

D3

G4

kg

145

235

116

N1403459H 134

155

235

N1705329H 160

170

270

512

N1705329H 160

185

513

N1905369H 180

514

N1905369H 180

Type

Size

d2

I2

H4CL

509

150 g6

140

510

170 g6

511
512

8N

120

985

0P

180

1450

1P

270

200

1600

2P

195

330

290

2375

3P

215

330

300

2690

4P

G2

kg

240

116

790

8U

140

240

120

985

0V

180 g6

145

270

180

1450

1V

190 g6

145

270

200

1600

2V

513

220 g6

165

330

290

2375

3V

514

220 g6

165

330

300

2690

4V

Without oil filling.

G4

G4

G5

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

790

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

I2

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

790

2)

G2

Hollow shaft with keyway

790

1)

d2

116

N
G4

G4

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

240

D2H7

250

D3

145 n6

D3

509

G_MD30_XX_00187

H4SL

d2

ntkZWWWWW`

G2

ntkZWWWWXW

l2

D2H6

d2

D2H11

Size

G_MD30_XX_00011

Article No.
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

6/21

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Dimensions of oil expansion unit

h5

Overview

h3

h4

D3

b3

G_MD30_XX_00225

6
h

Dimensions in mm (Article No. supplement for 15th position see page 6/27)
Gear unit
sizes

H1.L

H2.L

h 1) b3

d3

h3

h4

h5

H3.L

h 1) b3

H4.L

D3

h3

h4

h5

h 1) b3

D3

h3

h4

h5

h 1) b3

D3

h3

h4

h5

503

200 240 168 448 220 395

504

225 265 188 544 265 485 200 230 148

590 195 340

505

250 290 208 605 335 590 230 270 168

670 220 395 230 270 168

713 215 325

506

250 290 208 656 335 590 230 270 168

793 220 395 230 270 168

836 215 325

507

315 355 248 713 385 700 280 325 188

839 265 485 280 325 188

897 260 400 280 325 148

508

315 355 248 773 385 700 280 325 188

946 265 485 280 325 188 1004 260 400 280 325 148 1006 195 330

509

355 400 298 860 455 815 320 365 208

972 335 590 320 365 208 1038 330 500 320 365 168 1040 220 380

510

355 400 298 916 455 815 320 365 208 1090 335 590 320 365 208 1156 330 500 320 365 168 1158 220 380

511

380 430 248 1187 385 700 380 430 248 1279 380 590 380 430 188 1281 265 465

512

380 430 248 1315 385 700 380 430 248 1407 380 590 380 430 188 1409 265 465

513

440 495 298 1345 455 815 440 495 298 1452 450 700 440 495 208 1455 335 565

514

440 495 298 1463 455 815 440 495 298 1570 450 700 440 495 208 1573 335 565

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the
standard oil supply for helical gear units H1.L, H3.L, H4.L.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is required
for H2.L gear units only when heating elements or a cooling coil
are installed.

6/22

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

899 195 330

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data


7th position of the Article No.
Data position of Article No.

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code

2LP202 - .

Article No.

. - .

. -Z .

Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 4 at bottom)


Type
H2. .

H3. .
G8

G8

A
G_MD30_XX_00311

D 8

G_MD30_XX_00310

D 8

H4. .
G8

D 8

H1. .

G_MD30_XX_00308

G_MD30_XX_00309

6
1

G8

G8

G8

D 8

D 8

D 8

3
B

G_MD30_XX_00315

G_MD30_XX_00314

G8

B
G_MD30_XX_00313

G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00312

D 8

D 8

D 8

G_

G8

G8

G8
1

G_MD30_XX_00324

E
G_MD30_XX_00323

33

Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the face


designations "right" and "left" always refer to the horizontal
mounting position with the view directed at face 1.
Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2),
view directed at drive end face (1):
Face 3 = right
Face 6 = left

D 8

D 8

D 8

02

G_MD30_XX_00319

G_MD30_XX_00320

D 8

D 8

G8
1

G_MD30_XX_00321

_0

G_MD30_XX_00316

G8

G8

1
D 8

XX

G_MD30_XX_00317

G_MD30_XX_00318

MD

_
30

E
G_MD30_XX_00322

$ Backstop

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

6/23

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


7th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of Article No.

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code

2LP202 - .

Article No.

. - .

. -Z .

Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 4 at bottom)


Type

1)

H3. .

H4. .
G8

G8

G8

D 8

F
G_MD30_XX_00326

G_MD30_XX_00327

1
D 8

H2. .

D 8

H1. .

F
G_MD30_XX_00325

3
G

G_MD30_XX_00330

G_MD30_XX_00329

G_MD30_XX_00328

5
G_

H
G_MD30_XX_00333

I
G_MD30_XX_00335

Designs G, H, I on request.

6/24

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

_0

02

33

G_MD30_XX_00336

XX

G_MD30_XX_00331

$ Backstop
1)

H
G_MD30_XX_00332

MD

_
30

I
G_MD30_XX_00334

Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the face


designations "right" and "left" always refer to the horizontal
mounting position with the view directed at face 1.
Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2),
view directed at drive end face (1):
Face 3 = right
Face 6 = left

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No.
Data position of Article No.

Article No.

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

. -Z .

Output shaft, gear unit size


Output shaft

Gear unit size

Solid shaft (S)


503

2 A

504

3 A

505

4 A

506

5 A

507

6 A

508

7 A

509

8 A

510

0 B

511

1 B

512

2 B

513

3 B

514

4 B

504

3 D

505

4 D

506

5 D

507

6 D

508

7 D

509

8 D

510

0 E

511

1 E

512

2 E

513

3 E

514

4 E

504

3 G

505

4 G

506

5 G

507

6 G

508

7 G

509

8 G

510

0 H

511

1 H

512

2 H

513

3 H

514

4 H

Hollow shaft with keyway (H)

Hollow shaft for shrink disk (D)

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

6/25

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of Article No.

Article No.

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code

2LP202 . - .

Output shaft, gear unit size


Output shaft

Gear unit size

Hollow shaft with spline in


accordance with DIN 5480 (K)

504

3 N

505

4 N

506

5 N

507

6 N

508

7 N

509

8 N

510

0 P

511

1 P

512

2 P

513

3 P

514

4 P

504

3 U

505

4 U

506

5 U

507

6 U

508

7 U

509

8 U

510

0 V

511

1 V

512

2 V

513

3 V

514

4 V

Solid shaft without keyway (C)

Gear unit type, number of stages, mounting position


H1.L

H2.L

H3.L

H4.L

6/26

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

. - .

. -Z .

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Article No. supplement, 11th to 16th position
Data position of Article No.

Article No.

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

2LP202 . - .

"-Z" and
order
code

. - -Z

Seal for shaft 1 1)


Shaft d1 at one end with 1 shaft seal

Shaft d1 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends

Shaft d1 at one end with taconite E

Shaft d1 at both ends with taconite E at both ends

Seal for shaft 2 1)


Shaft d2 at one end with 1 shaft seal

Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends

Shaft d2 at one end with taconite F

Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at both ends

Shaft d2 with taconite F-F

Shaft d2 with taconite F-H

Shaft d2 with taconite F-K

Shaft variants
Standard shaft d1 and standard shaft d2

Gear ratio
Type/gear unit size
H1. .
503, 504,
505, 507,
509

H2. .
506

508, 510

H3. .

H4. .

504 ... 514 504 ... 514 507 ... 514

iN

1.12

6.3

20

80

iN

1.25

7.1

22.4

90

iN

1.4

1.4

1.32

25

100

iN

1.6

1.6

1.5

28

112

iN

1.8

1.8

1.7

10

31.5

125

iN

1.9

11.2

35.5

140

iN

2.24

2.24

2.12

12.5

40

160

iN

2.5

2.5

2.36

14

45

180

iN

2.8

2.8

2.65

16

50

200

iN

3.15

3.15

18

56

224

iN

3.55

3.55

3.35

20

63

250

iN

3.75

22.4

71

280

iN

4.5

4.5

4.25

25

80

315

iN

4.75

90

355

iN

5.6

5.6

5.3

100

400

iN

Oil supply
Dip lubrication 2)

Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit

Other oil supply

Q 0 Y

Auxiliary cooling
Without auxiliary cooling

Auxiliary cooling with fan

Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil; connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2)

Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil; connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2)

Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil; connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1)

Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil; connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1)

1)

Additional details see page 11/2.

2)

Only for H2.L without heating elements or cooling coil.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

6/27

Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Notes

6/28

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units


horizontal mounting position
7/2
7/2
7/4
7/6
7/6
7/8
7/10
7/12

Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510
Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

7/12
7/14

Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

7/16
7/16

Types B2, B3 and B4


Article No. overview

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data

l1

G1
n3
D 5
h5

B1

n4

d1
d 6
n4

G_MD30_EN_00137

A1

A2

c1

A3

Fan
E

s
m3
b

ca.3 0

e3
G3
G6

n2
m1

l3

Air inlet

n1

n6

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 1)

Input
l1

iN =
iN =
iN =
iN =
iN =

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

B1

d6

G6

60

393

413

190

255

130

195

135

433

70

465

485

215

280

160

230

150

504

80

550

580

240

305

190

260

175

600

80

581

611

240

305

190

260

175

631

100

656

691

300

370

225

320

210

718

60 m6 135

100

686

721

300

370

225

320

210

748

h5

m1

m3

n1

n2

n3

n4

n6

110

35 m6 80
40 m6 90
16

90

6.3 18

50 m6 110
20

90

5 14

50 m6 110
16

75 m6 135

507

90

5 14

60 m6 120

506

l1

16

60 m6 120

505

70

5 14
50 m6 110

504

d1
16

40 m6 90

503

l3

5 14

100

6 17

60 m6 135
19

508

75 m6 135

100

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
a

c1

D5

e3

h 2)

503

448

260

25

25

19

128

130

460

200

85

290

220

78

230

175

165

15

504

544

325

30

30

24

159

160

510

225

205

360

280

96.5 137.5 290

195

195

19

505

605

360

30

30

24

185

190

560

250

145

435

320

85

145

345

220

200

19

506

656

360

30

30

24

216

190

560

250

145

486

320

85

165

376

220

220

19

507

713

465

35

40

28

228

225

700

315

145

480

410

118

145

415

280

225

24

508

773

465

35

40

28

258

225

700

315

145

540

410

118

175

445

280

255

24

Note:

1)

For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

Maximum dimension including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

7/2

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

2LP202.- A..-....

Size

B2SH

503

d2

l2

G2

kg

65 m6

140

185

10

175

2A

504

80 m6

170

220

16

280

3A

505

90 m6

210

240

22

428

4A

506

100 m6

210

240

24

450

5A

507

105 n6

235

295

42

725

6A

508

120 n6

250

295

45

790

7A

Solid shaft

d2

Article No.:
Type

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 7/16 to 7/19

G2

I2

G_MD30_XX_00138

Size

D2

G4

kg

B2HH

503

Hollow shaft with keyway

504

80 H7

220

16

280

3D

505

95 H7

240

22

428

4D

506

105 H7

240

24

450

5D

507

115 H7

295

42

725

6D

508

125 H7

295

45

790

7D

D2H7

Type

G4

G4

G_MD30_XX_00139

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

503

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

504

85 H6

85

220

295

16

280

3G

505

100 H6

100

240

325

22

428

4G

506

110 H6

110

240

330

24

450

5G

507

120 H6

120

295

390

42

725

6G

508

130 H6

130

295

400

45

790

7G

D3

Size

B2DH

D2H6

Type

G5

G4

G_MD30_XX_00140

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

7/3

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data

l1

G1
n3
D 5
h5

B1

n4

H
h

A1

d1
d 6
n4

G_MD30_EN_00137

A3

A2

c1

Fan
E

s
m3
b

ca.3 0

e3
G3
G6

n2
m1

l3

Air inlet

n1

n6

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 1)

Input
l1

iN =

d1

l1

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

B1

d6

G6

105

792

827

340

410

265

360

240

850

70 m6 140

105

823

858

340

410

265

360

240

881

12.5 16

80 m6 165

509

l3

5 11.2
130

6 13.2

70 m6 140
15 19

510

80 m6 165

130

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
a

c1

D5

e3

h 2)

h5

m1

m3

n1

n2

n3

n4

509

860

550

40

55

35

265

265

780

355

150

575

480

145

190

480

307.5 282.5 28

510

916

550

40

55

35

296

265

780

355

150

631

480

145

215

511

307.5 307.5 28

Note:

1)

For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

Maximum dimension including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

7/4

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

n6

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 7/16 to 7/19

2LP202.- A..-....

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

B2SH

509

135 n6

260

335

66

1140

8A

510

150 n6

280

335

71

1254

0B

Solid shaft

d2

Article No.:
Type

G2

I2

G_MD30_XX_00138

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

B2HH

509

135 H7

335

66

1140

8D

510

145 H7

335

71

1254

0E

D2H7

Hollow shaft with keyway

G4

G4

G_MD30_XX_00139

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

B2DH

509

140 H6

145

335

450

66

1140

8G

510

145 H6

150

335

470

71

1254

0H

D3

D2H6

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

G5

G4

G_MD30_XX_00140

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

7/5

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data

l1

G1

d1

A1

A3

d 6

A2

h5

B1

Fan

ntkZWluWWWW]

Fan
m3

e3

s
b

c a.3

G6
G3

n2

l3
n1

m1
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 1)

Input
l1

iN =
iN =
iN =
iN =

70

20 71

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

B1

d6

G6

50

500

520

195

245

50

175

115

535

60

575

595

225

280

50

195

135

610

60

628

648

225

280

50

195

135

663

70

690

710

275

335

65

220

160

725

40 m6 90

70

737

757

275

335

65

220

160

772

h 2)

n1

32 m6 70
35 m6 80
80

70

14 50

35 m6 80
56

50 m6 110

507

l1

56

40 m6 90

506

60

14 50
40 m6 90

505

d1
63

35 m6 80

504

l3

16 56

90

18 63

40 m6 90
71

508

50 m6 110

90

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
a

e3

h5

m1

m3

n2

504

604

210

28

269.5

110.5 465

200

215

415

170

95

130

19

505

684

250

30

310

130

530

230

350

490

200

95

145

19

506

807

250

30

363

130

530

230

350

613

200

95

215

19

507

855

295

35

384

160

635

280

305

595

230

129

180

24

508

962

295

35

431

160

635

280

305

702

230

129

240

24

Note:

1)

For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

Maximum dimension including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

7/6

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Air inlet

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

2LP202.- B..-....
l2

G2

kg

80 m6

170

140

10

195

3A

505

100 m6

210

165

18

340

4A

506

110 n6

210

165

20

395

5A

507

120 n6

210

195

32

580

6A

508

130 n6

250

195

35

630

7A

Type

Size

G4

kg

B3HH

504

80 H7

140

10

195

3D

505

95 H7

165

18

340

4D

506

105 H7

165

20

395

5D

507

115 H7

195

32

580

6D

508

125 H7

195

35

630

7D

Type

Size

G4

G5

kg

B3DH

504

85 H6

85

140

215

10

195

3G

505

100 H6

100

165

255

18

340

4G

506

110 H6

110

165

260

20

395

5G

507

120 H6

120

195

290

32

580

6G

508

130 H6

130

195

305

35

630

7G

D3

d2
D2H7
G4

Size

N/DIN 5480

G4

kg

B3KH

504

N80 3 25 9H

74

80

140

10

195

3N

505

N95 3 30 9H

89

100

165

18

340

4N

506

N95 3 30 9H

89

110

165

20

395

5N

507

N120 3 38 9H

114

120

195

32

580

6N

508

N120 3 38 9H

114

130

195

35

630

7N

G5

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

N
G4

Type

Size

l2

G2

kg

B3CH

504

85 g6

100

140

10

195

3U

505

110 g6

115

165

18

340

4U

506

120 g6

115

165

20

395

5U

507

130 g6

115

195

32

580

6U

508

130 g6

115

195

35

630

7U

G4

d2

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

Type

d2

G4

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

D2

G_MD30_XX_00012

Hollow shaft with keyway

D3

D3

I2

D3

D2

G2

G_MD30_XX_00187

D2

Solid shaft

G_MD30_XX_00013

504

D2H6

B3SH

d2

D2H11

Size

G_MD30_XX_00014

Article No.:
Type

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 7/16 to 7/19

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

7/7

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data

l1

G1

d1

A1

A3

d 6

A2

h5

B1

Fan

ntkZWluWWWW]

Fan
m3

e3

s
b

c a.3

G6
G3

n2

l3
n1

m1
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 1)

Input
l1

iN =
iN =
iN =

90

14 50

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

B1

d6

G6

50 m6 110

80

812

842 315

375

95

270

175

862

80

865

895 315

375

95

270

175

915

100

975 1010 370

440

125

315

175

1030

60 m6 135

100

1033 1068 370

440

125

315

175

1088

m3

50 m6 110
56

100

18 63

60 m6 135
71

512

75 m6 135

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
a

l1

71

75 m6 135

511

90

18 63
60 m6 120

510

d1
56

60 m6 120

509

l3

14 50

100

e3

h 2)

h5

n1

n2

509

988

370

40

447

190

715

320

350

m1

680 290

162

205

28

510

1106

370

40

500

190

715

320

350

798 290

162

270

28

511

1204

430

50

547

225

830

380

425

825 340

202

255

35

512

1332

430

50

605

225

830

380

425

953 340

202

325

35

Note:

1)

For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

Maximum dimension including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

7/8

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Air inlet

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 7/16 to 7/19

2LP202.- B..-....
kg

510

160 n6

300

240

511

175 n6

300

270

512

185 n6

350

270

Solid shaft

905

8A

51

960

0B

84

1455

1B

100

1570

2B

Type

Size

D2

G4

B3HH

509

135 H7

235

l
53

kg
905

8D

510

150 H7

235

51

960

0E

511

165 H7

270

84

1455

1E

512

180 H7

270

100

1570

2E

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

B3DH

509

140 H6

145

235

350

l
53

510

150 H6

155

235

370

511

165 H6

170

270

420

512

180 H6

185

270

425

8G

51

960

0H

84

1455

1H

100

1570

2H

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

509

N140 3 45 9H

134

145

235

l
53

510

N140 3 45 9H

134

155

235

511

N170 5 32 9H

160

170

270

512

N170 5 32 9H

160

185

270

I2

G4

G4

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

905

B3KH

G2

Hollow shaft with keyway

kg

Type

d2

53

kg

G5

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

905

8N

51

960

0P

84

1455

1P

100

1570

2P

N
G4

Size

d2

l2

G2

B3CH

509

150 g6

140

240

l
53

kg

510

170 g6

140

240

511

180 g6

145

270

512

190 g6

145

270

Solid shaft without keyway

905

8U

51

960

0V

84

1455

1V

100

1570

2V

d2

Type

G4

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

240

D2H7

250

D3

145 n6

D3

509

G_MD30_XX_00187

B3SH

G_MD30_XX_00012

G_MD30_XX_00013

G2

D2H6

l2

D2

d2

G_MD30_XX_00014

Size

H11

Article No.:
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

7/9

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data


G1

l1

n3
B1
D5

h5

c1

d1

n4

A2

A1

h
n4

d6

A3

e3

m3

Fan
c a.3

G6
n2

G3
m1

l3

Air inlet

n1

n6
a

G_MD30_EN_00306

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 1)

Input
l1

iN =

d1

l1

l3

G1

105

70 m6 140

G3

A1

A2

A3

B1

d6

G6

1167 1202 435

495

160

375

210

1220

105

1245 1280 435

495

160

375

210

1298

h 2)

h5

m1

m3

45 56

80 m6 165

513

l3

14 40
130

18 50

70 m6 140
56 71

514

80 m6 165

130

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
a

c1

D5

e3

n1

n2

n3

n4

n6

513

1345

535

60

65

48

640

265

202.5 950

440

185

920 445

245

260

842

380

380

42

514

1463

535

60

65

48

718

265

202.5 950

440

185

1038 445

245

300

920

380

420

42

Note:

1)

For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

Maximum dimension including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

7/10

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 7/16 to 7/19

2LP202.- B..-....

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

B3SH

513

200 n6

350

330

145

2500

3B

514

210 n6

350

330

155

2850

4B
G_MD30_XX_00012

d2

Solid shaft

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

B3HH

513

190 H7

330

145

2500

3E

514

210 H7

330

155

2850

4E

G2

I2

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

B3DH

513

190 H6

195

330

495

145

2500

3H

514

210 H6

215

330

495

155

2850

4H

D2H7

G_MD30_XX_00013

Hollow shaft with keyway

G4

G4

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

kg

B3KH

513

N190 5 36 9H

180

195

330

145

2500

3P

514

N190 5 36 9H

180

215

330

155

2850

4P

D3

D2H6

G_MD30_XX_00014

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

G5

G4

D2

D3

H11

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

N
G4

Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

B3CH

513

220 g6

165

330

145

2500

3V

514

220 g6

165

330

155

2850

4V

G4

G_MD30_XX_00187

d2

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

Article No.:
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

7/11

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data


G1

l1

n3
g
h5

c1

s
n2

m3

e3

E
m1

n1

n6
a

G_MD30_XX_00003a

n4

d1

n4

D5

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Input
d1

iN =

l1

d1

l1

d1

l1

G1

63 200

224 280

28 m6 55

20 k6 50

90 280

315 355

28 m6 55

20 k6 50

63 200

224

250 280

35 m6 80

32 m6 70

25 k6 60

80 250

280

315 355

508

35 m6 80

32 m6 70

25 k6 60

771

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
c1

D5

e3

505
iN =
506
iN =
507
iN =

610
663
724

h 1)

h5

m1

m3

n1

n2

n3

505

720

250 30

30

24

400

90

95

530

230

105

530

200

105

145

457.5 202.5 202.5 19

506

843

250 30

30

24

453

90

95

530

230

105

653

200

105

215

510.5 202.5 272.5 19

507

899

295 35

35

28

493.5 110.5 112.5 635

280

115

680

230

104

180

567.5 242.5 257.5 24

508

1006

295 35

35

28

540.5 110.5 112.5 635

280

115

787

230

104

240

614.5 242.5 317.5 24

1)

Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

7/12

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

n4

n6

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 7/16 to 7/19

2LP202.- C..-....

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

B4SH

505

100 m6

210

165

19

330

4A

506

110 n6

210

165

21

375

5A

507

120 n6

210

195

35

530

6A

508

130 n6

250

195

38

625

7A

Type

Size

G4

kg

B4HH

505

95 H7

165

19

330

4D

506

105 H7

165

21

375

5D

507

115 H7

195

35

530

6D

508

125 H7

195

38

625

7D

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

B4DH

505

100 H6

100

165

255

19

330

4G

506

110 H6

110

165

260

21

375

5G

507

120 H6

120

195

290

35

530

6G

508

130 H6

130

195

305

38

625

7G

506
507
508

D2

d2

ntkZWWWWW`
ntkZWWWWXW

D2H7

D3

G4

kg

89

100

165

19

330

4N

N95 3 30 9H

89

110

165

21

375

5N

N120 3 38 9H

114

120

195

35

530

6N

N120 3 38 9H

114

130

195

38

625

7N

D3

D2H6

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

G5

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

N
G4

Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

B4CH

505

110 g6

115

165

19

330

4U

506

120 g6

115

165

21

375

5U

507

130 g6

115

195

35

530

6U

508

130 g6

115

195

38

625

7U

G4

d2

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

N95 3 30 9H

G4

D3

N/DIN 5480

505

G4

G_MD30_XX_00187

Size

B4KH

I2

D2

Type

G2

Hollow shaft with keyway

G_MD30_XX_00011

D2

Solid shaft

H11

Article No.:
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

7/13

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data


G1

l1

n3
g
h5

c1

s
n2

m3

e3

E
m1

n1

n6
a

G_MD30_XX_00003a

n4

d1

n4

D5

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Input
d1

iN =

l1

d1

l1

63 200

224 280

40 m6 90

35 m6 80

80 250

280 355

40 m6 90

35 m6 80

63 200

224 280

50 m6 110

40 m6 90

80 250

280 355

50 m6 110

40 m6 90

63 200

224 280

60 m6 120

50 m6 110

80 250

280 355

514

60 m6 120

50 m6 110

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

509
iN =
510
iN =
511
iN =
512
iN =
513
iN =

G1
840
893
1012
1070
1190
1268

c1

D5

e3

h 1)

h5

509

1040

370

40

45

35

575

130

140

715

320

135

510

1158

370

40

45

35

628

130

140

715

320

135

511

1281

430

50

60

40

706

160

155

830

380

512

1409

430

50

60

40

764

160

155

830

513

1455

535

60

65

48

825

190

202.5 950

514

1573

535

60

65

48

903

190

202.5 950

For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

7/14

n1

n2

785 290

125

205

903 290

125

270

150

960 340

161

255

812.5 330

362.5 35

380

150

1088 340

161

325

870.5 330

432.5 35

440

170

1092 445

183

260

952

380

380

42

440

170

1210 445

183

300

1030

380

420

42

1)

Note:

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

m1

m3

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

n3

n4

n6

660

275

290

28

713

275

355

28

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 7/16 to 7/19

2LP202.- C..-....
kg

510

160 n6

300

240

511

175 n6

300

270

512

185 n6

350

513

200 n6

514

210 n6

Solid shaft

800

8A

60

995

0B

93

1495

1B

270

97

1565

2B

350

330

160

2400

3B

350

330

165

2700

4B

Type

Size

D2

G4

B4HH

509

135 H7

235

l
60

kg

510

150 H7

235

511

165 H7

270

512

180 H7

513
514

8D

60

995

0E

93

1495

1E

270

97

1565

2E

190 H7

330

160

2400

3E

210 H7

330

165

2700

4E

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

B4DH

509

140 H6

145

235

350

60

kg
800

8G

510

150 H6

155

235

370

60

995

0H

511

165 H6

170

270

420

93

1495

1H

512

180 H6

185

270

425

97

1565

2H

513

190 H6

195

330

495

160

2400

3H

514

210 H6

215

330

495

165

2700

4H

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

kg

B4KH

509

N140 3 45 9H

134

140

235

60

800

8N

510

N140 3 45 9H

134

155

235

60

995

0P

511

N170 5 32 9H

160

170

270

93

1495

1P

512

N170 5 32 9H

160

185

270

97

1565

2P

513

N190 5 36 9H

180

195

330

160

2400

3P

514

N190 5 36 9H

180

215

330

165

2700

4P

Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

B4CH

509

150 g6

140

240

60

510

170 g6

140

240

511

180 g6

145

270

512

190 g6

145

513

220 g6

514

220 g6

60

995

0V

93

1495

1V

270

97

1565

2V

165

330

160

2400

3V

165

330

165

2700

4V

Without oil filling.

G4

G5

G4

N
G4

G4

Solid shaft without keyway


8U

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

800

2)

I2

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

Type

1)

G2

Hollow shaft with keyway

800

d2

60

G2

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

240

D2H7

250

D3

145 n6

D3

509

G_MD30_XX_00187

B4SH

d2

ntkZWWWWW`

G2

ntkZWWWWXW

l2

D2H6

d2

D2H11

Size

G_MD30_XX_00011

Article No.:
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

7/15

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data


7th position of the Article No.
Data position of
Article No.

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12

2LP202 - .

Article No.

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code

. - .

. -Z .

Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 1 at bottom)


Type
B2 to

B3 to

B4 to

A
A

D 8

A
D 8

D 8

D 8

3
G8

G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00163

G8

G_MD30_XX_00032

G_MD30_XX_00036

D 8

D 8

D 8

D 8

3
G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00033

G_MD30_XX_00037

G8
G_MD30_XX_00164

G8

D 8

D 8

D 8
1

1
3
G8

G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00165

G_MD30_XX_00034

G_

G8

D 8

D 8

D 8

D 8

1
3
G_MD30_XX_00035

D 8

D 8

D 8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00171

D 8

D 8

G_MD30_XX_00169

G8

D 8

G_MD30_XX_00167

G8

G8

D 8

G8

1
3
G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00168

G_MD30_XX_00170

$ Backstop for types B2 and B3.


Backstop not possible for:
Type B2SH, designs B, D, E, F and
Type B2DH, designs A and C.

7/16

X_

3
19
00

Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the face


designations "right" and "left" always refer to the horizontal
mounting position with the view directed at face 1.
Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2),
view directed at drive end face (1):
Face 3 = right
Face 6 = left

G_MD30_DE_00039

_X

D 8

G8

G8

G8
G_MD30_XX_00166

0
D3

G_MD30_XX_00038

D
D

D 8

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00172

% Backstop for type B4, gear unit sizes 505 and 506
& Backstop for type B4, gear unit sizes 507 to 514

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No.
Data position of
Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

2LP202 .

8 9 10 11 12

- .

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
-

. -Z .

Output shaft, gear unit size


Output shaft

Gear unit size

Solid shaft (S)


503

2 A

504

3 A

505

4 A

506

5 A

507

6 A

508

7 A

509

8 A

510

0 B

511

1 B

512

2 B

513

3 B

514

4 B

504

3 D

505

4 D

506

5 D

507

6 D

508

7 D

509

8 D

510

0 E

511

1 E

512

2 E

513

3 E

514

4 E

504

3 G

505

4 G

506

5 G

507

6 G

508

7 G

509

8 G

510

0 H

511

1 H

512

2 H

513

3 H

514

4 H

Hollow shaft with keyway (H)

Hollow shaft for shrink disk (D)

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

7/17

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of
Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

2LP202 .

8 9 10 11 12

- .

Output shaft, gear unit size


Output shaft

Gear unit size

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance


with DIN 5480 (K)

504

3 N

505

4 N

506

5 N

507

6 N

508

7 N

509

8 N

510

0 P

511

1 P

512

2 P

513

3 P

514

4 P

504

3 U

505

4 U

506

5 U

507

6 U

508

7 U

509

8 U

510

0 V

511

1 V

512

2 V

513

3 V

514

4 V

Solid shaft without keyway (C)

Gear unit type, number of stages, mounting position


B2.H

B3.H

B4.H

7/18

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
-

. -Z .

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Article No. supplement, 11th to 16th position
Data position of
Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

2LP202 .

8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code

. - -Z

Seal for shaft 1 1)


Shaft d1 at one end with 1 shaft seal

Shaft d1 at one end with taconite E

Seal for shaft 2 1)


Shaft d2 at one end with 1 shaft seal

Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends

Shaft d2 at one end with taconite F

Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at both ends

Shaft d2 taconite F-F

Shaft d2 taconite F-H

Shaft d2 taconite F-K

Shaft variants
Standard shaft d1 and standard shaft d2

Gear ratio

Type/gear unit size


B2.H

B3.H

503, 504, 506


505, 507,
509

508, 510

B4.H

504 ... 514 505 ... 514

iN

14

63

iN

5.6

16

71

iN

6.3

6.3

6.7

18

80

iN

7.1

7.1

7.5

20

90

iN

8.5

22.4

100

iN

9.5

25

112

iN

10

10

10.6

28

125

iN

11.2

11.2

11.8

31.5

140

iN

12.5

12.5

13.2

35.5

160

iN

14

14

15

40

180

iN

16

16

17

45

200

iN

18

19

50

224

iN

20

56

250

iN

63

280

iN

71

315

iN

80

355

Oil supply
Dip lubrication

Other oil supply

Q 0 Y

Auxiliary cooling
Without auxiliary cooling

Auxiliary cooling with fan

Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil,


connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2)

Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil,


connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2)

Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil,


connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1)

1)

Additional details see page 11/2.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

7/19

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Notes

7/20

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units


vertical mounting position
8/2
8/2
8/4
8/6
8/6
8/8

Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510
Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

8/8
8/10

Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

8/12
8/12
8/13

Types B2, B3 and B4


Dimensions of oil expansion unit
Article No. overview

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data


h6

G6
G1
A3

H
h

1)

1)

1)

c1

Fan

30

D5

e3

Air inlet

b3
n3

1)

b4

b2
n6

a
l3

b2

n4

n4
A2

A1

G_MD30_EN_00246

ca.

f2

d1

d6

B1

l1

G3

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 2)

Input
l1

iN =
iN =
iN =
iN =
iN =

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

B1

d6

G6

35 m6 80

60

393

413

190

255

130

195

135

433

40 m6 90

70

465

485

215

280

160

230

150

504

80

550

580

240

305

190

260

175

600

80

581

611

240

305

190

260

175

631

100

656

691

300

370

225

320

210

718

100

686

721

300

370

225

320

210

748

16
90

6.3 18

50 m6 110
20

90

5 14

50 m6 110
16

75 m6 135

507

90

5 14

60 m6 120

506

l1

16

60 m6 120

505

70

5 14
50 m6 110

504

d1
16

40 m6 90

503

l3

5 14

100

6 17

60 m6 135
19

508

75 m6 135

100

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

60 m6 135

b2 3) b3 3)

D5

e3

f2 3)

h 4)

h6 4)

n3

n4

n6

74

25

19

128

130

55

105

440

200

190

230

175

165

256

97

30

24

159

160

58

132.5 490

225

225

290

195

195

298

113

30

24

185

190

60

150

540

250

230

345

220

200

126

340

124

30

24

216

190

60

150

540

250

250

376

220

220

465

149

367

139

40

28

228

225

63

192.5 670

315

260

415

280

225

465

154

397

139

40

28

258

225

63

192.5 670

315

290

445

280

255

503

455

260

93

202

504

555

325

105

505

620

360

121

506

670

360

507

730

508

790

b4 3) c1

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 8/12.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

8/2

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Maximum dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

3)

Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.

4)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

2LP202.- G..-....

B2SV

503

d2

l2

G2

kg

65 m6

140

185

20

175

2A

504

80 m6

170

220

32

280

3A

505

90 m6

210

240

44

428

4A

506

100 m6

210

240

48

450

5A

507

105 n6

235

295

84

725

6A

508

120 n6

250

295

90

790

7A

Solid shaft

G2

Size

I2

Article No.
Type

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 8/13 to 8/16

d2
G_MD30_XX_00235

D2

G4

kg

503

Hollow shaft with keyway

504

80 H7

220

32

280

3D

505

95 H7

240

44

428

4D

506

105 H7

240

48

450

5D

507

115 H7

295

84

725

6D

508

125 H7

295

90

790

7D

G4

Size

B2HV

G4

Type

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00281

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

D2H6

504

85 H6

85

220

295

32

280

3G

505

100 H6

100

240

325

44

428

4G

506

110 H6

110

240

330

48

450

5G

507

120 H6

120

295

390

84

725

6G

508

130 H6

130

295

400

90

790

7G

G5

Size

B2DV 3) 503

G4

Type

D3
G_MD30_XX_00282

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

3)

Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by


weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

8/3

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data


h6

G6
G1
A3

H
h

1)

1)

1)

c1

Fan

30

D5

e3

Air inlet

b3
n3

1)

b4

b2
n6

a
l3

b2

n4

n4
A2

A1

G_MD30_EN_00246

ca.

f2

d1

d6

B1

l1

G3

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 2)

Input
l1

iN =

d1

l1

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

B1

d6

G6

105

792

827

340

410

265

360

240

850

105

823

858

340

410

265

360

240

881

12.5 16

80 m6 165

509

l3

5 11.2
130

6 13.2

70 m6 140
15 19

510

80 m6 165

130

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

70 m6 140

b2 3) b3 3)

b4 3) c1

D5

e3

f2 3)

h 4)

h6 4)

n3

n4

509

875

550

160

425

160

55

35

265

265

60

220

755

355

330

480

307.5 282.5

510

935

550

170

466

170

55

35

296

265

60

220

755

355

355

511

307.5 307.5

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 8/12.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

8/4

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

n6

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Maximum dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

3)

Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.

4)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 8/13 to 8/16

2LP202.- G..-....

Article No.
Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

B2SV

509

135 n6

260

335

132

1140

8A

510

150 n6

280

335

142

1254

0B

I2

G2

Solid shaft

d2
G_MD30_XX_00235

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

B2HV

509

135 H7

335

132

1140

8D

510

145 H7

335

142

1254

0E

G4

G4

Hollow shaft with keyway

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00281

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

B2DV 3) 509

Size

140 H6

145

335

450

132

1140

8G

510

145 H6

150

335

470

142

1254

0H

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

D2H6

G4

G5

Type

D3
G_MD30_XX_00282

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

3)

Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by


weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

8/5

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data

h6

G6
G1

l1

H
h

e3
A3

1)

1)

c1

f2

d1

d6

B1

1)

D5

30

1)

Fan

b2

b4

b3
n3
a
l3

b2

n4
A1

n6

n4
A2

G_MD30_EN_00247

ca.

Air inlet

G3

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 2)

Input
l1

iN =

d1

l1

l3

G1

G3

105

1167

105

A1

A2

A3

B1

d6

G6

1202 435

495

160

375

210

1220

1245

1280 435

495

160

375

210

1298

h 4)

h6 4)

45 56

80 m6 165

513

l3

14 40
130

18 50

70 m6 140
56 71

514

80 m6 165

130

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

70 m6 140

b2 3) b3 3)

b4 3) c1

D5

e3

f2 3)

n3

n4

n6

513

1360

535

205

800

205

65

48

640

265

202.5 63

935

440

440

842

380

380

514

1475

535

220

878

220

65

48

718

265

202.5 63

935

440

480

920

380

420

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 8/12.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

8/6

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Maximum dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

3)

Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.

4)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 8/13 to 8/16

2LP202.- H..-....

Article No.
Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

B3SV

513

200 n6

350

330

290

2500

3B

514

210 n6

350

330

310

2850

4B

I2

G2

Solid shaft

d2
G_MD30_XX_00237

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

B3HV

513

190 H7

330

290

2500

3E

514

210 H7

330

310

2850

4E

G4

G4

Hollow shaft with keyway

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00241

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

B3DV 3) 513

Size

190 H6

195

330

495

290

2500

3H

514

210 H6

215

330

495

310

2850

4H

Hollow shaft for shrink disk


D2H6

G4

G5

Type

D3
G_MD30_XX_00242

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

kg

B3KV

513

N190 5 36 9H

180

195

330

290

2500

3P

514

N190 5 36 9H

180

215

330

310

2850

4P

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480


D2H11

G4

G4

D3
G_MD30_XX_00243

d2

l2

G2

kg

B3CV 3) 513

Size

220 g6

165

330

290

2500

3V

514

220 g6

165

330

310

2850

4V

Solid shaft without keyway

l2

G2

Type

d2
G_MD30_XX_00244

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

3)

Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by


weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

8/7

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data

l1

h6

G1
e3

h
1)

1)

c1

f2

d1

1)

D5

b3
n3

b4

b2
n6

G_MD30_XX_00248

1)

b2

n4

n4

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Input
d1

iN =
505
iN =
506
iN =
507
iN =

l1

d1

l1

d1

l1

63 200

224 280

28 m6 55

20 k6 50

90 280

315 355

28 m6 55

20 k6 50

63 200

224

250 280

35 m6 80

32 m6 70

25 k6 60

610
663

80 250

280

315 355

508

35 m6 80

32 m6 70

25 k6 60

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
a

b2 2)

G1

724
771

b3 2) b4 2)

c1

D5

f2 2)

e3

h 3)

h6 3) n3

95

500

230

230

457.5 202.5 202.5

95

n4

n6

505

735

250 106

491

106

30

24

400

90

40

506

855

250 115

513

115

30

24

453

90

40

500

230

300

510.5 202.5 272.5

507

915

295 140

556

125

35

28

493.5 110.5 48

112.5 605

280

295

567.5 242.5 257.5

508

1020

295 140

603

142

35

28

540.5 110.5 48

112.5 605

280

355

614.5 242.5 317.5

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 8/12.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

8/8

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 8/13 to 8/16

2LP202.- J..-....

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

B4SV

505

100 m6

210

165

38

330

4A

506

110 n6

210

165

42

375

5A

507

120 n6

210

195

70

530

6A

508

130 n6

250

195

76

625

7A

Solid shaft

I2

G2

Article No.
Type

d2
ntkZWWWY\X

Type

Size

G4

kg

B4HV

505

95 H7

165

38

330

4D

506

105 H7

165

42

375

5D

507

115 H7

195

70

530

6D

508

125 H7

195

76

625

7D

G4

Hollow shaft with keyway

G4

D2

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00252

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

B4DV 3) 505

100 H6

100

165

255

38

330

4G

506

110 H6

110

165

260

42

375

5G

507

120 H6

120

195

290

70

530

6G

508

130 H6

130

195

305

76

625

7G

Hollow shaft for shrink disk


D2H6

G5

Size

G4

Type

D3
G_MD30_XX_00253

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D3

G4

kg

B4KV

505

N95 3 30 9H

89

100

165

38

330

4N

506

N95 3 30 9H

89

110

165

42

375

5N

507

N120 3 38 9H

114

120

195

70

530

6N

508

N120 3 38 9H

114

130

195

76

625

7N

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480


D2H11

G4

G4

D2

D3
G_MD30_XX_00243

d2

l2

G2

kg

B4CV 3) 505

110 g6

115

165

38

330

4U

506

120 g6

115

165

42

375

5U

507

130 g6

115

195

70

530

6U

508

130 g6

115

195

76

625

7U

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

Size

l2

Type

d2
G_MD30_XX_00244

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

3)

Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by


weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

8/9

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data

l1

h6

G1
e3

h
1)

1)

c1

f2

d1

1)

D5

b3
n3

b4

b2
n6

G_MD30_XX_00248

1)

b2

n4

n4

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Input
d1

iN =

l1

d1

l1

63 200

224 280

40 m6 90

35 m6 80

80 250

280 355

40 m6 90

35 m6 80

63 200

224 280

50 m6 110

40 m6 90

80 250

280 355

50 m6 110

40 m6 90

63 200

224 280

60 m6 120

50 m6 110

80 250

280 355

514

60 m6 120

50 m6 110

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm

509
iN =
510
iN =
511
iN =
512
iN =
513
iN =

G1
840
893
1012
1070
1190
1268

b2 2)

D5

e3

f2 2)

h6 3) n3

n4

n6

509

1055

370

147

b3 2) b4 2) c1
653 145

45

35

575

130

55

140

685 320

335

660

275

290

510

1170

370

165

706 165

45

35

628

130

55

140

685 320

400

713

275

355

511

1295

430

177

786 176

60

40

706

160

55

155

810 380

415

812.5 330

362.5

512

1425

430

186

844 186

60

40

764

160

55

155

810 380

485

870.5 330

432.5

513

1470

535

211

930 205

65

48

825

190

63

202.5

935 440

440

952

380

380

514

1585

535

220

1008 220

65

48

903

190

63

202.5

935 440

480

1030

380

420

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 8/12.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

8/10

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

h 3)

1)

Position dependent on other options.

2)

Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 8/13 to 8/16

2LP202.- J..-....

d2

l2

G2

B4SV

509

145 n6

250

240

120

510

160 n6

300

240

511

175 n6

300

270

512

185 n6

350

513

200 n6

514

210 n6

kg

Solid shaft

800

8A

120

995

0B

186

1495

1B

270

194

1565

2B

350

330

320

2400

3B

350

330

330

2700

4B

G2

Size

I2

Article No.
Type

d2
ntkZWWWY\X

Type

Size

D2

G4

B4HV

509

135 H7

235

120

800

8D

510

150 H7

235

120

995

0E

511

165 H7

270

186

1495

1E

512

180 H7

270

194

1565

2E

513

190 H7

330

320

2400

3E

514

210 H7

330

330

2700

4E

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

B4DV 3) 509

140 H6

145

235

350

120

800

8G

510

150 H6

155

235

370

120

995

0H

511

165 H6

170

270

420

186

1495

1H

512

180 H6

185

270

425

194

1565

2H

513

190 H6

195

330

495

320

2400

3H

514

210 H6

215

330

495

330

2700

4H

G4

G4

Hollow shaft with keyway

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00252

Hollow shaft for shrink disk


D2H6

G5

G4

Type

kg

D3
G_MD30_XX_00253

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

B4KV

509

N140 3 45 9H

134

145

235

120

kg
800

8N

510

N140 3 45 9H

134

155

235

120

995

0P

511

N170 5 32 9H

160

170

270

186

1495

1P

512

N170 5 32 9H

160

185

270

194

1565

2P

513

N190 5 36 9H

180

195

330

320

2400

3P

514

N190 5 36 9H

180

215

330

330

2700

4P

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480


D2H11

G4

G4

D3
G_MD30_XX_00243

Size

l2

G2

150 g6

140

240

120

510

170 g6

140

240

511

180 g6

145

270

512

190 g6

145

513

220 g6

514

220 g6

kg

Solid shaft without keyway

800

8U

120

995

0V

186

1495

1V

270

194

1565

2V

165

330

320

2400

3V

165

330

330

2700

4V

G2

d2

B4CV 3) 509

l2

Type

d2
G_MD30_XX_00244

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

3)

Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by


weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

8/11

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Dimensions of oil expansion unit

l1

b2

G_MD30_XX_00249

h3

h4

h5

Selection and ordering data

b3

l2

Dimensions in mm (Article No. supplement for 15th position see page 8/16)
Gear unit
sizes

B2.V

B3.V

B4.V

b2

b3

l1

l2

h3

h4

h5

b2

b3

l1

l2

h3

h4

h5

b2

b3

l1

l2

h3

h4

h5

503

175

270

260

320

205

205

125

504

235

295

305

400

270

245

180

505

235

320

305

405

305

250

180

235

310

305

405

200

240

175

506

235

320

325

425

305

280

180

235

310

375

475

200

240

175

507

320

395

345

510

390

330

250

235

365

375

470

235

250

175

508

320

395

375

540

390

330

250

235

365

435

530

235

250

175

509

320

435

435

580

455

350

250

340

405

415

585

295

330

250

510

320

435

460

605

455

350

250

340

405

480

650

295

330

250

511

320

465

520

665

350

335

250

512

320

465

590

735

350

335

250

513

360

535

545

770

440

440

330

360

535

545

770

440

440

330

514

360

535

585

810

440

440

330

360

535

585

810

440

440

330

8/12

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data


7th position of the Article No.
Data position of
Article No.

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12

2LP202 - .

Article No.

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code

. - .

. -Z .

Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 1 on left)


Type
B2 to

B3 to

B4 to

2
A

A
G_MD30_XX_00283

G_MD30_XX_00285

G_MD30_XX_00284

B
B

3
G_MD30_XX_00286

G_MD30_XX_00288

G_MD30_XX_00287

C
C

8
5
G_

G_MD30_XX_00289

G_MD30_XX_00290

G_MD30_XX_00292

_X

X_

3
19
00

G_MD30_XX_00291

0
D3

G_MD30_XX_00293

Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the face


designations "right" and "left" always refer to the horizontal
mounting position with the view directed at face 1.
Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2),
view directed at drive end face (1):
Face 3 = right
Face 6 = left

G_MD30_XX_00294

4
E

G_MD30_XX_00295

G_MD30_XX_00297

G_MD30_XX_00296

5
F

G_MD30_XX_00298

G_MD30_XX_00299

G_MD30_XX_00300

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

8/13

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No.
Data position of
Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

2LP202 .

8 9 10 11 12

- .

Output shaft, gear unit size


Output shaft

Gear unit size

Solid shaft (S)


503

2 A

504

3 A

505

4 A

506

5 A

507

6 A

508

7 A

509

8 A

510

0 B

511

1 B

512

2 B

513

3 B

514

4 B

504

3 D

505

4 D

506

5 D

507

6 D

508

7 D

509

8 D

510

0 E

511

1 E

512

2 E

513

3 E

514

4 E

504

3 G

505

4 G

506

5 G

507

6 G

508

7 G

509

8 G

510

0 H

511

1 H

512

2 H

513

3 H

514

4 H

Hollow shaft with keyway (H)

Hollow shaft for shrink disk (D)

8/14

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
-

. -Z .

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of
Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

2LP202 .

8 9 10 11 12

- .

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
-

. -Z .

Output shaft, gear unit size


Output shaft

Gear unit size

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with


DIN 5480 (K)
505

4 N

506

5 N

507

6 N

508

7 N

509

8 N

510

0 P

511

1 P

512

2 P

513

3 P

514

4 P

505

4 U

506

5 U

507

6 U

508

7 U

509

8 U

510

0 V

511

1 V

512

2 V

513

3 V

514

4 V

Solid shaft without keyway (C)

Gear unit type, number of stages, mounting position


B2.V

B3.V

B4.V

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

8/15

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Article No. supplement, 11th to 16th position
Data position of
Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

2LP202 .

8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code

. - -Z

Seal for shaft 1 1)


Shaft d1 at one end with 1 shaft seal

Shaft d1 at one end with taconite E

Seal for shaft 2 1)


Shaft d2 at one end with 1 shaft seal

Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends

Shaft d2 at one end with taconite F

Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at both ends

Shaft d2 taconite F-F

Shaft d2 taconite F-H

Shaft d2 taconite F-K

Shaft variants
Standard shaft d1 and standard shaft d2

Gear ratio
Type/gear unit size
B2 to

B3 to

503, 504,
506
505, 507, 509

508, 510

B4 to

504 ... 514 505 ... 514

iN

14

63

iN

5.6

16

71

iN

6.3

6.3

6.7

18

80

iN

7.1

7.1

7.5

20

90

iN

8.5

22.4

100

iN

9.5

25

112

iN

10

10

10.6

28

125

iN

11.2

11.2

11.8

31.5

140

iN

12.5

12.5

13.2

35.5

160

iN

14

14

15

40

180

iN

16

16

17

45

200

iN

18

19

50

224

iN

20

56

250

iN

63

280

iN

71

315

iN

80

355

Oil supply
Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit

Other oil supply

Q 0 Y

Auxiliary cooling
Without auxiliary cooling

Auxiliary cooling with fan

Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil


connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2)

Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil


connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2)

Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil


connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1)

Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil


connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1)

1)

Additional details see page 11/2.

8/16

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units


upright mounting position,
output at bottom
9/2
9/2
9/4
9/6
9/6
9/8
9/10
9/12
9/12
9/14
9/16
9/16
9/17

Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510
Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514
Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514
Types B2, B3 and B4
Dimensions of oil expansion unit
with standard motor bell housing
Article No. overview

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data

d6
d1

1)

Fan

e3
G6
G3

D5

A3

B1

Air inlet

c1

D7
m3

n5

h6

G_MD30_EN_00185

n6

c2

n2

m1
a

n3

G1

n1

l1

1)

0
ca. 3

1)

A1
n4

l3

A2
n4

m5

m6
b

h
H

Dimensions in mm

Fan 2)

Gear unit Input


sizes
d1

l1

l3

l3

G1

60

393 413 190 255

130 195 135 433

70

465 485 215 280

160 230 150 504

50 m6 110 80

550 580 240 305

190 260 175 600

581 611 240 305

190 260 175 631

75 m6 135 100 60 m6 135 100 656 691 300 370

225 320 210 718

iN = 5 14
70

iN = 5 14
iN = 5 14
iN = 6.3 18
iN = 5 14
507

A3

B1

d6

G6

35 m6 80
40 m6 90

50 m6 110 80
16

iN = 6 17
508

A2

20

60 m6 120 90

506

A1

16

60 m6 120 90

505

G3

16

50 m6 110 90

504

l1

16

40 m6 90

503

d1

19

75 m6 135 100 60 m6 135 100 686 721 300 370

225 320 210 748

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a

503

448

504

544

505
506

e3

h 3) h63) m1

c1

c2

D5

D7

260 25

25

30

19

19

128 130 105

325 30

30

30

24

24

159 160 132.5 490 225 225 360 280 265 280 96.5 137.5 290 195 132.5 195 19

605

360 30

30

35

24

24

185 190 150

540 250 230 435 320 320 315 85

145

345 220 160

200 19

656

360 30

30

35

24

24

216 190 150

540 250 250 486 320 320 315 85

165

376 220 160

220 19

507

713

465 35

40

40

28

28

228 225 192.5 670 315 260 480 410 390 410 118 145

415 280 195

225 24

508

773

465 35

40

40

28

28

258 225 192.5 670 315 290 540 410 390 410 118 175

445 280 195

255 24

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

m5

m6

n1

440 200 190 290 220 240 220 78

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 9/16.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

9/2

m3

n2

n3

n4

110

230 175 120

1)

Position dependent on combination of selected options.

2)

Max. dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

n5

n6

165 15

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

2LP202.- D..-....

Size

B2SL

503

d2

l2

G2

kg

65 m6

140

185

20

175

2A

504

80 m6

170

220

32

280

3A

505

90 m6

210

240

44

428

4A

506

100 m6

210

240

48

450

5A

507

105 n6

235

295

84

725

6A

508

120 n6

250

295

90

790

7A

Solid shaft

d2

Article No.
Type

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 9/17 to 9/20

G2

I2

G_MD30_XX_00138

Size

D2

G4

kg

B2HL

503

Hollow shaft with keyway

504

80 H7

220

32

280

3D

505

95 H7

240

44

428

4D

506

105 H7

240

48

450

5D

507

115 H7

295

84

725

6D

508

125 H7

295

90

790

7D

D2H7

Type

G4

G4

G_MD30_XX_00139

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

503

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

504

85 H6

85

220

295

32

280

3G

505

100 H6

100

240

325

44

428

4G

506

110 H6

110

240

330

48

450

5G

507

120 H6

120

295

390

84

725

6G

508

130 H6

130

295

400

90

790

7G

D3

Size

B2DL

D2H6

Type

9
G5

G4

G_MD30_XX_00140

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

9/3

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data

d6
d1

1)

Fan

e3
G6
G3

D5

A3

B1

Air inlet

c1

D7
m3

n5

m5

h6

G_MD30_EN_00185

n6

c2

n2

m1
a

n3

G1

n1

l1

1)

0
ca. 3

1)

A1
n4

l3

A2
n4

m6
b

h
H

Dimensions in mm

Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 2)

Input
l1

l3

5 11.2

d1

l1

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

B1

d6

G6

12.5 16

80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 792 827 340 410 265 360 240 850

509
iN =

6 13.2

15 19

510

80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 823 858 340 410 265 360 240 881

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
a

509

860

510

916

e3

c2

D5

D7

550 40

55

50

35

35

265 265 220 755 355 330 575 480 415 475 145 190 480 307.5 207.5 282.5 28

550 40

55

50

35

35

296 265 220 755 355 355 631 480 415 475 145 215 511 307.5 207.5 307.5 28

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 9/16.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

9/4

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

h 3) h6 3) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1

c1

n2

n3

n4

n5

1)

Position dependent on combination of selected options.

2)

Max. dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

n6

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 9/17 to 9/20

2LP202.- D..-....

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

B2SL

509

135 n6

260

335

132

1140

8A

510

150 n6

280

335

142

1254

0B

Solid shaft

d2

Article No.
Type

G2

I2

G_MD30_XX_00138

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

B2HL

509

135 H7

335

132

1140

8D

510

145 H7

335

142

1254

0E

D2H7

Hollow shaft with keyway

G4

G4

G_MD30_XX_00139

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

B2DL

509

140 H6

145

335

450

132

1140

8G

510

145 H6

150

335

470

142

1254

0H

D3

D2H6

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

9
G5

G4

G_MD30_XX_00140

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

9/5

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data


A1
Air inlet

0
ca. 3

d6
d1

1)

Fan

B1

G6

m3

n5

D7

m5

h6

G_MD30_EN_00189

c2

n2

m1
a

G3

G1

A3
e3

n1

l1

1)

l3

A2
1)

m6
b

h
H

Dimensions in mm

Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 2)

Input
l1

iN =
iN =
iN =
iN =

70

20 71

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

A3

B1

d6

G6

50

500

520

195

245

50

175

115

535

60

575

595

225

280

50

195

135

610

60

628

648

225

280

50

195

135

663

70

690

710

275

335

65

220

160

725

40 m6 90

70

737

757

275

335

65

220

160

772

e3

h 3)

h6 3)

32 m6 70
35 m6 80
80

70

14 50

35 m6 80
56

50 m6 110

507

l1

56

40 m6 90

506

60

14 50
40 m6 90

505

d1
63

35 m6 80

504

l3

16 56

90

18 63

40 m6 90
71

508

50 m6 110

90

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
a

c2

D7

m1

m3

m5

m6

n1

n2

n5

504

590

210

28

28

19

269.5 110.5 430

200

210

415

170

280

170

95

130

140

19

505

670

250

30

35

24

310

130

500

230

230

490

200

280

205

95

145

140

19

506

793

250

30

35

24

363

130

500

230

300

613

200

280

205

95

215

140

19

507

839

295

35

40

28

384

160

605

280

295

595

230

320

240

129

180

160

24

508

946

295

35

40

28

431

160

605

280

355

702

230

320

240

129

240

160

24

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 9/16.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

9/6

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Position dependent on combination of selected options.

2)

Max. dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

2LP202.- E..-....
l2

G2

kg

80 m6

170

140

20

195

3A

505

100 m6

210

165

36

340

4A

506

110 n6

210

165

40

395

5A

507

120 n6

210

195

64

580

6A

508

130 n6

250

195

70

630

7A

Type

Size

G4

kg

B3HL

504

80 H7

140

20

195

3D

505

95 H7

165

36

340

4D

506

105 H7

165

40

395

5D

507

115 H7

195

64

580

6D

508

125 H7

195

70

630

7D

d2

G_MD30_XX_00012

Type

Size

G4

G5

kg

B3DL

504

85 H6

85

140

215

20

195

3G

505

100 H6

100

165

255

36

340

4G

506

110 H6

110

165

260

40

395

5G

507

120 H6

120

195

290

64

580

6G

508

130 H6

130

195

305

70

630

7G

D2H7

Hollow shaft with keyway

G4

G4

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

kg

B3KL

504

N80 3 25 9H

74

80

140

20

195

3N

505

N95 3 30 9H

89

100

165

36

340

4N

506

N95 3 30 9H

89

110

165

40

395

5N

507

N120 3 38 9H

114

120

195

64

580

6N

508

N120 3 38 9H

114

130

195

70

630

7N

D3
G5

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

N
G4

Type

Size

l2

G2

kg

B3CL

504

85 g6

100

140

20

195

3U

505

110 g6

115

165

36

340

4U

506

120 g6

115

165

40

395

5U

507

130 g6

115

195

64

580

6U

508

130 g6

115

195

70

630

7U

Solid shaft without keyway

d2

d2

G4

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

D3

I2

D3

D2

G2

G_MD30_XX_00187

D2

Solid shaft

G_MD30_XX_00013

504

D2H6

B3SL

d2

D2H11

Size

G_MD30_XX_00014

Article No.
Type

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 9/17 to 9/20

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

9/7

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data


A1
Air inlet

0
ca. 3

d6
d1

1)

Fan

B1

G6

m3

n5

D7

m5

h6

G_MD30_EN_00189

c2

n2

m1
a

G3

G1

A3
e3

n1

l1

1)

l3

A2
1)

m6
b

h
H

Dimensions in mm

Gear unit
sizes

d1
iN =

Fan 2)

Input
l1

iN =
iN =
iN =

90

14 50

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

80

812

842 315

375

80

865

895 315

100

975

60 m6 135

A3

B1

d6

G6

50 m6 110

95

270

175

862

50 m6 110

375

95

270

175

915

1010 370

440

125

315

175

1030

100

1033 1068 370

440

125

315

175

1088

m1

m3

56
100

18 63

60 m6 135
71

512

75 m6 135

Gear unit
sizes

Dimensions in mm
a

l1

71

75 m6 135

511

90

18 63
60 m6 120

510

d1
56

60 m6 120

509

l3

14 50

100

c2

D7

e3

h 3)

h6 3)

m5

m6

n1

n2

n5

509

972

370

40

50

35

447

190

685

320

335

680 290

370

305

162

205

185

28

510

1090

370

40

50

35

500

190

685

320

400

798 290

370

305

162

270

185

28

511

1187

430

50

60

40

547

225

810

380

415

825 340

430

350

202

255

215

35

512

1315

430

50

60

40

605

225

810

380

485

953 340

430

350

202

325

215

35

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 9/16.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

9/8

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Position dependent on combination of selected options.

2)

Max. dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 9/17 to 9/20

2LP202.- E..-....
106

510

160 n6

300

240

511

175 n6

300

270

512

185 n6

350

270

Solid shaft

905

8A

102

960

0B

168

1455

1B

200

1570

2B

Type

Size

D2

G4

B3HL

509

135 H7

235

106

905

8D

510

150 H7

235

102

960

0E

511

165 H7

270

168

1455

1E

512

180 H7

270

200

1570

2E

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

B3DL

509

140 H6

145

235

350

106

510

150 H6

155

235

370

511

165 H6

170

270

420

512

180 H6

185

270

425

kg

d2

240

G2

I2

Hollow shaft with keyway

kg

G4

G4

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

905

8G

102

960

0H

168

1455

1H

200

1570

2H

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

kg

B3KL

509

N140 3 45 9H

134

145

235

106

905

8N

510

N140 3 45 9H

134

155

235

102

960

0P

511

N170 5 32 9H

160

170

270

168

1455

1P

512

N170 5 32 9H

160

185

270

200

1570

2P

G5

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

N
G4

Size

d2

l2

G2

B3CL

509

150 g6

140

240

106

510

170 g6

140

240

511

180 g6

145

270

512

190 g6

145

270

kg

Solid shaft without keyway

905

8U

102

960

0V

168

1455

1V

200

1570

2V

d2

Type

G4

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

250

D2H7

145 n6

D3

509

D3

B3SL

kg

G_MD30_XX_00187

G_MD30_XX_00012

G2

G_MD30_XX_00013

l2

D2H6

d2

D2H11

Size

G_MD30_XX_00014

Article No.
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

9/9

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data

1)

0
ca. 3

Air inlet

B1
Fan

G6

G1

h6

n6

c2

n2

m1
a

n3

G3

A3
e3

n1

D5

l3

1)

l1

1)

A1
n4

A2
n4
d6
d1

c1

n5

D7

m3

G_MD30_EN_00190

m6
b

m5
h
H

Dimensions in mm

Fan 2)

Gear unit Input


sizes
d1

l1

l3

iN = 14 40

d1

l1

l3

G1

G3

A1

A2

80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 1167 1202 435 495

513

iN = 18 50
514

A3

B1

d6

G6

45 56
160 375 210 1220

56 71

80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 1245 1280 435 495

160 375 210 1298

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a

513

1345

514

1463

c2

D5

D7

e3

535 60

65

65

48

48

640

265 202.5 935 440 440

535 60

65

65

48

48

718

265 202.5 935 440 480 1038 445 510 445 245 300 920 380 255 420 42

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 9/16.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

9/10

h 3) h6 3) m1

c1

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

m3

m5

m6

n1

n2

n3

n4

n5

n6

920 445 510 445 245 260 842 380 255 380 42

1)

Position dependent on combination of selected options.

2)

Max. dimensions including bolted connection.


See order-related documentation for exact data.

3)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 9/17 to 9/20

2LP202.- E..-....

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

B3SL

513

200 n6

350

330

290

2500

3B

514

160 n6

350

330

310

2850

4B
G_MD30_XX_00012

d2

Solid shaft

Type

Size

D2

G4

kg

B3HL

513

190 H7

330

290

2500

3E

514

210 H7

330

310

2850

4E

G2

I2

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

B3DL

513

190 H6

195

330

495

290

2500

3H

514

210 H6

215

330

495

310

2850

4H

D2H7

G_MD30_XX_00013

Hollow shaft with keyway

G4

G4

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

kg

B3KL

513

N190 5 36 9H

180

195

330

290

2500

3P

514

N190 5 36 9H

180

215

330

310

2850

4P

D3

D2H6

G_MD30_XX_00014

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

G5

G4

D3

D2H11

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

N
G4

Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

B3CL

513

220 g6

165

330

290

2500

3V

514

220 g6

165

330

310

2850

4V

G4

G_MD30_XX_00187

d2

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

1)

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

Article No.
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

9/11

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data


1)

1)

n4

1)

n4

h6

c2

n2

s
n6

m1
a

n3

G1

e3

n1

D5

l1

d1

c1

n5

D7

m3

m5

m6

G_MD30_EN_00191

b
h

Dimensions in mm

Gear unit Input


sizes
d1

l1

iN = 63 200
28 m6 55

505

iN = 90 280
28 m6 55

506

iN = 63 200
35 m6 80

507

iN = 80 250
508

35 m6 80

d1

l1

d1

l1

G1

224 280
20 k6 50

610

315 355
20 k6 50
224

663
250 280

32 m6 70 25 k6 60 724
280

315 355

32 m6 70 25 k6 60 771

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a

c1 c2

D5 D7

e3

h 2) h6 2) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1

n2

n3

n4

n5

n6

505

720

250 30

30 35

24 24

400

90

95

500 230 230 530 200 280 205 105 145 457.5 202.5 140 202.5 19

506

843

250 30

30 35

24 24

453

90

95

500 230 300 653 200 280 205 105 215 510.5 202.5 140 272.5 19

507

899

295 35

35 40

28 28

493.5 110.5 112.5 605 280 295 680 230 320 240 104 180 567.5 242.5 160 257.5 24

508

1006

295 35

35 40

28 28

540.5 110.5 112.5 605 280 355 787 230 320 240 104 240 614.5 242.5 160 317.5 24

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 9/16.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

9/12

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Position dependent on combination of selected options.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 9/17 to 9/20

2LP202.- F..-....

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

B4SL

505

100 m6

210

165

38

330

4A

506

110 n6

210

165

42

375

5A

507

120 n6

210

195

70

530

6A

508

130 n6

250

195

76

625

7A

Type

Size

G4

kg

B4HL

505

95 H7

165

38

330

4D

506

105 H7

165

42

375

5D

507

115 H7

195

70

530

6D

508

125 H7

195

76

625

7D

d2

ntkZWWWWW`

G2

I2

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

B4DL

505

100 H6

100

165

255

38

330

4G

506

110 H6

110

165

260

42

375

5G

507

120 H6

120

195

290

70

530

6G

508

130 H6

130

195

305

76

625

7G

D2H7

ntkZWWWWXW

Hollow shaft with keyway

G4

G4

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

D2

D3

G4

kg

B4KL

505

N95 3 30 9H

89

100

165

38

330

4N

506

N95 3 30 9H

89

110

165

42

375

5N

507

N120 3 38 9H

114

120

195

70

530

6N

508

N120 3 38 9H

114

130

195

76

625

7N

D3

D2H6

Hollow shaft for shrink disk

G5

G4

D3

N
G4

Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

B4CL

505

110 g6

115

165

38

330

4U

506

120 g6

115

165

42

375

5U

507

130 g6

115

195

70

530

6U

508

130 g6

115

195

76

625

7U

G4

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Without oil filling.

d2
l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

Solid shaft without keyway

G2

1)

G_MD30_XX_00187

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

D2H11

D2

Solid shaft

G_MD30_XX_00011

Article No.
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

9/13

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data


1)

1)

n4

1)

n4

h6

c2

n2

s
n6

m1
a

n3

G1

e3

n1

D5

l1

d1

c1

m6

n5

D7

m3

m5

G_MD30_EN_00191

b
h

Dimensions in mm

Gear unit Input


sizes
d1

l1

iN = 63 200
40 m6 90

509

iN = 80 250
40 m6 90

510

iN = 63 200
50 m6 110

511

iN = 80 250
50 m6 110

512

iN = 63 200
60 m6 120

513

iN = 80 250
514

60 m6 120

d1

l1

G1

224 280
35 m6 80

840

280 355
35 m6 80

893

224 280
40 m6 90

1012

280 355
40 m6 90

1070

224 280
50 m6 110 1190
280 355
50 m6 110 1268

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
e3

c1

c2

D5

D7

509

1040

370

40

45

50

35

35

575 130 140

685 320 335

785 290 370 305 125 205

660 275 185 290

28

510

1158

370

40

45

50

35

35

628 130 140

685 320 400

903 290 370 305 125 270

713 275 185 355

28

511

1281

430

50

60

60

40

40

706 160 155

810 380 415

960 340 430 350 161 255

812.5 330 215 362.5 35

512

1409

430

50

60

60

40

40

764 160 155

810 380 485 1088 340 430 350 161 325

870.5 330 215 432.5 35

513

1455

535

60

65

65

48

48

825 190 202.5 935 440 440 1092 445 510 445 183 260

952 380 255 380

42

514

1573

535

60

65

65

48

48

903 190 202.5 935 440 480 1210 445 510 445 183 300 1030 380 255 420

42

Note:
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 9/16.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

9/14

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

h 2) h6 2) m1

m3 m5 m6 n1

n2

n3

n4

1)

Position dependent on combination of selected options.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

n5

n6

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil
Weight 1) 2)
quantity 1)

7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement


for 11th to 16th position see pages 9/17 to 9/20

2LP202.- F..-....

510

160 n6

300

240

511

175 n6

300

270

512

185 n6

350

513

200 n6

514

210 n6

Type

Size

B4HL

509

Solid shaft

800

8A

120

995

0B

186

1495

1B

270

194

1565

2B

350

330

320

2400

3B

350

330

330

2700

4B

D2

G4

kg

135 H7

235

120

800

8D

510

150 H7

235

120

995

0E

511

165 H7

270

186

1495

1E

512

180 H7

270

194

1565

2E

513

190 H7

330

320

2400

3E

514

210 H7

330

330

2700

4E

Type

Size

D2

D3

G4

G5

kg

B4DL

509

140 H6

145

235

350

120

510

150 H6

155

235

370

511

165 H6

170

270

420

512

180 H6

185

270

513

190 H6

195

514

210 H6

215

Type

Size

N/DIN 5480

B4KL

509
510

120

995

0H

186

1495

1H

425

194

1565

2H

330

495

320

2400

3H

330

495

330

2700

4H

D2

D3

G4

kg

N140 3 45 9H

134

145

235

120

800

8N

N140 3 45 9H

134

155

235

120

995

0P

511

N170 5 32 9H

160

170

270

186

1495

1P

512

N170 5 32 9H

160

185

270

194

1565

2P

513

N190 5 36 9H

180

195

330

320

2400

3P

514

N190 5 36 9H

180

215

330

330

2700

4P

Type

Size

d2

l2

G2

kg

B4CL

509

150 g6

140

240

120

G4

510

170 g6

140

240

511

180 g6

145

270

512

190 g6

145

513

220 g6

514

220 g6

G5

G4

N
G4

G4

Solid shaft without keyway


8U

120

995

0V

186

1495

1V

270

194

1565

2V

165

330

320

2400

3V

165

330

330

2700

4V

Without oil filling.

G4

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

800

Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.

I2

Hollow shaft for shrink disk


8G

2)

G2

Hollow shaft with keyway

800

1)

d2

120

d2

240

G2

l2

G_MD30_XX_00186

250

D2H7

145 n6

D3

509

D3

B4SL

kg

G_MD30_XX_00187

ntkZWWWWW`

G2

ntkZWWWWXW

l2

D2H6

d2

D2H11

Size

G_MD30_XX_00011

Article No.
Type

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

9/15

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types B2, B3 and B4
Dimensions of oil expansion unit with
standard motor bell housing

h3

h4

h5

Selection and ordering data

b3

G_MD30_XX_00188

1)

l1
l2

Dimensions in mm (Article No. supplement for 15th position see page 9/20)

Gear unit
sizes

B2.L

B3.L

h 2)

b3

l1

l2

503

200

240

190

315

504

225

265

235

505

250

290

506

250

507
508

B4.L

h5

h 2)

b3

l1

l2

h3

h4

h5

h 2)

b3

l1

l2

h3

h4

h5

470 230

150

400

580 270

200

200

290

165

315

600 230

150

255

445

665 270

200

230

330

190

390

700 270

200

230

270

200

360

720 270

200

290

255

445

715 270

200

230

330

190

390

820 270

200

230

270

200

360

845 270

200

315

355

290

540

800 335

265

280

385

220

405

875 270

200

280

325

215

365

905 270

200

315

355

290

540

860 335

265

280

385

220

405

985 270

200

280

325

215

365

1015 270

200

509

355

400

325

550

1005 335

265

320

425

255

540

1030 335

265

320

365

250

475

1065 335

265

510

355

400

325

550

1060 335

265

320

425

255

540

1150 335

265

320

365

250

475

1185 335

265

511

380

490

280

545

1270 335

265

380

430

280

490

1320 335

265

512

380

490

280

545

1400 335

265

380

430

280

490

1450 335

265

513

440

495

325

650

1450 420

315

440

495

325

640

1465 420

315

514

440

495

325

650

1570 420

315

440

495

325

640

1580 420

315

h3

h4

Note:
Oil expansion unit without standard motor bell housing on
request.

9/16

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1)

Mounting end for expansion unit as depicted in diagram can be selected.

2)

Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data


7th position of the Article No.
Data position of Article No.

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12

2LP202 - .

Article No.

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code

. - .

. -Z .

Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 1 at bottom)


Type
B2 to

B3 to

B4 to

A
A

D 8

A
D 8

D 8

D 8

3
G8

G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00163

G8

G_MD30_XX_00032

G_MD30_XX_00036

D 8

D 8

D 8
1

D 8

3
G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00033

G_MD30_XX_00037

G8
G_MD30_XX_00164

G8

D 8

D 8

D 8
1

1
3
G8

G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00165

G_MD30_XX_00034

G_

G8

D 8

D 8

D 8

D 8

1
3
G_MD30_XX_00035

G8

3
19
00

Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the face


designations "right" and "left" always refer to the horizontal
mounting position with the view directed at face 1.
Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2),
view directed at drive end face (1):
Face 3 = right
Face 6 = left

D 8

D 8

D 8

X_

G_MD30_DE_00039

_X

D 8

G8

G8

G8
G_MD30_XX_00166

0
D3

G_MD30_XX_00038

D
D

D 8

G_MD30_XX_00171

D 8

D 8

G_MD30_XX_00169

G8

D 8

G_MD30_XX_00167

G8

G8

D 8

G8

1
3
G8

G_MD30_XX_00168

G8
G_MD30_XX_00170

$ Backstop for types B2 and B3.


Backstop not possible for:
Type B2SL, designs B, D, E, F and
type B2DL, designs A and C.

G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00172

% Backstop for type B4, gear unit sizes 505 to 506


& Backstop for type B4, gear unit sizes 507 to 514

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

9/17

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No.
Data position of
Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

2LP202 .

8 9 10 11 12

- .

Output shaft, gear unit size


Output shaft

Gear unit size

Solid shaft (S)


503

2 A

504

3 A

505

4 A

506

5 A

507

6 A

508

7 A

509

8 A

510

0 B

511

1 B

512

2 B

513

3 B

514

4 B

504

3 D

505

4 D

506

5 D

507

6 D

508

7 D

509

8 D

510

0 E

511

1 E

512

2 E

513

3 E

514

4 E

504

3 G

505

4 G

506

5 G

507

6 G

508

7 G

509

8 G

510

0 H

511

1 H

512

2 H

513

3 H

514

4 H

Hollow shaft with keyway (H)

Hollow shaft for shrink disk (D)

9/18

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
-

. -Z .

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of
Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

2LP202 .

8 9 10 11 12

- .

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
-

. -Z .

Output shaft, gear unit size


Output shaft

Gear unit size

Hollow shaft with spline in accordance


with DIN 5480 (K)
504

3 N

505

4 N

506

5 N

507

6 N

508

7 N

509

8 N

510

0 P

511

1 P

512

2 P

513

3 P

514

4 P

504

3 U

505

4 U

506

5 U

507

6 U

508

7 U

509

8 U

510

0 V

511

1 V

512

2 V

513

3 V

514

4 V

Solid shaft without keyway (C)

Gear unit type, number of stages, mounting position


B2.L

B3.L

B4.L

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

9/19

Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Article No. supplement, 11th to 16th position
Data position of
Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

2LP202 .

8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code

. - -Z

Seal for shaft 1


Shaft d1 at one end with 1 shaft seal

Shaft d1 at one end with taconite E

Seal for shaft 2


Shaft d2 at one end with 1 shaft seal

Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends

Shaft d2 at one end with taconite F

Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at both ends

Shaft d2 taconite F-F

Shaft d2 taconite F-H

Shaft d2 taconite F-K

Shaft variants
Standard shaft d1 and standard shaft d2

Gear ratio
Type/gear unit size
B2 to

B3 to

503, 504, 506


505, 507,
509

508, 510

B4 to

504 ... 514 505 ... 514

iN

14

63

iN

5.6

16

71

iN

6.3

6.3

6.7

18

80

iN

7.1

7.1

7.5

20

90

iN

8.5

22.4

100

iN

9.5

25

112

iN

10

10

10.6

28

125

iN

11.2

11.2

11.8

31.5

140

iN

12.5

12.5

13.2

35.5

160

iN

14

14

15

40

180

iN

16

16

17

45

200

iN

18

19

50

224

iN

20

56

250

iN

63

280

iN

71

315

iN

80

355

Oil supply
Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit

Mounted on gear unit face 6


(left)

Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit

Mounted on gear unit face 3


(right)

Other oil supply

Q 0 Y

Auxiliary cooling
Without auxiliary cooling

Auxiliary cooling with fan

Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil, connections to gear unit face 4


(end face d2)

Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil, connections to gear unit face 4
(end face d2)

Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil, connections to gear unit face 1


(end face d1)

9/20

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

10

Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions
10/2
10/2
10/3

Cylindrical shaft ends


Central holes, DS form
in shaft ends DIN 332/1
Selection of fit

10/4

Cover cap second shaft end for


solid shafts at both ends

10/5

Parallel keys, parallel keyways and


hollow shafts with keyway

10/6

Hollow shafts for shrink disk

10/7

Hollow shafts with keyway according


to DIN 6885/1

10/8

Hollow shafts with spline


according to DIN 5480

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions
Cylindrical shaft ends
Central holes, DS form
in shaft ends DIN 332/1

Dimensional drawings
DS form with thread, straight running surface and
protective counterbore
t2
t1
t3
t4

60

120

d5

d4
d3

G_MD30_EN_00047a

d1

d2

d6

t5

Ra

Recommended
diameter
ranges d6 1)

10

6.3

DS form
DS
centering

d1

d2 2)

d3

d4

d5

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

t1

t2

t3

t4

t5

+2

min.

max.

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

above

to

mm

mm

16

21

DS 6

M6

5.0

6.4

9.6

10.5

16.0

21

23

5.0

2.8

0.4

21

24

DS 8

M8

6.8

8.4

12.2

13.2

19.0

25

28

6.0

3.3

0.4

24

30

DS 10

M10

8.5

10.5

14.9

16.3

22.0

30

34

7.5

3.8

0.6

30

38

DS 12

M 12

10.2

13.0

18.1

19.8

28.0

37

42

9.5

4.4

0.7

38

50

DS 16

M 16

14.0

17.0

23.0

25.3

36.0

45

50

12.0

5.2

1.0

50

85

DS 20

M 20

17.5

21.0

28.4

31.3

42.0

53

59

15.0

6.4

1.3

85

130

DS 24

M 24

21.0

25.0

34.2

38.0

50.0

63

68

18.0

8.0

1.6

130

225

DS 30 3)

M 30

26.5

31.0

40.2

44.6

60.0

77

83

17.0

8.0

1.9

225

320

DS 36 3)

M 36

32.0

37.0

49.7

55.0

74.0

93

99

22.0

11.0

2.3

320

500

DS 42 3)

M 42

37.5

43.0

60.3

66.6

84.0

105

111

26.0

15.0

2.7

1)

Diameter refers to the finished workpiece

2)

Tap hole drill diameter acc. to DIN 336 Part 1

3)

Dimensions not acc. to DIN 332

10/2

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions
Cylindrical shaft ends
Selection of fit

Overview
Selection of fit for solid shaft studs with keyway
Selection of fit

Shaft d

Shaft
tolerance

above

to

mm

mm

Shaft tolerance
acc. to
25
FLENDER
standard
100

25

k6

100

m6

Bore
tolerance

H7

n6

For heavy duty operating conditions, e.g. reversing under load,


it is recommended that a tighter fit and for the hub keyway width
the ISO tolerance P9 is selected (special design).
In this case, the customer should give the relevant information.
Solid shaft studs without keyway are manufactured with shaft
tolerance g6 irrespective of the shaft diameter and are designed
for the use of flange couplings with zero-backlash conical
clamping connection (on request).

10

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

10/3

Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions
Cover cap second shaft end for solid shafts at both ends
Dimensional drawings

DH2

DH2

H2S., H3S., H4S., B2S., B3S., B4S., H2C., H3C., H4C., B3C., B4C.

g2

G_MD30_XX_00339

DH1

g2

g1

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
Input shaft
H2..

10

Output shaft
H3..

H4..

H2S., H3S., H4S., H2C. B3S., B4S., B3C., B4C. B2S.

DH1

g1

DH1

g1

DH1

g1

DH2

g2

DH2

g2

DH2

g2

503

190

155

504

120

110

245

180

245

180

225

185

505

135

135

110

100

250

225

250

225

255

225

506

135

135

110

100

260

225

260

225

270

225

507

145

145

120

110

105

70

335

225

335

225

305

250

508

145

145

120

110

105

70

310

265

310

265

325

265

509

165

170

135

135

105

70

315

265

315

265

340

275

510

165

170

135

135

105

70

350

315

350

315

350

295

511

205

190

145

145

120

110

385

315

385

315

512

205

190

145

145

120

110

400

365

400

365

513

215

210

165

170

145

135

445

365

445

365

514

215

210

165

170

145

135

475

365

475

365

Selection and ordering data


Ordering information
When ordering a cover cap at the second shaft end, the letter -Z and the following order codes must be added to the Article No.
Data position of Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

. -Z

Cover cap at second shaft end for solid shafts at both ends
Cover cap at shaft d1, mounted on gear unit face 6 (left)

G 1 0

Cover cap at shaft d1, mounted on gear unit face 3 (right)

G 1 1

Cover cap at shaft d2, mounted on gear unit face 6 (left)

G 2 0

Cover cap at shaft d2, mounted on gear unit face 3 (right)

G 2 1

10/4

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions
Parallel keys, parallel keyways and hollow shafts with keyway
Dimensional drawings
Parallel keys and parallel keyways
Drive type fastening without taper action
Parallel key and keyway to DIN 6885/1
Parallel key form B

d+t2

t1

d
G_MD30_XX_00046

Diameter

Width

Height Shaft keyway


depth

Hub keyway
depth

b 1)

t1

d + t2

mm

above

to

mm

mm

mm

mm

DIN 6885/1

17

22

3.5

d + 2.8

22

30

d + 3.3

30

38

10

d + 3.3

38

44

12

d + 3.3

44

50

14

5.5

d + 3.8

50

58

16

10

d + 4.3

58

65

18

11

d + 4.4

65

75

20

12

7.5

d + 4.9

75

85

22

14

d + 5.4

85

95

25

14

d + 5.4

95

110

28

16

10

d + 6.4

110

130

32

18

11

d + 7.4

130

150

36

20

12

d + 8.4

150

170

40

22

13

d + 9.4

170

200

45

25

15

d + 10.4

200

230

50

28

17

d + 11.4

230

260

56

32

20

d + 12.4

260

290

63

32

20

d + 12.4

290

330

70

36

22

d + 14.4

330

390

80

40

25

d + 15.4

390

440

90

45

28

d + 17.4

mm

10

For heavy-duty operating conditions, e.g. reversing under load,


it is recommended that a tighter fit and for the hub keyway width
the ISO tolerance P9 is selected (special design).
In this case, the customer should give the relevant information.

1)

The tolerance zone for the hub keyway width b is ISO JS9, or ISO P9 for
heavy-duty operating conditions (P9 special design).

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

10/5

Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions
Hollow shafts for shrink disk
Dimensional drawings
Types H2D., H3D., H4D., B2D., B3D., B4D.
X = Space required for torque wrench

Driven machine shaft for shrink disk connection. Driven machine


shaft must be free of oil or grease.

g2
G4

G5
H
X

Input shaft with center holes

Circlip

d7 d 9

m
D9

d8

C2 -0.2

f1

ntkZWluWWW[[

Guard

ax

I1

I1
End plate

d3

30

d4

d2

D3

D2 H 6

d1
d

1.6

15

1.6
DH2

End plate

d3 min

Bush

S1

c1

Output

Types H2D., H3D., H4D., B3D., B4D.


Gear Dimensions in mm
unit
2)
sizes Driven machine shaft
d2
85 g6

85 h6

d4
84.5

d5

f1 l

l1

r c1 c2 d7

95 4 336 53 2 17

Circlip Hollow shaft

d8

D9 m

90 70 22

Qty. DIN
472

50 M8

90x3

Shrink
disk 3)

D2 D3 G4 G5 d

d1

Screw Cover
cap
H

W s1

g2
DH2

85 85 140 215 110 185

54 22 M12

245 235

505

100 g6 100 h6

99.5 114 5 398 59 2 20

8 105 80 26

55 M10 2

105x4 100 100 165 255 125 215

60 26 M12

285 275

506

110 g6 110 h6 109.5 124 5 403 64 3 20

8 115 85 26

60 M10 2

115x4 110 110 165 260 140 240

67 26 M14

300 280

507

120 g6 120 h6 119.5 134 5 463 68 3 20

8 125 90 26

65 M12 2

125x4 120 120 195 290 150 263

71 26 M14

335 310

508

130 g6 130 h6 129.5 145 6 478 81 3 20

8 135 100 26

70 M12 2

135x4 130 130 195 305 165 290

81 27 M16

360 320

509

140 g6 145 m6 139.5 160 6 559 85 4 23 10 150 110 33

80 M12 2

150x4 140 145 235 350 175 300

86 31 M16

365 375

510

150 g6 155 m6 149.5 170 6 579 101 4 23 10 160 120 33

90 M12 2

160x4 150 155 235 370 185 320 101 31 M16

400 395

511

165 f6 170 m6 164.5 185 7 664 119 4 23 10 175 130 33

90 M12 2

175x4 165 170 270 420 200 340 118 32 M16

445 445

512

180 f6 185 m6 179.5 200 7 669 125 4 23 10 190 140 33 100 M16 2

190x4 180 185 270 425 220 370 125 32 M20

460 450

513

190 f6 195 m6 189.5 213 7 799 130 5 23 10 200 150 33 110 M16 2

200x4 190 195 330 495 240 405 131 32 M20

515 520

514

210 f6 215 m6 209.5 233 8 794 124 5 28 14 220 170 33 130 M16 2

220x5 210 215 330 495 260 430 126 38 M20

540 520

504

10

d3

End plate

Type B2D.
Gear Dimensions in mm
unit
2)
sizes Driven machine shaft

d2

d3
85 h6

d4
84.5

End plate

d5

f1 l

l1

r c1 c2 d7

95 4 496 53 2 17

Circlip Hollow shaft

d8

D9 m

Qty. DIN
472

W s1

DH2

g2

85 85 220 295 110 185

54 22 M12

250 315

100 g6 100 h6

99.5 114 5 543 59 2 20

8 105 80 26

55 M10 2

105x4 100 100 240 325 125 215

60 26 M12

280 345

506

110 g6 110 h6 109.5 124 5 548 64 3 20

8 115 85 26

60 M10 2

115x4 110 110 240 330 140 240

67 26 M14

290 350

507

120 g6 120 h6 119.5 134 5 663 68 3 20

8 125 90 26

65 M12 2

125x4 120 120 295 390 150 263

71 26 M14

335 410

508

130 g6 130 h6 129.5 145 6 673 81 3 20

8 135 100 26

70 M12 2

135x4 130 130 295 400 165 290

81 27 M16

345 415

509

140 g6 145 m6 139.5 160 6 759 85 4 23 10 150 110 33

80 M12 2

150x4 140 145 335 450 175 300

86 31 M16

360 475

510

145 g6 150 m6 144.5 165 6 779 101 4 23 10 160 120 33

90 M12 2

160x4 145 150 335 470 185 320 101 31 M16

380 495

Material of driven machine shaft C60N or higher strength.

10/6

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3)

90x3

85 g6

Assignment of central holes as specified on page 10/2.

d1

504

2)

50 M8

D2 D3 G4 G5 d

Screw Cover
cap

505

1)

90 70 22

Shrink
disk 3)

Shrink disk and cover cap are included in the scope of supply.
The shrink disk is supplied loose.

Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions
Hollow shafts with keyway according to DIN 6885/1
Dimensional drawings
Types H1H., H2H., H3H., H4H., B2H., B3H., B4H.
g2

G4

G4

Driven machine shaftn for parallel key connection, keyway acc. to


DIN 6885/1 and center hole.

Screws

Input shaft with center holes

End plate

f1

d5 min

d4

d2 h6
m

D2 H7

DH2

15

ax

D9

rm

1.6

G_MD30_EN_00045c

1.6

End plate

Output
I1

I1
I

Types H2H., H3H., H4H., B3H., B4H.


Gear unit Dimensions in mm
sizes
Driven machine shaft 2)
d2

d4

d5

End plate
t

Screw
m

Hollow
shaft

Cover cap

D2

f1

l1

D9

Size

Qty.

G4

DH2

g2

504

80

79.5

88

278

35

1.2

M10 18

10

100

11

22

60

M10 x 25

80

140

245

30

505

95

94.5 105

328

40

1.6

M10 18

10

120

11

26

70

M10 x 25

95

165

250

45

506

105

104.5 116

328

45

1.6

M10 18

10

120

11

26

70

M10 x 25

105

165

260

40

507

115

114.5 126

388

50

1.6

M12 20

12

140

13.5 26

80

M12 x 30

115

195

335

50

508

125

124.5 136

388

55

2.5

M12 20

12

150

13.5 26

85

M12 x 30

125

195

310

40

509

135

134.5 147

467

60

2.5

M12 20

12

160

13.5 33

90

M12 x 30

135

235

315

45

510

150

149.5 162

467

65

2.5

M12 20

12

185

13.5 33

110

M12 x 30

150

235

350

40

511

165

164.5 177

537

70

2.5

M16 28

15

195

17.5 33

120

M16 x 40

165

270

385

45

512

180

179.5 192

537

75

2.5

M16 28

15

220

17.5 33

130

M16 x 40

180

270

400

45

513

190

189.5 206

657

80

M16 28

18

230

17.5 33

140

M16 x 40

190

330

445

50

514

210

209.5 226

657

85

M16 28

18

250

17.5 33

160

M16 x 40

210

330

475

65

Types H1H., B2H.


Gear unit Dimensions in mm
sizes
Driven machine shaft 2)
d2

d4

d5

End plate
t

Screw

Cover cap

D2

f1

l1

D9

Size

Qty.

G4

DH2 g2

504

80

79.5

88

438

35

1.2

M10 18

10

100

11

22

60

M10 x 25

80

220

225

35

505

95

94.5 105

478

40

1.6

M10 18

10

120

11

26

70

M10 x 25

95

240

255

40

506

105

104.5 116

478

45

1.6

M10 18

10

120

11

26

70

M10 x 25

105

240

270

40

507

115

114.5 126

588

50

1.6

M12 20

12

140

13.5 26

80

M12 x 30

115

295

305

40

508

125

124.5 136

588

55

2.5

M12 20

12

150

13.5 26

85

M12 x 30

125

295

325

40

509

135

134.5 147

667

60

2.5

M12 20

12

160

13.5 33

90

M12 x 30

135

335

340

50

510

145

144.5 157

667

65

2.5

M12 20

12

185

13.5 33

110

M12 x 30

145

335

350

50

Note:
Parallel key is not included in our scope of supply. Please order
separately, if required.

Hollow
shaft

1)

Assignment of central holes as specified on page 10/2.

2)

Material of driven machine shaft C60N or higher strength.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

10/7

10

Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions
Hollow shafts with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
Dimensional drawings
Types H2K., H3K., H4K., B3K., B4K.
G4

Driven machine shaft for shrink disk connection,


lubricated while mounting
r
45
m
ax

1.6
6.3
3.2

d7 d 9

d8
m
D9

c2 -0.2

f1
I2

Output

End plate
d5 min

30

d3

d2 h 11

D3

D2 H 11

DH2

Bush

d4

G4

g2

c1

I1

End plate

I
G_MD30_EN_00307

Driven machine shaft for thread center drilling 1)

Circlip
Cover cap

Types H2K., H3K., H4K., B3K., B4K.


Gear Dimensions in mm
unit
2)
sizes Driven machine shaft

External spline d2

10

End plate

d3

d4

d5

f1 l

l1

l2

Jacking
thread

r c1 c2 d7

d8

D9 m

Circlip

Qty. DIN
472

Hollow shaft

Cover
cap

D2

g2
DH2

G4

504

W803258f

79.4

95 3 238

43

75 2 27 27

90

90 22

55 M8

505

W953308f

94.4 100h6

93 114 3 308

53

90 2 20

8 105

80 26

55 M10 2

105 4 89 100 165 250 45 M24

506

W953308f

94.4 110h6

93 124 3 308

58

90 3 20

8 105

80 26

55 M10 2

105 4 89 110 165 260 40 M24

507

W1203388f 119.4 120h6 118 134 3 368

68 105 3 20

8 125

90 26

65 M12 2

125 4 114 120 195 335 50 M24

508

W1203388f 119.4 130h6 118 145 3 368

73 105 3 20

8 125

90 26

65 M12 2

125 4 114 130 195 310 40 M24

509

W1403458f 139.4 145m6 138 160 3 444

82 125 4 23 10 150 110 33

80 M12 2

150 4 134 145 235 315 45 M30

510

W1403458f 139.4 155m6 138 170 3 444

92 125 4 23 10 150 110 33

80 M12 2

150 4 134 155 235 350 40 M30

511

W1705328f 169

170m6 168 185 5 514 112 150 4 23 10 175 130 33

90 M12 2

175 4 160 170 270 385 45 M30

512

W1705328f 169

185m6 168 200 5 514 122 150 4 23 10 175 130 33

90 M12 2

175 4 160 185 270 400 45 M30

513

W1905368f 189

195m6 188 213 5 634 137 180 5 23 10 200 150 33 110 M16 2

200 4 180 195 330 445 50 M30

514

W1905368f 189

215m6 188 233 5 634 147 180 5 23 10 200 150 33 110 M16 2

200 4 180 215 330 475 65 M30

80h6

78

1)

Assignment of central holes as specified on page 10/2.

2)

Material of driven machine shaft C60N or higher strength.

10/8

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

90 3 74

D3

Bolts for
threaded
central
hole 1)

80 140 245 30 M20

11

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


11/2
11/2
11/2
11/4

Shaft seals
Radial shaft seal
Taconite
Labyrinth seal

11/5
11/5
11/5

Oil circulation lubrication


Flange-mounted pump, type H1,
horizontal mounting position
Monitoring devices

11/6
11/6
11/6

Cooling
Fan
Cooling coil

11/7
11/7
11/8
11/9
11/10
11/11

Heating
Heating elements
Heating elements, types H1 and B2
Heating elements, types H2 and B3
Heating elements, type H3
Heating elements, types H4 and B4

11/12

Backstop

11/14

Oil level indicator, housing material,


oil drain valve, breather

11/15
11/15
11/24

Auxiliary drive
Maintenance drive and load drive
for type B3
Speed monitoring for type B3

11/26

Explosion protection as per ATEX 95

11/28

Corrosivity category,
climatic stress

11/29

Application

11/30

Coating system

11/31

Color selection

11/32

Information about oil,


information about installation

11/33

Factory certificates,
further information

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Shaft seals
Radial shaft seal
Taconite

Overview
Radial shaft seal

G_MD30_XX_00041

Taconite

G_MD30_XX_00040

Radial shaft seals are suitable for low to average operating


speeds. They can be used for all types and sizes.

Taconite seals are grease-filled, refillable labyrinth seal


combinations.

A second, redundant radial shaft seal 1) can be fitted at sealing


points which are particularly vulnerable or difficult to access.

With this seal a high degree of operational reliability is achieved


for the gear unit in dusty environments. This seal is a combination of three sealing elements which protect the gear unit from
the ingress of dust-like particles.

Other features are:


Wearing seal, however, easy to maintain
Local heat development on sealing lip; therefore, adequate
lubrication (cooling) required
Commercial product
Design with low oil level on request

11

1)

Not for types B2, B3, B4 in conjunction with motor bell housing.

11/2

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

When motor bell housings are used in accordance with the


section on motor connection, taconite E seals are not required
because the coupling enclosure is sealed dust-tight.

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Shaft seals
Radial shaft seal
Taconite
Ordering information:
Data position of Article No.
Article No.:

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - A .

-Z

Shaft designs
Shaft d1 at one end with 1 shaft seal

Shaft d1 at one end with twin shaft seal 1)

Shaft d1 at one end with taconite E

Shaft d1 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends

Shaft d1 at both ends with twin shaft seal at both ends

Shaft d1 at both ends with taconite E at both ends

Shaft d1 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and
twin shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)

L 0 N

Shaft d1 at both ends with twin shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and
1 shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)

L 0 P

Shaft d1 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and
taconite E at gear unit face 6 (left)

L 0 A

Shaft d1 at both ends with taconite E at gear unit face 3 (right) and
1 shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)

L 0 B

Shaft d1 at both ends with twin shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and
taconite E at gear unit face 6 (left)

L 0 Q

Shaft d1 at both ends with taconite E at gear unit face 3 (right) and
twin shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)

L 0 R

L 0 L

L 0 M

Shaft d2 at one end with 1 shaft seal

Shaft d2 at one end with twin shaft seal

Shaft d2 at one end with taconite F

Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends

Shaft d2 at both ends with twin shaft seal at both ends

Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at both ends

Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and
twin shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)

M 0 N

Shaft d2 at both ends with twin shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and
1 shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)

M 0 P

Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and
taconite F at gear unit face 6 (left)

M 0 A

Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at gear unit face 3 (right) and
1 shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)

M 0 B

Shaft d2 at both ends with twin shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and
taconite F at gear unit face 6 (left)

M 0 Q

Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at gear unit face 3 (right) and
twin shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)

M 0 R

Shaft d2 with taconite F-F For gear units with hollow shaft with keyway (..H.) or
hollow shaft for shrink disk (..D.),
design: taconite seal at both ends and
cover cap at one end as protection against accidental contact

Shaft d2 with taconite F-H For gear units with hollow shaft with keyway (..H.),
design: taconite seal at driven machine end and
dustproof cover cap at opposite end

Shaft d2 with taconite F-K For gear units with hollow shaft for shrink disk (..D.),
design: taconite seal at driven machine end and
dustproof cover cap at opposite end

1)

M 0 L

M 0 M

Not for types B2, B3, B4 in conjunction with motor bell housing.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/3

11

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Shaft seals
Labyrinth seal

Overview
Labyrinth seal

Minimum input speed n1 for labyrinth seals, H1SH type


Gear unit sizes

G_MD30_XX_00145

iN

503

504

505

506

507

508

509

510

1.12

1.25

1.32

1.4

1.6

515

410

350

305

280

250

1.7

265

1.8

545

440

380

325

310

230

265

250

280

585

470

405

350

330

285

2.12

310

265

1.9
2

11

1.5

2.24

645

510

445

380

355

310

Labyrinth seals are especially suitable for higher operating


speeds. They can only be used with gear units of H1SH type.

2.36

330

285

690

555

480

405

385

335

For special protection when the gear unit is at a standstill,


the labyrinth seal can be combined with a V-ring seal that is
attached to the outer surface of the labyrinth.

2.65

310

Other features are:


Contact-free and therefore wear-free
No heat generated locally, so maintenance-free
Minimal installation space

The following criteria must be taken into account when selecting


labyrinth seals:
For use with stationary drives only
(e.g. not for traveling gears)
With dip lubrication or oil circulation lubrication only
(other lubrication variants available on request),
Extremely dusty installation locations or those subject to
polluted water hazards must be avoided
Shaft planes must be horizontal
Refer to table for minimum input speed n1 required for dip
lubrication. If the input speed is lower than the minimum input
speed n1, it may be possible to use the labyrinth seal in
combination with oil circulation lubrication. Radial shaft seals
must otherwise be provided.
To achieve a preservation life in excess of 6 months, the
combination of labyrinth seal with additional V-ring seal must
be used.
Use of the combination of labyrinth seal with additional V-ring
seal is recommended for applications with frequent downtimes.

3.75

11/4

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

2.5
2.8

355

745

600

525

445

420

365

385

335

3.15

820

670

580

480

460

405

3.35

420

365

3.55

890

735

635

525

515

445

405

460

990

805

695

580

565

490

515

445

1095

890

760

635

610

545

565

490

1200

945

835

695

675

580

545

4
4.25
4.5
4.75
5
5.3

5.6

1300

1045

610

910

760

735

650

675

580

Variant cannot be constructed.


x Labyrinth seal can be used only in combination with oil circulation
lubrication.

Ordering information:
"-Z" and
order
code
Article No.:

2LP202 . - . . K -0 . A . -Z

Shaft d1 with labyrinth seal

Shaft d1 with labyrinth seal and


V-ring seal

L 0 J

Shaft d2 with labyrinth seal

Shaft d2 with labyrinth seal and


V-ring seal

M0 J

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Oil circulation lubrication
Flange-mounted pump, type H1, horizontal
mounting position Monitoring devices

Overview
Flange-mounted pump
An oil circulation lubrication system must be used for singlestage helical gear units with labyrinth seal when the input speed
is lower than the minimum required input speed or for units with
low ratio range. A flange-mounted pump which can operate in

either direction of rotation is installed to secure the oil supply to


the rolling bearings with reduced oil level.
The size of flange-mounted pump varies according to the input
speed. Other speeds and inclined mounting position available
on request.

e4

Coarse filter

Pressure switch
dropping to 0.5 bar

d
G_MD30_EN_00218

Pump operating
in either direction

Ordering information:
Gear unit size 1)

Input speed
rpm

Pump
size

505/506

500 1200

1200 1800
500 1200
1200 1800
500 1800

507/508
509/510

Dimensions in mm

Oil quantity Data position of 1 to 6


l
Article No.
Article No.:

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
.

e4

110

320

613

19

90

311

110

380

743

26

90

371

110

415

822

39

2LP202 . - .

. - .

E
E

Monitoring devices
Pressure switch

Coarse filter

When operated in conjunction with an alarm system, the pressure switch can output a visual or acoustic alarm to indicate that
the oil pressure has dropped to 0.5 bar or can initiate a system
trip.

The coarse filter protects units connected downstream by


capturing and collecting dirt particles.

Max. switching capacities:


2 A/250 V, AC, 250 VA (AC voltage)
4 A/200 V, DC, 20 W (DC voltage)
Degree of protection IP65
1)

Sizes 503 and 504 on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/5

11

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Cooling
Fan
Cooling coil

Overview
Fan and cooling coil

H1, B2 types

Fans and/or cooling coils can be used for auxiliary cooling.

Gear unit
sizes

Fan:
The standard fan is a radial fan that is mounted on the shaft d1
(= fast-rotating shaft). On designs with shaft studs at both
ends (designs G, H, I), the fan is mounted either at gear unit
face 3 (right) or gear unit face 6 (left).
An adapted air guide cover ensures optimized air flow on the
gear unit and therefore high-performance cooling
A fan can be retrofitted
The connection dimensions at the input shaft are changed if a
fan is mounted
Cooling coil:
The cooling coil is connected either at
- gear unit face 4 (end face d2) or
- gear unit face 1 (end face d1).
The cooling coil is suitable for freshwater, seawater and
brackish water
See table for connection dimensions
Water connection: G "

Cooling coil
Dimensions in mm

l/min

b10

e10

e11

h10

H1/B2

503

80

185

255

42

504

120

215

310

50

505

120

220

365

50

506

120

240

395

50

507

180

235

430

65

508

180

265

460

65

509

200

290

490

80

510

200

315

520

80

H2, H3, B3 types


Gear unit
sizes

Parameters for attainment of the specified thermal capacities:


See right-hand column of tables for volumetric flow rate of
cooling water in l/min. The flow rate can exceed the specified
values, but this might result in elevated noise levels.
Max. permissible cooling water pressure: 8 bar

Cooling coil
Dimensions in mm

l/min

b10

e10

H2/B3
e11

H3
e11

h10

H2/H3/B3

504

80

250

415

40

505

95

275

475

525

45

506

95

345

525

575

45

507

100

340

580

640

60

508

100

400

630

690

60

509

130

385

675

745

70

510

130

450

730

795

70

511

150

465

805

905

80

512

150

535

865

960

80

513

160

380

835

945

85

514

160

420

910

1020

85

h10

Ordering information:

11

Order
code

G_MD30_XX_00008

b10

e10

Article No.:

2LP202 .- . . . . .-0 .A -Z

Auxiliary cooling
Auxiliary cooling with:

G_MD30_XX_00219

Connection to gear unit face 4 (end face d2)

h10
b10

Connection to gear unit face 1 (end face d1)

11/6

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

e11

Fan (with shaft d1 at one end)

Fan at gear unit face 3 (with shaft d1 at both ends)

R1A
R1F

Fan at gear unit face 6 (with shaft d1 at both ends)

Cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 4

Cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 1

Fan (with shaft d1 at one end)


and cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 4

Fan (with shaft d1 at one end)


and cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 1

Fan at gear unit face 3 (with shaft d1 at both ends)


and cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 4

R1B

Fan at gear unit face 3 (with shaft d1 at both ends)


and cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 1

R1C

Fan at gear unit face 6 (with shaft d1 at both ends)


and cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 4

R1G

Fan at gear unit face 6 (with shaft d1 at both ends)


and cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 1

R1H

Without auxiliary cooling

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Heating
Heating elements

Overview
Heating elements must be used when the temperature limit for the relevant lubrication variant is undershot.

Dip lubrication

Mineral oil

PAO oil

PG oil

Oil circulation/
Mineral oil
forced lubrication
PAO oil
PG oil

x
1
2

Viscosity ISOVG at 40C in


mm/s (cSt)

Ambient temperatures
Below Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to
-40 C -40 C -35 C -30 C -25 C -20 C -15 C -10 C -5 C 0 C 5 C 10 C 15 C

VG 460

VG 320

VG 220

VG 460

VG 320

VG 220

VG 460

VG 320

VG 220

VG 320

VG 220

VG 320

VG 220

VG 320

VG 220

No heating element required


One heating element required
Two heating elements required
Not available as standard
On request

Heating elements are only permitted in combination with oil


temperature monitoring.
An electrical oil level monitoring system (available on request) is
additionally required for heating elements of ATEX design.

A maximum of two heating elements can be installed per gear


unit. A total of two heating elements can be mounted on gear unit
face 1 (end face d1), and one or two heating elements (depending on the gear unit size) on gear unit face 4 (end face d2). Heating elements cannot be mounted on gear unit face 4 if the unit is
in mounting position L in which gear unit face 4 is the standard
mounting surface.
Labyrinth seals are not permitted to be used with heating
elements.

Selection and ordering data


Ordering information:
When ordering heating elements and temperature monitoring, -Z and the following order codes must be added to the Article No.
Data position of Article No.

1 to 6 7

Article No.:

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

. -Z

Screw-in heater (standard version)


One heating element at gear unit face 4 (end face d2)

J 0 0

Two heating elements at gear unit face 4 (end face d2) 1)2)

J 0 1

One heating element at gear unit face 1 (end face d1)

J 0 2

Two heating elements at gear unit face 1 (end face d1) 1)

J 0 3

One heating element at gear unit face 1 and gear unit face 4

J 0 4

Oil temperature monitoring (standard version)


ATH-SW22

H 4 3

Oil temperature indicator (standard version)


Pt100 resistance thermometer

H 4 0

Pt100 resistance thermometer with transmitter

H 4 2

Screw-in heater (ATEX design, category 2 + 3)


One heating element at gear unit face 4 (end face d2) 3)

J 0 5

Two heating elements at gear unit face 4 (end face d2) 1)2)3)

J 0 6

One heating element at gear unit face 1 (end face d1) 3)

J 0 7

Two heating elements at gear unit face 1 (end face d1) 1)3)

J 0 8

One heating element at gear unit face 1 and gear unit face 4 3)

J 0 9

Oil temperature indicator (ATEX design, category 2 + 3)


Pt100 resistance thermometer
1)

Version not available for: H1 type, gear unit size 506 with iN = 5.6 and higher,
H1 type, gear unit size 510 with iN = 4.7 and higher.

2)

Version not available for: H2, H3, H4, B3, B4 types,


Gear unit sizes 506, 508, 510, 512, 514.

H 4 4
3)

Restrictions might apply depending on the installation space required.


Availability and dimensions available on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/7

11

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Heating
Heating elements
Types H1 and B2, gear unit sizes 503 to 510

2)

100
100

Installation space
required

e2
Installation space
required

h1

h1

h2

e3 e3

G_MD30_XX_00141

Dimensional drawings

3)

Gear unit size

l4

1)

e4

Connected load in W

Dimensions in mm

Heating elements

Heating elements

1 heating
element

e1

e4

2 heating
elements

e1

l1

1)

3)

Installation space

Temperature monitors

h1

l1

l4

e2

e3

h2

503

189

378

225

290

40

42

300

300

290

40

130

504

189

378

250

345

60

50

300

300

325

50

155

505

281

562

255

400

60

50

450

450

330

50

170

506 3)

312

624

275

430

60

50

500

500

350

50

170

507

472

944

300

495

90

65

500

500

360

100

235

508

472

944

330

525

90

65

500

500

390

100

235

509

701

1402

350

550

100

80

600

600

430

110

265

510 3)

815

1630

375

585

100

80

700

700

455

110

265

Depending on the version, screw-in heaters and temperature monitors/resistance thermometers can be arranged in a mirror image.
The cable entry point of the screw-in heater is arranged axially on the connection head in the direction of installation.

11

1)

Screw-in heater:
Technical data and notes: Degree of protection IP 65, 230 V, 50 Hz.

2)

Temperature monitor ATH-SW22:


Technical data and notes: IP 65 degree of protection,
two change-over contacts (adjustable).
Max. contact rating: 2 A/230 V AC/460 VA cos = 0.6 (alternating voltage);
0.25 A/230 V DC/58 W (direct voltage)
Or alternatively:
Pt100 resistance thermometer:
Technical data and notes: Connection head IP 54 degree of protection,
PG 9, two-wire circuit
Connection with three or four-wire circuit also possible by the customer.
Connection to an evaluation unit is necessary.

11/8

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3)

It is not possible to install 2 heating elements on H1 type size 506


with iN = 5.6 or higher!
It is not possible to install 2 heating elements on H1 type size 510
with iN = 4.7 or higher!

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Heating
Heating elements
Types H2 and B3, gear unit sizes 504 to 514

2)

100

100

G_MD30_XX_00142

Overview

Installation space
required

h1

Installation space
required

h1

h2

e3 e 3

e2

3)

b b

Gear unit size

l4

1)

e4

e1

Connected load in W

Dimensions in mm

Heating elements

Heating elements

1 heating
element

e1

e4

h1

2 heating
elements

l1

1)

b b

Installation space

Temperature monitors

l1

e2

l4

e3

1)

h2

504

200

400

275

445

40

40

500

500

310

40

140

505

312

624

310

520

47.5

45

500

500

330

50

150

506 3)

435

624

380

575

47.5

45

700

700

400

50

150

507

497

994

375

625

50

60

800

800

395

60

190

508 3)

558

839

435

675

50

60

900

900

455

60

190

509

815

1630

445

750

65

70

700

700

435

80

230

510 3)

1044

1631

510

800

65

70

900

900

500

80

230

511

1158

2316

525

885

75

80

1000

1000

515

80

280

512 3)

1273

1974

595

940

75

80

1100

1100

585

80

280

513

1158

2316

440

900

80

85

1000

1000

540

100

310

1273

1974

480

980

80

85

1100

1100

580

100

310

514

3)

Depending on the version, screw-in heaters and temperature monitors/resistance thermometers can be arranged in a mirror image.
The cable entry point of the screw-in heater is arranged axially on the connection head in the direction of installation.

11

1)

Screw-in heater:
Technical data and notes: Degree of protection IP 65, 230 V, 50 Hz.

2)

Temperature monitor ATH-SW22:


Technical data and notes: IP 65 degree of protection,
two change-over contacts (adjustable).
Max. contact rating: 2 A/230 V AC/460 VA cos = 0.6 (alternating voltage);
0.25 A/230 V DC/58 W (direct voltage)
Or alternatively:
Pt100 resistance thermometer:
Technical data and notes: Connection head IP 54 degree of protection,
PG 9, two-wire circuit
Connection with three or four-wire circuit also possible by the customer.
Connection to an evaluation unit is necessary.

3)

With sizes 506, 508, 510, 512 and 514 it is not possible to mount 2 heating
elements on gear unit face 4 (end-face output)!

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/9

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Heating
Heating elements
Type H3, gear unit sizes 505 to 514

2)

100

100

G_MD30_XX_00143

Overview

Installation space
required

Installation space
required

3)

h1

h1

h2

e3 e 3

e2

b b

Gear unit size

Connected load in W

Dimensions in mm

Heating elements

Heating elements

1 heating
element

e1

2 heating
elements

e1

e4

l4

1)

e4

h1

l1

1)

b b

Installation space

Temperature monitors

l1

e2

l4

e3

h2

505

312

624

310

560

47.5

45

500

500

330

50

150

506 3)

435

624

380

615

47.5

45

700

700

400

50

150

507

497

994

375

680

50

60

800

800

395

60

190

508 3)

558

870

435

730

50

60

900

900

455

60

190

815

1630

445

810

65

70

700

700

435

80

230

510 3)

1044

1631

510

865

65

70

900

900

500

80

230

511

1158

2316

525

975

75

80

1000

1000

515

80

280

512 3)

1273

2088

595

1030

75

80

1100

1100

585

80

280

513

1273

2546

440

1010

80

85

1100

1100

540

100

310

514 3)

1501

2316

480

1090

80

85

1300

1300

580

100

310

509

1)

Depending on the version, screw-in heaters and temperature monitors/resistance thermometers can be arranged in a mirror image.
The cable entry point of the screw-in heater is arranged axially on the connection head in the direction of installation.

11

1)

Screw-in heater:
Technical data and notes: IP 65 degree of protection, 230 V, 50 Hz.

2)

Temperature monitor ATH-SW22:


Technical data and notes: IP 65 degree of protection,
two change-over contacts (adjustable).
Max. contact rating: 2 A/230 V AC/460 VA cos = 0.6 (alternating voltage);
0.25 A/230 V DC/58 W (direct voltage)
Or alternatively:
Pt100 resistance thermometer:
Technical data and notes: Connection head IP 54 degree of protection,
PG 9, two-wire circuit
Connection with three or four-wire circuit also possible by the customer.
Connection to an evaluation unit is necessary.

11/10

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3)

With sizes 506, 508, 510, 512 and 514 it is not possible to mount 2 heating
elements on gear unit face 4 (end-face output)!

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Heating
Heating elements
Types H4 and B4, gear unit sizes 505 to 514

2)

100

100

Installation space
required

e2
Installation space
required

h1

h1

h2

e3 e3

G_MD30_XX_00144

Overview

3)

b b

Gear unit size

l4

1)

e4

Connected load in W

Dimensions in mm

Heating elements

Heating elements

1 heating
element

e1

2 heating
elements

e4

e1

h1

l1

1)

b b

Installation space

Temperature monitors

l1

e2

l4

e3

1)

h2

505

312

624

255

510

42.5

37

500

500

330

50

150

506 3)

435

624

325

565

42.5

37

700

700

400

50

150

507

435

870

305

615

50

50

700

700

395

60

190

508 3)

497

778

365

665

50

50

800

800

455

60

190

815

1630

365

735

57.5

57.5

700

700

435

80

230

510 3)

1044

1631

430

790

57.5

57.5

900

900

500

80

230

511

1158

2316

425

880

75

65

1000

1000

515

80

280

512 3)

1273

1974

495

935

75

65

1100

1100

585

80

280

513

1273

2546

440

1010

80

85

1100

1100

540

100

310

514 3)

1501

2316

480

1090

80

85

1300

1300

580

100

310

509

Depending on the version, screw-in heaters and temperature monitors/resistance thermometers can be arranged in a mirror image.
The cable entry point of the screw-in heater is arranged axially on the connection head in the direction of installation.

11

1)

Screw-in heater:
Technical data and notes: IP 65 degree of protection, 230 V, 50 Hz.

2)

Temperature monitor ATH-SW22:


Technical data and notes: IP 65 degree of protection,
two change-over contacts (adjustable).
Max. contact rating: 2 A/230 V AC/460 VA cos = 0.6 (alternating voltage);
0.25 A/230 V DC/58 W (direct voltage)
Or alternatively:
Pt100 resistance thermometer:
Technical data and notes: Connection head IP 54 degree of protection,
PG 9, two-wire circuit
Connection with three or four-wire circuit also possible by the customer.
Connection to an evaluation unit is necessary.

3)

With sizes 506, 508, 510, 512 and 514 it is not possible to mount 2 heating
elements on gear unit face 4 (end-face output)!

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/11

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Backstop
Overview
Backstop
the relevant shaft stud. The direction of rotation is determined by
the view of the end face of shaft d2.

For certain requirements, FLENDER SIG gear units can be ordered with a mechanical backstop. In this case, the direction of
rotation of shaft d2 must be specified. For gear units with a d2
shaft at both ends, the direction of rotation must be specified for

For determining the direction of rotation for gear units without a


backstop, see page 11/33.

Helical gear unit type


Design

H2

Bevel-helical gear unit type

H3

H4

B2

B3

B4

A
A

G8

D 8

D 8

D 8

D 8

G8

D 8

D 8
1

D 8

G8

3
G8

G_MD30_XX_00020

G_MD30_XX_00024

G_MD30_XX_00028

G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00163

G8

G_MD30_XX_00032

G_MD30_XX_00036

G8

G8

3
G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00033

G_MD30_XX_00037

G8
G_MD30_XX_00021

G_MD30_XX_00025

G_MD30_XX_00029

D 8

D 8

D 8

D 8

D 8

D 8
G8

D 8

G_MD30_XX_00164

G8

G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00022

G_MD30_XX_00026

D 8

D 8

D 8
1

D 8

D 8

D 8

D 8

G8

3
G8

G_MD30_XX_00030

G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00165

G_MD30_XX_00034

G8

G_MD30_XX_00038

1
G8

G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00027

D 8

1
3

G_MD30_XX_00031

D 8

G_MD30_XX_00166

G_MD30_XX_00035

G8

G8

G8
G_MD30_XX_00023

D 8

D 8

D 8

11

D 8

D 8

G8

G_MD30_DE_00039

G8
G_MD30_XX_00153

D 8

D 8

G_MD30_XX_00158

G_MD30_XX_00149

G8
G_MD30_XX_00154

G_MD30_XX_00169

1
G8
G_MD30_XX_00159

D 8

3
G_MD30_XX_00168

% Backstop for type B4, gear unit sizes 505 and 506, vertical mounting position only for designs C, D, F.
& Backstop for type B4, gear unit sizes 507 to 514, vertical mounting position only for designs A, B, E.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1
G8

G8
G_MD30_XX_00170

$ Backstop, vertical mounting position only for H2, H3, H4 designs B, D, F or B2 designs A, B, E or B3 designs C, D, F.

11/12

G8

G_MD30_XX_00171

D 8

D 8

D 8
1

G8

G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00167

D 8

G8
G_MD30_XX_00148

D 8

1
G8

D 8

G8

D 8

1
1

D 8

D 8

D 8

D 8

G8

G8

G_MD30_XX_00172

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Backstop
Overview
Dimensions:
Dimensions in mm
Backstop
Gear unit size

H2 1)
D8

H3
G8

D8

B2 2)

H4
G8

D8

G8

B3

D8

G8

B4

D8

G8

D8

G8

503

155

235

504

145

210

200

310

130

205

505

180

254

155

225

200

350

155

230

155

225

506

180

254

155

225

200

350

155

230

155

225

507

195

320

180

290

105

245

235

385

180

295

105

245

508

195

320

180

290

105

245

235

385

180

295

105

245

509

235

355

200

335

130

285

255

445

195

355

130

285

510

235

355

200

335

130

285

255

445

195

355

130

285

511

255

389

240

370

155

335

235

370

155

335

512

255

389

240

370

155

335

235

370

155

335

513

300

455

260

445

180

405

255

445

180

405

514

300

455

260

445

180

405

255

445

180

405

Ordering information:
Data position of Article No.
Article No.:

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

. -Z

Backstop/direction of rotation
Mounting of standard backstop, shaft d2 clockwise

L 0 0

Mounting of standard backstop, shaft d2 counter-clockwise

L 0 1

Preparation of gear unit for mounting a standard backstop

L 0 2

Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on right stud 3)

L 9 4

Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on left stud 3)

L 9 5

Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on lower stud (vertical mounting position) 3)

L 9 6

Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on upper stud (vertical mounting position) 3)

L 9 7

11

1)

Max. dimensions; details acc. to order-related documentation.

2)

Backstop not possible for: Type B2S., designs B, D, E, F and


type B2D., designs A and C.

3)

This option applies to gear units with shaft d2 at both ends.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/13

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Oil level indicator, housing material, oil drain valve, breather
Overview
Oil level indicator
For checking the oil level, FLENDER SIG gear units are equipped
with a dipstick. An oil sight glass or oil level indicator of type FSA
127 can also be ordered.

Oil level indicator type FSA 127 cannot be installed in conjunction with labyrinth seal.

Data position of Article No.

1 to 6 7

Article No.:

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

. -Z

Oil level indicator


Oil sight glass

H 5 1

Oil level indicator of type FSA 127

H 5 2

Housing material
Cast iron is the housing material used as standard. As an
alternative, welded housings can be ordered.
Data position of Article No.

1 to 6 7

Article No.:

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

. -Z

Housing material
Steel (welded)

K 2 2

Oil drain valve


FLENDER SIG gear units are supplied with an oil drain screw
with a permanent magnet. As an alternative, oil drain valves can
be ordered in various designs.

For gear units with an oil drain valve, it is possible to order an


additional screw plug with permanent magnet in the oil sump
depending on the selection of other options, selection via
X.CAT NG.

Data position of Article No.

1 to 6 7

Article No.:

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

. -Z

Oil drain

11

Gear unit in mounting position "H": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, straight design
Gear unit in mounting position "V": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, straight design
Gear unit in mounting position "L": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 2, straight design

K 3 0

Gear unit in mounting position "H": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, angled relative to face 6
Gear unit in mounting position "V": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, angled relative to face 5
Gear unit in mounting position "L": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 2, angled relative to face 6

K 3 2

Gear unit in mounting position "H": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, angled relative to face 3
Gear unit in mounting position "V": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, angled relative to face 2
Gear unit in mounting position "L": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 2, angled relative to face 3

K 3 3

Gear unit in mounting position "H": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 1, straight design

K 3 4

Gear unit in mounting position "H": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 1, angled relative to face 6

K 3 5

Gear unit in mounting position "H": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 1, angled relative to face 3

K 3 6

Screw plug with permanent magnet in addition to oil drain valve

K 3 7

Gear unit ventilation


In order to equalize pressure differences between the gear unit interior and the ambient atmosphere, FLENDER SIG are equipped
as standard with an air filter suitable for use in environments where

dust and water spray are present. Air filters for other kinds of
ambient conditions can also be ordered.

Data position of Article


No.

1 to 6 7

Article No.:

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

. -Z

Gear unit ventilation

Filter mesh
width

Description

MANN air filter

40 m

For gear units with special dust protection requirements


With filling sieve, oil filter mesh width: 530 m

K 7 1

MANN air filter,


encapsulated design

40 m

For gear units with special dust protection requirements


When risk exists of unit becoming completely covered

K 7 2

For gear units that are used intermittently


For use in extremely humid environments

K 7 3

For use in oil and tank installations

K 7 4

3 m

Wet air filter


HYDAC breather filter

11/14

10 m

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Maintenance drive and load drive
for type B3

Overview
An auxiliary drive can be mounted for gear units of type B3 in
designs A or C.

Design of the auxiliary drive

When an auxiliary drive is installed, oil of viscosity grade VG 220


or VG 320 must be used for the main gear unit.
Two auxiliary drives with different ratings are available for each
gear unit size to suit the application case.
Maintenance drive
The motor of the auxiliary drive is dimensioned such that the
bucket conveyor can be operated with empty buckets at low
speed in the same direction of rotation.
Load drive
The motor of the auxiliary drive is dimensioned such that the
bucket conveyor can be operated with full buckets at low speed
in the same direction of rotation.
The auxiliary drive is not dimensioned for the rated output torque
of the main drive, please observe T3.
Main
gear unit

Maintenance drive IE2


Geared motor 1)

PM

Size

Type

kW

The auxiliary drive is flange-mounted onto the main gear unit via
an adapter flange. The auxiliary drive is a bevel-helical geared
motor of type KZ that is coupled to the main gear unit through an
overrunning clutch. The overrunning clutch is installed in the
adapter flange and is supplied with oil from the main gear unit.
The bevel-helical geared motor has a separate oil filling and is
supplied filled with oil. To prevent overspeed in the case of
malfunctioning of the overrunning clutch, the drive combination
must be equipped with speed monitoring for safety reasons,
see page 11/25.
The auxiliary drives as load drives for main gear units of sizes
505 to 510 are fitted with a high inertia fan to support soft
start-up.
Motors
Motors with IE1 efficiency are recommended for use in auxiliary
drives intended for intermittent periodic duty (S3). However, IE2
motors (High Efficiency) are also available.
Load drive IE2

TMA/TM

I 2)

Geared motor 1)

PM

Type

kW

TMA/TM

I 2)

504

KZ39-LE80MH4E

0.75

2.2

1.79

36.21

KZ49-LE90SG4E-I

1.1

2.3

2.5

32.57

505

KZ49-LE90SG4E

1.1

2.3

2.5

44.63

KZ69-LE90LH4E-I

1.5

2.6

3.3

45.14

506

KZ49-LE90LH4E

1.5

2.6

3.3

32.57

KZ69-LE100LE4E-I

2.2

2.1

4.65

29.18

507

KZ69-LE100LE4E

2.2

2.1

4.65

39.69

KZ89-LE112ME4E-I

2.5

8.2

32.96

508

KZ69-LE100LE4E

2.2

2.1

4.65

39.69

KZ89-LE112ME4E-I

2.5

8.2

32.96

509

KZ79-LE100LK4E

2.0

6.2

36.26

KZ89-LE132SF4E-I

5.5

2.3

11.3

39.29

510

KZ79-LE100LK4E

2.0

6.2

36.26

KZ89-LE132SF4E-I

5.5

2.3

11.3

39.29

511

KZ89-LE112ME4E

2.5

8.2

41.54

KZ109-LE160MF4E

11

2.1

21

34.15

512

KZ89-LE112ME4E

2.5

8.2

41.54

KZ109-LE160MF4E

11

2.1

21

34.15

513

KZ89-LE132SF4E

5.5

2.3

11.3

39.29

KZ129-LE160LD4E

15

2.3

28

38.37

514

KZ89-LE132SF4E

5.5

2.3

11.3

39.29

KZ129-LE160LD4E

15

2.3

28

38.37

Main
gear unit

Maintenance drive IE1


Geared motor 1)

PM

I 2)

I 2)

Size

Type

kW

Load drive IE1


TMA/TM

Geared motor 1)

PM

Type

kW

TMA/TM

11

504

505

506

KZ69-LE100LB4I

2.2

2.2

4.9

29.18

507

KZ69-LE100LB4

2.2

2.2

4.9

39.69

KZ89-LE112ME4I

2.2

8.2

32.96

508

KZ69-LE100LB4

2.2

2.2

4.9

39.69

KZ89-LE112ME4I

2.2

8.2

32.96

509

KZ79-LE100LH4

2.4

6.3

36.26

KZ89-LE132SF4I

5.5

2.3

11

39.29

510

KZ79-LE100LH4

2.4

6.3

36.26

KZ89-LE132SF4I

5.5

2.3

11

39.29

511

KZ89-LE112ME4

2.2

8.2

41.54

KZ109-LE160MD4

11

2.3

22

36.44

512

KZ89-LE112ME4

2.2

8.2

41.54

KZ109-LE160MD4

11

2.3

22

36.44

513

KZ89-LE132SF4

5.5

2.3

11

39.29

KZ129-LE160LA4

15

2.5

30

39.19

514

KZ89-LE132SF4

5.5

2.3

11

39.29

KZ129-LE160LA4

15

2.5

30

39.19

1)

SIMOGEAR bevel-helical geared motor.

2)

Rated current at 400 V.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/15

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Maintenance drive
for type B3

Technical specifications
Power data
Output speed n3 (rpm)
Output torque T3 (kNm)
i
14
16
18
20
22.4
25
28
31.5
35.5
40
45
50
56
63
71
80

11

11/16

Gear unit sizes


504

n3

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

T3

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

n3

On req. On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

T3

On req. On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

n3

On req.

2.55

2.89

On req.

3.05

On req.

T3

On req.

4.3

7.2

On req.

9.4

On req. 14.1

On req. 17.8

On req.

n3

2.82

2.23

On req.

2.56

On req.

2.74

On req.

On req.

On req.

T3

2.55

4.9

On req.

8.2

On req. 10.4

n3

2.52

2.55

On req.

2.89

2.28

3.05

T3

2.86

4.3

On req.

7.2

9.2

9.4

n3

2.82

2.23

2.54

2.56

T3

2.55

4.9

5.6

8.2

2.02
10.3

2.74
10.4

n3

2.52

2.55

2.23

2.89

2.28

3.05

T3

2.86

4.3

6.4

7.2

9.2

9.4

n3

2.82

2.23

2.54

2.56

T3

2.55

4.9

5.6

8.2

2.02
10.3

2.74
10.4

n3

2.52

2.55

2.23

2.89

2.28

3.05

T3

2.86

4.3

6.4

7.2

9.2

9.4

n3

2.82

2.23

2.54

2.56

T3

2.55

4.9

5.6

8.2

2.02
10.3

2.74
10.4

n3

2.52

2.55

2.23

2.89

2.28

3.05

T3

2.86

4.3

6.4

7.2

9.2

9.4

n3

2.82

2.23

2.54

2.56

T3

2.55

4.9

5.6

8.2

2.02
10.3

n3

2.52

2.23

2.23

2.56

2.28

T3

2.86

4.9

6.4

8.2

9.2

n3

2.52

2.54

T3

2.86

5.6

n3

2.23

T3

6.4

n3

2.23

T3

6.4

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

2.02
10.3
2.02
10.3

2.74
10.4
2.74
10.4

2.71
2.42

On req. 15.8
2.42
11.9
2.17
13.2
2.42
11.9
2.17
13.2
2.42
11.9
2.17
13.2
2.42
11.9
2.17
13.2
2.42
11.9
2.17
13.2
2.17
13.2

2.71
14.1
2.42
15.8
2.71
14.1
2.42
15.8
2.71
14.1
2.42
15.8
2.71
14.1
2.42
15.8
2.42
15.8

On req.
On req.

2.96
2.59

On req. 20.3
2.2
17.4
1.96
19.5
2.2
17.4
1.96
19.5
2.2
17.4
1.96
19.5
2.2
17.4
1.96
19.5
2.2
17.4
1.96
19.5
1.96
19.5

2.96
17.8
2.59
20.3
2.96
17.8
2.59
20.3
2.96
17.8
2.59
20.3
2.96
17.8
2.59
20.3
2.59
20.3

On req.

On req.
2.33
22.6
2.04
25.8
2.33
22.6
2.04
25.8
2.33
22.6
2.04
25.8
2.33
22.6
2.04
25.8
2.33
22.6
2.04
25.8
2.04
25.8

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Maintenance drive
for type B3

Dimensional drawings
Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M4 (vertical, preferred)

Overrunning clutch

L3

L4

Backstop

G_MD30_EN_00174

L1

Dimensions in mm
Main gear unit

Auxiliary gear unit

Maintenance drive

Size

Type/size/motor

L1

L3

L4 1)

L5

504

KZ39-LE80MH4E

420

140

425

140

505

KZ49-LE90SG4E

470

125

500

125

506

KZ49-LE90LH4E

470

125

500

125

507

KZ69-LE100LE4E

570

150

575

150

508

KZ69-LE100LE4E

570

150

575

150

509

KZ79-LE100LK4E

620

175

580

175

510

KZ79-LE100LK4E

620

175

580

175

511

KZ89-LE112ME4E

765

225

620

180

512

KZ89-LE112ME4E

765

225

620

180

513

KZ89-LE132SF4E

860

225

775

180

514

KZ89-LE132SF4E

860

225

775

180

11

L5

Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M1 (horizontal)

G_MD30_XX_00175

L4

Note:
For mounting position M4, it is recommended that a geared
motor with a cover cap is used.
The canopy is indicated in the designation of the auxiliary drive
by the suffix "-W".

L1

1)

For operation with a cover cap, the following applies for


Motor frame size 80: L4 + 26 mm,
Motor frame size 90: L4 + 16 mm,
Motor frame size 100/112: L4 + 40 mm,
Motor frame size 132: L4 + 60 mm.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/17

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Maintenance drive
for type B3

Technical specifications
Power data
Output speed n3 (rpm)
Output torque T3 (kNm)
i
14

Gear unit sizes


504

n3
T3

16
18
20
22.4
25
28
31.5
35.5
40
45
50
56
63
71
80

11

11/18

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

514

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

n3

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

T3

On req.

On req.

On req.

n3

2.83

On req.

T3

7.7

On req. 10.0

On req. 14.9

On req. 18.7

On req.

n3

2.51

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

T3

8.7

On req. 11.1

n3

2.83

2.24

T3

7.7

9.8

n3

2.51

T3

8.7

1.98
11.0

n3

2.83

2.24

T3

7.7

9.8

n3

2.51

T3

8.7

1.98
11.0

n3

2.83

2.24

T3

7.7

9.8

n3

2.51

T3

8.7

1.98
11.0

n3

2.83

2.24

T3

7.7

9.8

n3

2.51

T3

8.7

1.98
11.0

n3

2.51

2.24

T3

8.7

9.8

n3

T3

n3

T3

n3

T3

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

1.98
11.0
1.98
11.0

2.99
2.69
2.99
10.0
2.69
11.1
2.99
10.0
2.69
11.1
2.99
10.0
2.69
11.1
2.99
10.0
2.69
11.1
2.69
11.1

On req.

2.67
2.38

On req. 16.7
2.37
12.6
2.13
14.0
2.37
12.6
2.13
14.0
2.37
12.6
2.13
14.0
2.37
12.6
2.13
14.0
2.37
12.6
2.13
14.0
2.13
14.0

2.67
14.9
2.38
16.7
2.67
14.9
2.38
16.7
2.67
14.9
2.38
16.7
2.67
14.9
2.38
16.7
2.38
16.7

On req.
On req.

2.93
2.57

On req. 21.3
2.16
18.4
1.93
20.6
2.16
18.4
1.93
20.6
2.16
18.4
1.93
20.6
2.16
18.4
1.93
20.6
2.16
18.4
1.93
20.6
1.93
20.6

2.93
18.7
2.57
21.3
2.93
18.7
2.57
21.3
2.93
18.7
2.57
21.3
2.93
18.7
2.57
21.3
2.57
21.3

On req.

On req.
2.30
23.8
2.02
27.1
2.30
23.8
2.02
27.1
2.30
23.8
2.02
27.1
2.30
23.8
2.02
27.1
2.30
23.8
2.02
27.1
2.02
27.1

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Maintenance drive
for type B3

Dimensional drawings
Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M4 (vertical, preferred)

Overrunning clutch

L3

L4

Backstop

G_MD30_EN_00174

L1

Dimensions in mm
Main gear unit

Auxiliary gear unit

Maintenance drive

Size

Type/size/motor

L1

L3

L4 1)

L5

504

505

506

507

KZ69-LE100LB4

570

150

572

132

508

KZ69-LE100LB4

570

150

572

132

509

KZ79-LE100LH4

616

175

580

140

510

KZ79-LE100LH4

616

175

580

140

511

KZ89-LE112ME4

763

225

618

180

512

KZ89-LE112ME4

763

225

618

180

513

KZ89-LE132SF4

857

225

671

180

514

KZ89-LE132SF4

857

225

671

180

11

L5

Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M1 (horizontal)

G_MD30_XX_00175

L4

Note:
For mounting position M4, it is recommended that a geared
motor with a cover cap is used.

L1

1)

For operation with a cover cap, the following applies for


Motor frame size 90: L4 + 16 mm,
Motor frame size 100/112: L4 + 40 mm,
Motor frame size 132: L4 + 60 mm.

The canopy is indicated in the designation of the auxiliary drive


by the suffix "-W".
Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/19

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Load drive
for type B3

Technical specifications
Power data
Output speed n3 (rpm)
Output torque T3 (kNm)
i
14
16
18
20
22.4
25
28
31.5
35.5
40
45
50
56
63
71
80

11

11/20

Gear unit sizes


504

n3

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

T3

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

n3

On req. On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

T3

On req. On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

n3

On req. 2.54

3.5

T3

On req. 5.6

10.9

n3

3.1

2.22

On req.

T3

3.55

6.5

On req. 12.3

n3

2.77

2.54

On req.

T3

3.98

5.6

On req. 10.9

3.1
3.5

n3

3.1

2.22

2.88

3.1

T3

3.55

6.5

7.3

12.3

n3

2.77

2.54

2.52

3.5

T3

3.98

5.6

8.3

10.9

n3

3.1

2.22

2.88

3.1

T3

3.55

6.5

7.3

12.3

n3

2.77

2.54

2.52

3.5

T3

3.98

5.6

8.3

10.9

n3

3.1

2.22

2.88

3.1

T3

3.55

6.5

7.3

12.3

n3

2.77

2.54

2.52

3.5

T3

3.98

5.6

8.3

10.9

n3

3.1

2.22

2.88

3.1

T3

3.55

6.5

7.3

12.3

n3

2.77

2.22

2.52

3.1

T3

3.98

6.5

8.3

12.3

n3

2.77

2.88

T3

3.98

7.3

n3

2.52

T3

8.3

n3

2.52

T3

8.3

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

On req.

2.84

On req.

3.32

514

On req.
On req.

3.05

On req.

On req. 18.5

On req. 31.6

On req. 46.9

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

2.55

On req. 20.6
2.76
13.9
2.45
15.6
2.76
13.9
2.45
15.6
2.76
13.9
2.45
15.6
2.76
13.9
2.45
15.6
2.76
13.9
2.45
15.6
2.45
15.6

2.84
18.5
2.55
20.6
2.84
18.5
2.55
20.6
2.84
18.5
2.55
20.6
2.84
18.5
2.55
20.6
2.55
20.6

2.97

On req. 35.4
2.25
23.4
2.02
26
2.25
23.4
2.02
26
2.25
23.4
2.02
26
2.25
23.4
2.02
26
2.25
23.4
2.02
26
2.02
26

3.32
31.6
2.97
35.4
3.32
31.6
2.97
35.4
3.32
31.6
2.97
35.4
3.32
31.6
2.97
35.4
2.97
35.4

2.67

On req. 53.6
2.69
39
2.4
43.7
2.69
39
2.4
43.7
2.69
39
2.4
43.7
2.69
39
2.4
43.7
2.69
39

3.05
46.9
2.67
53.6
3.05
46.9
2.67
53.6
3.05
46.9
2.67
53.6
3.05
46.9
2.67
53.6
2.67
53.6

On req.
2.4
59.7
2.1
68.1
2.4
59.7
2.1
68.1
2.4
59.7
2.1
68.1
2.4
59.7
2.1
68.1
2.4
59.7

2.4

2.1

43.7

68.1

2.4

2.1

43.7

68.1

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Load drive
for type B3

Dimensional drawings
Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M4 (vertical, preferred)

Overrunning clutch

L3

L4

Backstop

G_MD30_EN_00174

L1

Dimensions in mm
Main gear unit

Auxiliary gear unit

Load drive

Size

Type/size/motor

L1

L3

L4 1)

L5

504

KZ49-LE90SG4E-I

450

140

500

140

505

KZ69-LE90LH4E-I

480

125

520

132

506

KZ69-LE100LE4E-I

490

125

575

132

507

KZ89-LE112ME4E-I

585

150

620

180

508

KZ89-LE112ME4E-I

585

150

620

180

509

KZ89-LE132SF4E-I

685

175

675

180

510

KZ89-LE132SF4E-I

685

175

675

180

511

KZ109-LE160MF4E

826

225

772

212

512

KZ109-LE160MF4E

826

225

772

212

513

KZ129-LE160LD4E

918

225

802

265

514

KZ129-LE160LD4E

918

225

802

265

11

L5

Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M1 (horizontal)

G_MD30_XX_00175

L4

L1

Note:
For mounting position M4, it is recommended that a geared motor with a cover cap is used.
The output torque of the main drive that can be achieved via the auxiliary drive may be less than its rated output torque.
It is recommended that a high inertia fan is used on the auxiliary drive.
The canopy is indicated in the designation of the auxiliary drive by the suffix "-W".
1)

For operation with a cover cap, the following applies for Motor frame size 90: L4 + 16 mm,
Motor frame size 100/112: L4 + 40 mm, Motor frame size 132: L4 + 60 mm, Motor frame size 160: L4 + 60 mm.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/21

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Load drive
for type B3

Technical specifications
Power data
Output speed n3 (rpm)
Output torque T3 (kNm)
i
14

Gear unit sizes


504

n3
T3

16
18
20
22.4
25
28
31.5
35.5
40
45
50
56
63
71
80

11

11/22

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

n3

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

T3

On req.

On req.

On req.

n3

3.44

T3

n3

On req.

T3

On req. 13.1

n3

On req.

T3

On req. 11.6

11.6

n3

2.82

T3

7.8

n3

2.47

T3

8.9

n3

2.82

T3

7.8

n3

2.47

T3

8.9

n3

2.82

T3

7.8

n3

2.47

T3

8.9

n3

2.82

T3

7.8

3.05
3.44
3.05
13.1
3.44
11.6
3.05
13.1
3.44
11.6
3.05
13.1
3.44
11.6
3.05
13.1

On req.

On req.
On req.

3.02

On req.

On req. 49.4

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

On req.

2.52

On req. 21.7
2.71
14.7
2.4
16.6
2.71
14.7
2.4
16.6
2.71
14.7
2.4
16.6
2.71
14.7
2.4
16.6

2.47

8.9

n3

2.82

2.4

T3

7.8

16.6

2.71
14.7

n3

2.47

2.4

T3

8.9

16.6

n3

2.47

T3

8.9

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

3.3

On req. 33.2

n3

3.05

On req.

On req. 19.5

T3

13.1

2.81

514

2.81
19.5
2.52
21.7
2.81
19.5
2.52
21.7
2.81
19.5
2.52
21.7
2.81
19.5
2.52
21.7
2.52
21.7

2.95

On req. 37.1
2.22
24.6
2.00
27.4
2.22
24.6
2.00
27.4
2.22
24.6
2.00
27.4
2.22
24.6
2.00
27.4
2.22
24.6
2.00
27.4
2.00
27.4

3.3
33.2
2.95
37.1
3.3
33.2
2.95
37.1
3.3
33.2
2.95
37.1
3.3
33.2
2.95
37.1
2.95
37.1

2.67

On req. 56.4
2.67
41
2.39
45.8
2.67
41
2.39
45.8
2.67
41
2.39
45.8
2.67
41
2.39
45.8
2.67
41
2.39
45.8
2.39
45.8

3.02
49.4
2.67
56.4
3.02
49.4
2.67
56.4
3.02
49.4
2.67
56.4
3.02
49.4
2.67
56.4
2.67
56.4

On req.
2.38
62.8
2.08
71.7
2.38
62.8
2.08
71.7
2.38
62.8
2.08
71.7
2.38
62.8
2.08
71.7
2.38
62.8
2.08
71.7
2.08
71.7

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Load drive
for type B3

Dimensional drawings
Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M4 (vertical, preferred)

Overrunning clutch

L3

L4

Backstop

G_MD30_EN_00174

L1

Dimensions in mm
Main gear unit

Auxiliary gear unit

Load drive

Size

Type/size/motor

L1

L3

L4 1)

L5

504

505

506

KZ69-LE100LB4I

490

125

572

132

507

KZ89-LE112ME4I

600

150

618

180

508

KZ89-LE112ME4I

600

150

618

180

509

KZ89-LE132SF4I

684

175

671

180

510

KZ89-LE132SF4I

684

175

671

180

511

KZ109-LE160MD4

826

225

772

212

512

KZ109-LE160MD4

826

225

772

212

513

KZ129-LE160LD4

918

225

802

265

514

KZ129-LE160LA4

918

225

802

265

11

L5

Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M1 (horizontal)

G_MD30_XX_00175

L4

L1

Note:
For mounting position M4, it is recommended that a geared motor with a cover cap is used.
The output torque of the main drive that can be achieved via the auxiliary drive may be less than its rated output torque.
It is recommended that a high inertia fan is used on the auxiliary drive.
The canopy is indicated in the designation of the auxiliary drive by the suffix "-W".
1)

For operation with a cover cap, the following applies for Motor frame size 90: L4 + 16 mm,
Motor frame size 100/112: L4 + 40 mm, Motor frame size 132: L4 + 60 mm, Motor frame size 160: L4 + 60 mm.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/23

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Speed monitoring
for type B3

Overview
The EWD electrical speed monitor can be used wherever a
permanently set speed is not permitted to be undershot or overshot. This universally implementable speed monitoring feature
comprises the EWD speed monitor, a contactless pulse generator and a trip cam made of ferrous metal.
To prevent overspeed of the geared motors in the case of malfunctioning of the overrunning clutch, the drive combination

Technical specifications

must be equipped with a speed monitor for safety reasons.


A malfunction would be, for example, if a signal is output by the
pulse generator when drive takes place via the main motor.
The pulse generator is a NAMUR sensor in accordance with
EN 60947-5-6. These can also be used in hazardous areas with
the appropriate isolation amplifiers. The trip cam is located in the
adapter flange on the overrunning clutch.

Dimensional drawings

Pulse generator
5 mm

Fitting condition

Flush

Housing material

CuZn, chromed

Thread

M18 1 mm

Connection

Plug-in connector, M12 1

Material
Surface
End cap

PA12-GF30
Trogamid

Operating temperature

-25 C ... +70 C

Degree of protection

IP 67

Tightening torque

25 Nm

Output signal

According to EN 60947-5-6
(NAMUR)

M18x1

Output current
?Operated
Not operated

1.2 mA
2.1 mA

Output voltage

Nominal 8.2 V DC

Time delay before availability

1 ms

Switching frequency

1 kHz

Switching hysteresis

1 ... 10 %

Temperature drift

10 %

Reproducibility

2%

G_MD30_XX_00183

72

56

Rated switching distance

M12x1

Pulse generator BI5-M18E-Y1X-H1141

26,5

M12x1

Round connector
2-pole

Contacts

Metal, CuZn, gold-plated

Contact carrier

Plastic, TPU, black

Grip

Plastic, TPU, blue

Seal

Plastic, FPM/FKM

Degree of protection

IP 67,
only in screwed-in state

Mechanical endurance

Min. 100 plug-in operations

Degree of pollution

Cable

P00, LiYY

Cable diameter

5.2 mm

Round connector WWAK4.21-2/P00

Cable length

2m

Speed monitor (EWD) on request.

Cable sheath

PVC, blue

Core insulation material

PVC

Core insulation colors

BN, BU

Core cross-section

2 0.5 mm2

Strands

16 0.2 mm2

Bending radius (in motion)

Min. 10 cable diameter

Rated voltage

Max. 250 V

Insulation resistance

Current-carrying capacity

4A

Volume resistance

5 m

Ambient temperature
Plug-in connector
Cable

-30 C ... +90 C


-40 C ... +80 C

11/24

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

105

31,5

Coupling, M12 1, angled

G_MD30_DE_00184

11

Plug-in connector
Number of poles

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Maintenance drive, load drive and
speed monitoring for type B3

Selection and ordering data


Ordering information:
When ordering the auxiliary drive, -Z and the following order codes must be added to the Article No.
Data position of Article No.

1 to 6 7

Article No.:

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

-Z

SIG gear unit


With load drive mounted 1)

M 0 0

With maintenance drive mounted 1)

M 0 1

Prepared for mounting a load drive at later date 2)

M 0 2

Prepared for mounting a maintenance drive at later date 2)

M 0 3

Type of drive
Single drive

M 6 0

Auxiliary drive in mounting position


M4 (vertical, standard)

M 7 0

M1 (horizontal)

M 7 1

Speed monitoring
Supplied pulse generator BI5-M18E-Y1X-H1141 and round connector WWAK4.21/P00

M 8 0

With electrical speed monitor (EWD) supplied incl. pulse generator and round connector WWAK4.21/P00

M 8 1

Prepared for customer installation of speed monitoring, connection thread M18 1, including trip cams

M 8 2

Provided by the customer with connection thread M18 1

M 8 3

Provided by the customer with other connection thread

M 8 4

The standard auxiliary drive can be implemented as a single drive.


Please consult us regarding intended use as twin or multi-drive.
When ordering the mounting kit for mounting the auxiliary drive at a later date, the following Article No. must be used.
Data position of Article No.

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

2LP046 - 0 0 - 0 A A 0

Article No.:
Mounting kit
For SIG with load drive

For SIG with maintenance drive

For gear units of type B3 of size


504

B B

505

B C

506

B D

507

B E

508

B F

509

B G

510

B H

511

B J

512

B K

513

B L

514

B M

1)

The auxiliary drive is not included in the scope of supply of the gear unit.
It must be ordered separately and is supplied mounted on the gear unit.

2)

11

This design does not include the overrunning clutch and the flange coupling for connecting the auxiliary drive to the SIG gear unit.
The components required later for mounting can be purchased separately
in the form of a mounting kit.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/25

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Explosion protection as per ATEX 95
Overview
Explosion protection as per ATEX 95
FLENDER SIG gear units are certified in accordance with
Directive 94/9/EU and are permitted to be used in hazardous
environments.
Position in code

Designation

Variance

SIG standard

Equipment group

CE EX II

Equipment group II

CE EX I

Equipment group I

Zone

2G (gases, vapors and mist)

Zone 1

2D (dust)

Zone 21

3G (gases, vapors and mist)

Zone 2

3D (dust)

Zone 22

II B

II B (includes II A)

Omitted for dust

T4

T4 (includes T3, T2, T1)

Combination possible

Explosion subgroup

Note

Combination possible
Combination possible

II C
4

Temperature class

D 120 C

120 C or higher

5
Type of protection

b Ignition source monitoring


c Constructional enclosure
k Liquid enclosure

ck Standard Category 3
bck Standard Category 2

Ambient temperature range

-20 C Ta 40 C

11

11/26

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Explosion protection as per ATEX 95
Ordering information and ATEX codes
Data position of Article No. 1 ... 6

Explosion
protection

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order
code
2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z

Article No.:

Zone Minimum
ignition
energy
21
> 3 mJ
3 mJ
22
> 3 mJ
3 mJ
1

21/1

> 3 mJ

3 mJ

22/2

> 3 mJ

3 mJ

1)
2)

ATEX code
1
2
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
CE Ex II

2D
2D
3D
3D
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
2G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G
3G

IIA
IIA
IIA
IIA
IIB
IIB
IIB
IIB
IIC
IIC
IIC
IIC
IIA
IIA
IIA
IIA
IIB
IIB
IIB
IIB
IIC
IIC
IIC
IIC
IIA
IIA
IIA
IIA
IIB
IIB
IIB
IIB
IIC
IIC
IIC
IIC
IIA
IIA
IIA
IIA
IIB
IIB
IIB
IIB
IIC
IIC
IIC
IIC

T1
T2
T3
T4
T1
T2
T3
T4
T1
T2
T3
T4
T1
T2
T3
T4
T1
T2
T3
T4
T1
T2
T3
T4
T1
T2
T3
T4
T1
T2
T3
T4
T1
T2
T3
T4
T1
T2
T3
T4
T1
T2
T3
T4
T1
T2
T3
T4

Further necessary options

Taconite Pt100 Coating system


(ATEX) acc. to IIC

condition

6 1)

7 2)

D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C

bck
bck
ck
ck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
bck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck
ck

-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C

D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C
D 120 C

Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta
Ta

40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C
40 C

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
3
6
7
7
3
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
3
7
8
8
3

4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
9
0
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
9
0
1
3

x
x
x
x

x
x

x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x

11
x
x
x
x

x
x
x
x

Type of protection b must be provided additionally when electrical equipment such as Pt100, heating element, etc. is optionally installed.
The product designation is based on the ambient temperature range stated for a specific order (order codes Y01 and Y02).

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/27

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Corrosivity category, climatic stress
Overview
Corrosivity category
The atmospheric ambient conditions have been divided into five
corrosivity categories based on ISO 12944-2. These are
described below.
Corrosivity category

Description

C1
Normal environmental pollution

Indoor installation
Heated buildings with a neutral atmosphere

C2
Low environmental pollution

Indoor and outdoor installation


Unheated buildings with condensation, production areas with low humidity, e.g. warehouses
Atmospheres with little pollution, rural areas

C3
Average environmental pollution

Indoor and outdoor installation


Production areas with high levels of humidity and some air pollution
Urban and industrial atmospheres with moderate sulfur dioxide loads
Coastal areas with low salinity

C4
High environmental pollution

Indoor and outdoor installation


Environments with high humidity and occasionally high levels of atmospheric and chemical pollution
Occasional acidic or caustic wet cleaning
Industrial areas and coastal areas with moderate salinity

C5
Very high environmental pollution

Indoor and outdoor installation


Buildings/areas with almost constant condensation and severe pollution
Industrial areas with high humidity and aggressive atmosphere
Regular acidic or caustic wet cleaning, including cleaning with chemical agents
Coastal and offshore areas with high salinity

Climatic stress
In order to determine the applicable climatic stress, the climatic
conditions at the site of installation, on the intended transport
routes and in intermediate storage areas (where relevant) must
be taken into account.

The assigned corrosivity category is required for selecting the


correct coating system.

Ordering information:
Data position of Article No.
Article No.:

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code Assigned corrosivity


. . . . - . . . . -Z category

2LP202 . - .

Climatic stress

11

Moderate climate zone (e.g. Central European conditions)

B 0 1 C2

Maritime coastal areas, marine climate, maritime transport, tropical, subtropical

B 0 2 C4

Corrosive, chemical atmosphere, aggressive environmental conditions

B 0 3 C5

11/28

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Application
Overview
Application
The level of corrosion protection required is determined according to the intended application. The assigned corrosivity category
reflects the typical, atmospheric environmental conditions for the application and is needed to select the correct coating system.
If the environmental conditions might become more aggressive than typical in individual cases, a higher corrosivity category must
be selected according to the description on page 11/28 .
Ordering information:
The application is set as standard to: General mechanical engineering
Data position of Article No.
Article No.:

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code Assigned corrosivity


category
2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z

Application
Wastewater treatment, sewage treatment plant

A 0 0 C5

Excavators and bucket wheel excavators 1)

A 0 1 C4

Chemical industry 1)

A 0 2 C3

Metal working mills

A 0 3 C2

Conveyors

A 0 4 C2

Cranes, general, standard

A 0 6 C2

Cranes, harbor cranes, standard 1)

A 0 7 C5

Cooling tower drive, standard

A 0 9 C4

Sugar production

A 1 0 C4

Paper production, printing presses 1)

A 1 1 C4

Paper production, drying drum drives

A 1 2 C4

Cableways

A 1 3 C4

Building materials production, general

A 1 4 C2

Building materials production, cement industry

A 1 5 C4

Building materials production, brickworks

A 1 6 C4

Transport of persons, elevators, escalators

A 1 7 C2

Mining machinery

A 1 8 C2

Woodworking machines

A 1 9 C2

General mechanical engineering

A 2 0 C2

Food processing industry, general

A 2 1 C2

Food processing industry, mixer drives

A 2 2 C2

Food processing industry, drum dryer drives

A 2 3 C2

Food processing industry, cooking appliance drives

A 2 4 C2

Food processing industry, toaster drives

A 2 5 C2

Shipbuilding and offshore machinery

A 2 6 C5

Prime movers, general

A 2 7 C4

Prime movers, water turbines

A 2 8 C2

Casting machines

A 3 1 C2

Artificial fertilizer and potash works

A 3 2 C2

Lauter tub drive, standard

A 3 3 C4

Agitator drives, standard 1)

A 3 4 C2

Oil pump drives

A 4 5 C4

Compressor drives

A 4 6 C2

Palm oil presses

A 4 7 C4

Preheater drives

A 4 8 C2

Centrifuge drives

A 4 9 C2

Cooling drum drives

A 5 0 C4

Calander drives

A 5 1 C4

Kneader drives

A 5 2 C2

Mill drives, standard 1)

A 5 3 C2

1)

11

Further options available for specific applications, selection via X.CAT NG.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/29

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Coating system
Overview
Coating system
The coating system is selected according to the intended
application, the prevailing climatic stress and, where appropriate, requirements for explosion protection in accordance with
ATEX 95.
The coating system is selected according to the highest corrosivity category that is deemed applicable on the basis of climatic
stress and application or information provided by the customer.

If explosion protection in accordance with ATEX 95 is required


for areas of explosion subgroup IIC or with minimum ignition
energy 3 mJ, it is absolutely essential to select the electrostatically conductive coating (order codes B85, B86, B87) of the
relevant corrosivity category, or alternatively, a coating system
with a coating thickness of maximum 0.2 mm (order codes B73,
B75).

Ordering information:
Highest calculated
corrosivity category

Standard coating with


top coat

Explosion protection ATEX 95 with explosion subgroup IIC or minimum ignition energy 3mJ
Electrostatically conductive coating

Max. coating thickness 0.2 mm

C1 - C3

B41

B85

B73

C4

B43

B86

B75

C5

B44

B87

B75

Data position of Article No.


Article No.:

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

-Z

Coating system
Standard coating with top coat, moderate climate zones

B 4 1

Standard coating with top coat, all climate zones

B 4 3

Standard coating with top coat, all climate zones, high resistance to chemicals

B 4 4

Standard coating with top coat for all climate zones and design with explosion protection according
to ATEX 95 with explosion subgroup II C or minimum ignition energy 3 mJ

B 7 3

Standard coating with top coat, high resistance to chemicals and design with explosion protection
according to ATEX 95 with explosion subgroup II C or minimum ignition energy 3 mJ

B 7 5

Electrostatically conductive coating with top coat, corrosivity category C3 (design with explosion
protection to ATEX 95 with explosion subgroup IIC or minimum ignition energy 3 mJ)

B 8 5

Electrostatically conductive coating with top coat, corrosivity category C4 (design with explosion
protection to ATEX 95 with explosion subgroup IIC or minimum ignition energy 3 mJ)

B 8 6

Electrostatically conductive coating with top coat, corrosivity category C5 (design with explosion
protection to ATEX 95 with explosion subgroup IIC or minimum ignition energy 3 mJ)

B 8 7

Standard coating without top coat, all climate zones 1)

B 4 2

11

1)

Not suitable for areas and applications with corrosivity category C5 or explosion protection according to ATEX 95 with explosion subgroup IIC or minimum
ignition energy 3 mJ.

11/30

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Color selection
Overview
Color selection
The top coat for FLENDER SIG gear units is applied as standard
in the color RAL 5015 (sky blue). The gear units can also be
supplied in other colors, if required.

Shaft cover caps and fan guards at the gear unit end are painted
as standard in the warning color RAL 1003 ("signal yellow") to
warn of the hazard of rotating parts. Cover caps/fan guards are
also optionally available in the same color as the gear unit.

Ordering information:
When ordering gear units in a different color, -Z must be added to the Article No.
Data position of Article No.
Article No.:

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

-Z

Color selection
RAL 5009 azure blue

C 0 1

RAL 5010 gentian blue

C 0 2

RAL 5015 sky blue

C 0 0

RAL 6011 reseda green

C 0 6

RAL 7011 steel gray

C 1 3

RAL 7016 anthracite gray

C 1 2

RAL 7030 stone gray

C 1 1

RAL 7031 blue gray

C 0 7

RAL 7035 light gray

C 0 8

RAL 9005 jet black

C 1 0

Cover caps/fan guards in same color as gear unit

K 2 4

Other colors are available on request (see also page 11/33 Further information).

11

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/31

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Information about oil, information about installation
Overview
Information about oil
FLENDER SIG gear units are supplied without oil as standard.
Ordering information:
The following options can be selected by ordering the gear units with the order code -Z:
Permissible types of oil
Data position of Article No.
Article No.:

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

-Z

Permissible types of oil


Provided for mineral oil

H 0 0

Provided for synthetic oil on a polyglycolic basis (PG oil)

H 0 1

Provided for synthetic oil on a polyalphaolefin basis (PAO oil)

H 0 2

Provided for synthetic low-temperature oil on a polyalphaolefin basis (PAO-T oil)

H 0 3

Permissible oil viscosities


Data position of Article No.
Article No.:

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

-Z

Oil viscosity
ISO VG 460 1)

H 1 0

ISO VG 320

H 1 1

ISO VG 220

H 1 2

Note:
See page 2/2 Dip lubrication

Information about installation


Ordering information:
The following options regarding altitude and installation location are selected using the order code -Z:
Altitude
Data position of Article No.
Article No.:

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

-Z

Altitude

11

Up to 1000 m

G 3 0

1001 to 2000 m

G 3 1

2001 to 3000 m

G 3 2

3001 to 4000 m

G 3 3

4001 to 5000 m

G 3 4

Installation location
Data position of Article No.
Article No.:

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

-Z

Installation location
Small, closed rooms

G 3 5

Large rooms, halls

G 3 6

Outdoors

G 3 7

1)

Not available for gear units in mounting positions L and V, gear units with forced lubrication and gear units with mounted auxiliary drive.

11/32

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Factory certificates, further information
Overview
Factory certificates
The declaration of compliance with the order in accordance with
EN 10204-2.1 is part of the standard scope of supply.
Declaration of compliance with the order 2.1
Certificate in which the manufacturer confirms that the
supplied products comply with the requirements of the order
without details of test results.

Test report 2.2


Certificate in which the manufacturer confirms that the
supplied products comply with the requirements of the order
complete with the results of non-specific tests.

Ordering information:
When ordering with additional test report in accordance with EN 10204-2.2, -Z must be added to the Article No.
Data position of Article No.

1 to 6 7

Article No.:

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

-Z

Factory certificates
Additionally with test report to EN 10204-2.2

D 9 7

Direction of rotation
For gear units without a backstop, the direction of rotation of
shaft d2 can be specified using the following order codes. For
gear units with a d2 shaft at both ends, the direction of rotation
must be specified for the relevant shaft stud. The direction of
rotation is determined by the view of the end face of shaft d2.

For gear units with direction of rotation identical "at both ends",
no order code is required.
For determining the direction of rotation for gear units with a
backstop, see page 11/12.

Data position of Article No.

1 to 6 7

Article No.:

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

-Z

Direction of rotation
Shaft d2 clockwise

L 9 0

Shaft d2 counter-clockwise

L 9 3

Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on right stud 1)

L 9 4

Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on left stud 1)

L 9 5

Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on lower stud (vertical mounting position) 1)

L 9 6

Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on upper stud (vertical mounting position) 1)

L 9 7

Further information
Ordering information:
The following further information can be provided in the Article No. using the order code -Z.
Data position of Article No.

1 to 6 7

Article No.:

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

-Z

Further information
RAL color for top coat 2)

Y 0 0

Minimum ambient temperature (C)

Y 0 1

Maximum ambient temperature (C)

Y 0 2

Input speed n1 FLENDER SIG (rpm)

Y 2 0

Power rating of driven machine P2 (kW) 3)


Torque of the driven machine T2 (Nm)

Y 2 1

3)

Y 2 2

Input power P1 FLENDER SIG (kW)

Y 2 3

Additional text available for product description

Y 9 9

1)

This option applies to gear units with shaft d2 at both ends.

2)

Further colors, other than those offered in the catalog.

3)

Specify P2 or T2

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

11/33

11

Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Factory certificates, further information
Overview (continued)
Type plate
FLENDER SIG units are supplied as standard with a type plate
that is glued to the gear unit and then sealed with varnish and,
where appropriate, with other labels made of weather-resistant,
Data position of Article No.
Article No.:

temperature-resistant foil. A set of labels made of stainless steel


that are attached by stainless-steel button head pins can be
ordered as an alternative.
1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code

2LP202 . - .

. - .

. -Z

Type plate, general labels


Stainless-steel set of labels

K 2 7

Additional text for type plate (max. 30 characters)

Y 2 5

11

11/34

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Options for
externally mounted parts
12/2
12/2

12/4
12/6
12/8
12/10
12/12
12/14
12/16
12/18
12/20
12/22
12/24
12/26
12/28

12
Vibration reducing torque reaction arm
Types H2, H3, H4, B2, B3 and B4
Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H2, gear unit sizes 504 to 506
with N-EUPEX coupling
Type H2, gear unit sizes 507 to 512
with N-EUPEX coupling
Type H3, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
with N-EUPEX coupling
Type H3, gear unit sizes 509 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling
Type H4, gear unit sizes 507 to 512
with N-EUPEX coupling
Type H4, gear unit sizes 513 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling
Type B2, gear unit sizes 503 to 506
with N-EUPEX coupling
Type B2, gear unit sizes 507 to 510
with N-EUPEX coupling
Type B3, gear unit sizes 504 to 508
with N-EUPEX coupling
Type B3, gear unit sizes 509 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling
Type B4, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
with N-EUPEX coupling
Type B4, gear unit sizes 509 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling
Fitting dimensions for IEC motors

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Vibration reducing torque reaction arm
Types H2, H3, H4, B2, B3 and B4

Dimensional drawings

AH

G_MD30_XX_00134

AP

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit
sizes

Types
H1/B2 1)

H2/B3 1)

H3

H4/B4

AP

AH

AP

AH

AP

AH

AP

AH

AP

503

510

180

504

535

222.5

510

285

505

725

290

690

345

690

385

690

385

506

725

321

690

398

690

438

690

438

507

890

335

855

415

855

500

855

500

508

890

365

855

462

855

547

855

547

509

930

385

895

475

895

580

895

580

510

930

416

895

528

895

633

895

633

511

970

570

970

705

970

705

512

970

628

970

763

970

763

513

1030

660

1030

832

1030

832

514

1030

738

1030

910

1030

910

Note

12

B4

AH

For gear units without motor bell housings, couplings that do not
transmit any lateral forces must be used.
Only for gear units in horizontal mounting position with hollow
or solid shaft without parallel key and with mounted flange
coupling.
When the housing torque arm is used in conjunction with the
solid shaft without parallel key, the maximum permissible input
torque is limited to:
T2max = 1.5 T2N
This limitation ceases to apply if the clearance dimension of the
torque arm AP is at least doubled.

1)

Torque arms in combination with fans are available on request only.

12/2

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Vibration reducing torque reaction arm
Types H2, H3, H4, B2, B3 and B4

Dimensional drawings (continued)

s1

G_MD30_XX_00135

Connection dimensions

d3

B
F

Type B2..
Gear unit size

Dimensions in mm

Weight
in kg

Torque arm
A

d3

s1

Metalastic
socket

503

200

160

19

170

160

120

20

095

23

504

200

160

19

170

160

120

20

095

24

505 / 506

320

200

19

195

260

130

25

772

62

507 / 508

400

300

24

320

320

240

30

805

174

509 / 510

400

300

24

320

320

240

30

805

176

Types H2.., H3.., H4.., B3.., B4..


Gear unit size

Dimensions in mm

Weight
in kg

Torque arm

12

d3

s1

Metalastic
socket

504

200

160

19

170

160

120

20

095

505 / 506

320

200

19

195

260

130

25

772

58

507 / 508

400

300

24

320

320

240

30

805

170

509 / 510

400

300

24

320

320

240

30

805

172

511 / 512

400

300

24

320

320

240

30

805

174

513 / 514

400

300

24

320

320

240

30

805

179

23

Ordering information
When ordering the torque arm, -Z and the following order code must be added to the Article No.
Data position of Article No.
Article No.

1 to 6 7

8 9 10 11 12

2LP202 . - . .

13 14 15 16 Order
code
-

. -Z

Vibration reducing torque reaction arm


Vibration reducing torque reaction arm for gear unit housing

K 0 0

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

12/3

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H2, gear unit sizes 504 to 506
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design
f

Z
h2
h1

D1

D2

sk
NL

G_MD30_XX_00016

For plants with special design requirements (high switching


frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears,
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure.
For other couplings, please consult us.
For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347
(View X), see page 12/28.

NL

Helical gear unit in design C, D, G, H and I on request only.


For type H2D. design A and B, on request only.
Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
(see note on page 11/2).

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions
sizes

Ratio range 1
Sk

NL

D2

160M

B095

35

42

h2

h2

35

363

28

B110

40

42

35

363

28

363

B125

50

42

35

363

363

28

B140

55

42

35

363

363

28

B110

40

42

35

363

363

28

B125

50

42

35

363

363

28

B140

55

42

363

35

363

28

B110

40

363

48

35

363

28

B125

363

50

48

35

363

28

B140

363

55

48

35

363

28

363

B125

50

48

35

363

28

363

B140

55

48

35

363

28

363

B140

55

55

45

383

35

13

383

28

353

B160

60

55

45

383

35

12

383

B140

55

60

45

11

431

35

407

28

385

B160

60

60

45

10

431

35

407

28

385

B180

70

60

45

10

431

35

407

B200

80

60

45

10

431

35

12

407

B225

90

60

45

10

431

B160

60

60

45

10

431

35

407

28

385

B180

70

60

45

10

431

35

407

B200

80

60

45

10

431

35

12

407

B225

90

60

45

10

431

B160

60

65

45

419

35

10

15

419

B180

70

65

45

419

35

12

13

419

B200

80

65

45

419

35

12

13

419

iN = 6.3 - 11.2

160L

180M

180L
200L
225S 2)

225M 2)

250M 2)

12/4

h1

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

D1

h1

Ratio range 3

IEC
N-EUPEX
motor 1)
504

12

D1

Ratio range 2
h2

iN = 12.5 - 16

D1

h1

iN = 18 - 20

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H2, gear unit sizes 504 to 506
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions
sizes
IEC
motor 1)

N-EUPEX

Ratio range 1
Sk

NL

D2

D1

h1

h2

Ratio range 2
f

D1

h1

h2

505

iN = 6.3 - 10

iN = 11.2 - 14

506

iN = 9 - 14

iN = 16 - 20

225S

Ratio range 3
f

D1

h1

h2

iN = 16 - 18
iN = 22.4 - 25

B140

55

60

45

440

32

418

B160

60

60

45

440

32

418

B180

70

60

45

440

B160

60

60

45

440

32

418

B180

70

60

45

440

B160

60

65

60

10

482

45

452

32

12

21

452

B180

70

65

60

10

482

45

452

32

15

18

452

B200

80

65

60

10

482

45

10

452

B225

90

65

60

10

482

B180

70

75

60

10

482

45

452

B200

80

75

60

10

482

45

10

452

B225

90

75

60

10

482

B180

70

75

60

10

482

45

452

B200

80

75

60

10

482

45

10

452

B225

90

75

60

10

482

B200

80

80

60

12

22

528

45

483

B225

90

80

60

15

19

528

45

15

483

B250

100

80

60

15

17

528

B200

80

80

60

12

22

528

45

483

B225

90

80

60

15

19

528

45

15

483

B250

100

80

60

15

17

528

315L 2) 3) B200

80

80

60

12

22

528

B225

90

80

60

15

19

528

B250

100

80

60

15

17

528

315L 2) 4) B225

90

80

60

15

19

528

B250

100

80

60

15

17

528

225M
250M 2)

280S 2)

280M 2)

315S 2)

315M 2)

12

1)

Other motor sizes on request.

2)

Notice: Motor flange radius P/2 is greater than gear unit shaft height h!

3)

Standard motor 315L with PN < 160 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

4)

Standard motor 315L with PN < 200 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

12/5

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H2, gear unit sizes 507 to 512
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design
f

Z
h2
h1

D1

D2

sk
NL

G_MD30_XX_00016

For plants with special design requirements (high switching


frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears,
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure.
For other couplings, please consult us.

NL

For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347


(View X), see page 12/28.
Helical gear unit in design C, D, G, H and I on request only.
For type H2D. design A and B, on request only.
Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
(see note on page 11/2).

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions
sizes
IEC
motor 1)

N-EUPEX

Ratio range 1
Sk

NL

D2

D1

h1

Ratio range 2

h2

D1

h1

h2

507

iN = 6.3 - 10

iN = 11.2 - 18

508

iN = 8 - 12.5

iN = 14 - 22.4

225S

55

60

50

469.5

B160

60

60

50

469.5

B180

70

60

70

493.5

50

469.5

B200

80

60

70

493.5

50

469.5

B225

90

60

70

493.5

B160

60

60

50

469.5

B180

70

60

70

493.5

50

469.5

B200

80

60

70

493.5

50

469.5

B225

90

60

70

493.5

B160

60

65

50

481.5

B180

70

65

70

511.5

50

481.5

B200

80

65

70

511.5

50

481.5

B225

90

65

70

511.5

50

12

481.5

B180

70

75

70

511.5

50

481.5

B200

80

75

70

511.5

50

481.5

B225

90

75

70

511.5

50

12

481.5

B180

70

75

70

511.5

50

481.5

B200

80

75

70

511.5

50

481.5

B225

90

75

70

511.5

50

12

481.5

B200

80

80

70

12

21

557.5

50

12

512.5

B225

90

80

70

15

18

557.5

50

12

512.5

B250

100

80

70

15

16

557.5

B200

80

80

70

12

21

557.5

50

12

512.5

B225

90

80

70

15

18

557.5

50

12

512.5

B250

100

80

70

15

16

557.5

315L 2) 3) B200

80

80

70

12

21

557.5

B225

90

80

70

15

18

557.5

B250

100

80

70

15

16

557.5

315L 2) 4) B225

90

80

70

15

18

557.5

B250

100

80

70

15

16

557.5

250M

280S

280M

315S 2)

315M 2)

12/6

B140

225M

12

Ratio range 3

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

D1

h1

h2

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H2, gear unit sizes 507 to 512
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions
sizes
IEC
motor 1)

N-EUPEX

Ratio range 1
Sk

NL

D2

D1

h1

h2

Ratio range 2
f

D1

h1

h2

Ratio range 3
f

D1

h1

h2

509

iN = 6.3 - 10

iN = 11.2 - 14

iN = 16 - 18

510

iN = 8 - 12.5

iN = 14 - 18

iN = 20 - 22.4

280M

B180

70

75

50

500

B200

80

75

50

500

B225

90

75

50

500

B200

80

80

60

10

12

576

50

531

B225

90

80

60

10

12

576

50

531

B250

100

80

60

10

10

576

B200

80

80

60

10

12

576

50

531

B225

90

80

60

10

12

576

50

531

B250

100

80

60

10

10

576

315L 2) 3) B200

80

80

60

10

12

576

50

531

B225

90

80

60

10

12

576

50

531

B250

100

80

60

10

10

576

315L 2) 4) B225

90

80

60

10

12

576

B250

100

80

60

10

10

576

315L 2) 5) B225

90

85

80

575

60

19

575

B250

100

85

80

575

60

19

575

315L 2) 6) B250

100

85

80

575

315S 2)

315M 2)

511

iN = 11.2 - 14

iN = 16 - 18

512

iN = 14 - 18

iN = 20 - 22.4

315L 2) 5) B225

90

85

80

On request

70

On request

B250

100

85

80

On request

70

On request

315L 2) 6) B250

100

85

80

On request

70

On request

12

1)

Other motor sizes on request.

2)

Notice: Motor flange radius P/2 is greater than gear unit shaft height h!

3)

Standard motor 315L with PN < 160 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

4)

Standard motor 315L with PN < 200 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

5)

Standard motor 315L with PN < 250 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

6)

Standard motor 315L with PN < 315 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

12/7

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H3, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design
f

Z
h2
h1

D1

D2

sk
NL

G_MD30_XX_00016

For plants with special design requirements (high switching


frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears,
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure.
For other couplings, please consult us.

NL

For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347


(View X), see page 12/28.
Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
(see note on page 11/2).

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions
sizes
IEC
N-EUPEX
motor 1)

Ratio range 1
Sk

NL

D2

D1

h1

Ratio range 2

h2

D1

h1

505

iN = 20 - 40

iN = 45 - 56

506

iN = 28 - 56

iN = 63 - 80

132S

12

12/8

38

40

B110

40

38

40

B125

50

38

40

B140

55

38

B095

35

38

B110

40

B125

B140
B095

iN = 90 - 100
24

336.5

336.5

24

336.5

360

30

336.5

24

336.5

360

30

336.5

40

360

40

360

30

336.5

24

336.5

38

40

360

30

336.5

24

336.5

50

38

40

360

30

336.5

55

38

40

360

35

42

40

390

30

363

24

363

B110

40

42

40

390

30

363

24

363

B125

50

42

40

390

30

363

B140

55

42

40

390

B110

40

42

40

390

30

363

24

363

B125

50

42

40

390

30

363

B140

55

42

40

390

B110

40

48

40

390

30

363

24

363

B125

50

48

40

390

30

363

30

10

363

B140

55

48

40

390

B125

50

48

40

390

30

363

24

10

363

B140

55

48

40

390

B125

50

55

24

12

15

380

B140

55

55

40

10

17

410

30

10

380

24

18

380

B160

60

55

40

10

16

410

B140

55

60

40

413

B160

60

60

40

413

225M

B160

60

60

40

413

250M 2)

B160

60

65

40

10

23

447

B180

70

65

40

12

21

447

225S

35

iN = 63 - 71

30

200L

360

180L

B095

h2

336.5

180M

38

h1

160L

30

D1

160M

30

132M

B080

h2

Ratio range 3

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H3, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions
sizes
IEC
N-EUPEX
motor 1)

Ratio range 1
Sk

NL

D2

D1

h1

Ratio range 2

h2

D1

h1

Ratio range 3

h2

D1

h1

507

iN = 20 - 40

iN = 45 - 56

iN = 63 - 71

508

iN = 25 - 50

iN = 56 - 71

iN = 80 - 90

160M

160L

180M

180L
200L
225S

225M

250M

280S
280M

h2

B095

35

42

28

405.5

B110

40

42

28

405.5

B125

50

42

28

405.5

B140

55

42

28

405.5

B110

40

42

28

405.5

B125

50

42

28

405.5

B140

55

42

28

405.5

B110

40

48

35

405.5

28

405.5

B125

50

48

35

405.5

28

405.5

B140

55

48

35

405.5

28

405.5

B125

50

48

35

405.5

28

405.5

B140

55

48

35

405.5

28

405.5

B140

55

55

45

425.5

35

10

12

425.5

28

395.5

B160

60

55

45

425.5

35

10

11

425.5

B140

55

60

45

10

10

473.5

35

449.5

28

427.5

B160

60

60

45

10

473.5

35

449.5

28

427.5

B180

70

60

45

10

473.5

35

449.5

B200

80

60

45

10

473.5

35

12

449.5

B225

90

60

45

10

473.5

B140

55

60

28

427.5

B160

60

60

45

10

473.5

35

449.5

28

427.5

B180

70

60

45

10

473.5

35

449.5

B200

80

60

45

10

473.5

35

12

449.5

B225

90

60

45

10

473.5

B160

60

65

45

461.5

35

10

17

461.5

B180

70

65

45

461.5

35

12

15

461.5

B200

80

65

45

461.5

35

12

15

461.5

B180

70

75

45

461.5

B200

80

75

45

461.5

B180

70

75

45

461.5

B200

80

75

45

461.5

12

1)

Other motor sizes on request.

2)

Notice: Motor flange radius P/2 is greater than gear unit shaft height h!

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

12/9

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H3, gear unit sizes 509 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design
f

Z
h2
h1

D1

D2

sk
NL

G_MD30_XX_00016

For plants with special design requirements (high switching


frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears,
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure.
For other couplings, please consult us.

NL

For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347


(View X), see page 12/28.
Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
(see note on page 11/2).

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions
sizes
IEC
N-EUPEX
motor 1)

Ratio range 1
Sk

NL

D2

D1

h1

Ratio range 2

h2

D1

h1

509

iN = 20 - 40

iN = 45 - 56

510

iN = 25 - 50

iN = 56 - 71

225S

D1

h1

h2

iN = 63 - 71
iN = 80 - 90

55

60

60

524

45

500

32

478

B160

60

60

60

524

45

500

32

478

B180

70

60

60

524

45

500

B200

80

60

60

524

B225

90

60

60

524

B160

60

60

60

524

45

500

32

478

B180

70

60

60

524

45

500

B200

80

60

60

524

B225

90

60

60

524

B160

60

65

60

10

542

45

512

32

12

21

512

B180

70

65

60

10

542

45

512

32

15

18

512

B200

80

65

60

10

542

45

10

512

B225

90

65

60

10

542

B180

70

75

60

10

542

45

512

B200

80

75

60

10

542

45

10

512

B225

90

75

60

10

542

B180

70

75

60

10

542

45

512

B200

80

75

60

10

542

45

10

512

B225

90

75

60

10

542

B200

80

80

60

12

22

588

B225

90

80

60

15

19

588

B250

100

80

60

15

17

588

B200

80

80

60

12

22

588

B225

90

80

60

15

19

588

B250

100

80

60

15

17

588

315L 2) 3) B200

80

80

60

12

22

588

B225

90

80

60

15

19

588

B250

100

80

60

15

17

588

315L 2) 4) B225

90

80

60

15

19

588

B250

100

80

60

15

17

588

250M

280S

280M

315S 2)

315M 2)

12/10

B140

225M

12

h2

Ratio range 3

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H3, gear unit sizes 509 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions
sizes
IEC
N-EUPEX
motor 1)
511
512
225S
B140
B160
B180
B200
225M
B160
B180
B200
250M
B160
B180
B200
280S
B180
B200
B225
280M
B180
B200
B225
315S
B200
B225
B250
315M
B200
B225
B250
315L 3) B200
B225
B250
315L 4) B225
B250
513
514
280M
B180
B200
B225
315S
B200
B225
B250
315M
B200
B225
B250
315L 3) B200
B225
B250
315L 4) B225
B250
315L 2) 5) B225
B250
315L 2) 6) B250

Ratio range 1
Sk

NL

D2

D1

h1

h2

Ratio range 2
f

iN = 20 - 40
iN = 25 - 50
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
4
4
6
4
4
6
4
6

4
4
4
4
4
6
4
4
6
4
4
6
4
6
4
6
6

55
60
70
80
60
70
80
60
70
80
70
80
90
70
80
90
80
90
100
80
90
100
80
90
100
90
100

70
80
90
80
90
100
80
90
100
80
90
100
90
100
90
100
100

60
60
60
60
60
60
60
65
65
65
75
75
75
75
75
75
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

75
75
75
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
85
85
85

70
10
70
10
70
10
70
10
70
10
70
10
70
15
70
18
70
18
70
15
70
18
70
18
70
15
70
18
70
18
70
18
70
18
iN = 20 - 40
iN = 25 - 50

85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0
0
0

D1

h1

h2

Ratio range 3
f

D1

iN = 45 - 56
iN = 56 - 71

15
15
15
15
15
15
26
23
21
26
23
21
26
23
21
23
21

579
579
579
579
579
579
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
625

658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5
657.5
657.5
657.5

1)

Other motor sizes on request.

2)

Notice: Motor flange radius P/2 is greater than gear unit shaft height h!

3)

Standard motor 315L with PN < 160 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

4)

Standard motor 315L with PN < 200 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

5)

Standard motor 315L with PN < 250 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

6)

Standard motor 315L with PN < 315 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

h2

5
4
4
0
4
4
0
12
12
12
12
12

537
537
537
537
537
537
537
549
549
549
549
549

50
50
50
50
50

8
8
8
8
8

12
12
12
12
12

549
549
549
549
549

iN = 63 - 71
iN = 80 - 90
48
4
48
4
48
4
48
8
48
4
48
4
48
8
48
8
48
8
48
8
48
8
48
8

50
50

8
8

12
12

549
549

48
48

8
8

12
12

549
549

50
50

10
15

11
6

580
580

48
48

10
15

11
6

580
580

50
50

10
15

11
6

580
580

48
48

10
15

11
6

580
580

iN = 63 - 71
iN = 80 - 90
50
4
50
4
50
8
50
0
50
0

4
4
0
9
9

582.5
582.5
582.5
613.5
613.5

50
50

9
9

613.5
613.5

iN = 45 - 56
iN = 56 - 71

2
2
0
2
2
0
2
2
0
2
0
3
3
3

h1

65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

14
14
12
14
14
12
14
14
12
14
12

658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5
658.5

0
0

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

12/11

12

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H4, gear unit sizes 507 to 512
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design

Z
h2
h1

D1

D2

NL

sk
NL

G_MD30_XX_00017

For plants with special design requirements (high switching


frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears,
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure.
For other couplings, please consult us.

For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347


(View X), see page 12/28.
Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
(see note on page 11/2).

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions
sizes
IEC
N-EUPEX
motor 1)

Ratio range 1
Sk

NL

D2

D1

h1

Ratio range 2

h2

D1

h1

h2

507

iN = 80 - 140

iN = 160 - 280

508

iN = 100 - 180

iN = 200 - 355

112M

132S

132M

12

160M

160L

180M

180L

200L

12/12

Ratio range 3
f

B080

30

28

28

328

B095

35

28

28

328

B110

40

28

28

328

B095

35

38

35

358

28

358

B110

40

38

35

358

28

358

B125

50

38

35

358

28

358

B140

55

38

35

358

28

10

358

B095

35

38

35

358

28

358

B110

40

38

35

358

28

358

B125

50

38

35

358

28

358

B140

55

38

35

358

28

10

358

B095

35

42

35

388

28

388

B110

40

42

35

388

28

388

B125

50

42

35

388

28

388

B140

55

42

35

388

28

10

388

B110

40

42

35

388

28

388

B125

50

42

35

388

28

388

B140

55

42

35

388

28

10

388

B110

40

48

35

388

28

388

B125

50

48

35

388

28

388

B140

55

48

35

388

28

10

388

B110

40

48

28

388

B125

50

48

35

388

28

388

B140

55

48

35

388

28

10

388

B140

55

55

35

13

408

B160

60

55

35

12

408

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

D1

h1

h2

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H4, gear unit sizes 507 to 512
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions
sizes
IEC
motor 1)

N-EUPEX

Ratio range 1
Sk

NL

D2

D1

h1

Ratio range 2

h2

509

iN = 80 - 160

510

iN = 100 - 200
160M

D1

h1

Ratio range 3

h2

D1

35

42

35

398

28

398

B110

40

42

35

398

28

398

B125

50

42

35

398

B110

40

42

35

398

28

398

B125

50

42

35

398

B110

40

48

35

398

28

398

B125

50

48

35

398

180L

B125

50

48

35

398

28

10

398

200L

B125

50

55

28

10

415

B140

55

55

35

10

415

28

15

12

415

B140

55

60

35

12

447

B160

60

60

35

12

447

B160

60

60

35

12

447

225S
225M
511

iN = 80 - 160

iN = 180 - 224

512

iN = 100 - 200

iN = 224 - 280

160M

160L

180M

180L
200L
225S

225M

250M

280S
280M

h2

iN = 224 - 400

180M

h1

iN = 180 - 315

B095

160L

1)

iN = 250 - 315
iN = 315 - 400

B095

35

42

35

458

B110

40

42

35

458

B125

50

42

35

458

28

14

458

B140

55

42

35

458

28

10

10

458

B110

40

42

35

458

B125

50

42

35

458

28

14

458

B140

55

42

35

458

28

10

10

458

B110

40

48

35

458

28

12

458

B125

50

48

35

458

28

10

10

458

B140

55

48

35

458

B125

50

48

35

458

28

10

10

458

B140

55

48

35

458

B140

55

55

45

478

35

448

28

448

B160

60

55

45

478

B140

55

60

45

502

35

480

28

480

B160

60

60

45

502

35

480

28

480

B180

70

60

45

502

B200

80

60

45

502

B140

55

60

35

480

28

480

B160

60

60

45

502

35

480

28

480

B180

70

60

45

502

B200

80

60

45

502

B160

60

65

45

514

B180

70

65

45

514

B200

80

65

45

514

B180

70

75

45

514

B200

80

75

45

514

B180

70

75

45

514

B200

80

75

45

514

Other motor sizes on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

12/13

12

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H4, gear unit sizes 513 and 514
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design

Z
h2
h1

D2

D1

NL
G_MD30_XX_00017

For plants with special design requirements (high switching


frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears,
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure.
For other couplings, please consult us.
For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347
(View X), see page 12/28.
Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
(see note on page 11/2).

12

12/14

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

sk
NL

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H4, gear unit sizes 513 and 514
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions
sizes
IEC
N-EUPEX
motor 1)

Ratio range 1
Sk

NL

D2

D1

h1

Ratio range 2

h2

D1

h1

Ratio range 3

h2

513

iN = 80 - 160

iN = 180 - 224

514

iN = 100 - 200

iN = 224 - 280

225S

225M

250M

280S

280M

315S

315M

D1

h1

h2

iN = 250 - 315
iN = 315 - 400

B140

55

60

45

15

570.5

32

11

546.5

B160

60

60

45

13

570.5

32

546.5

B180

70

60

45

10

11

570.5

B200

80

60

45

12

570.5

B160

60

60

45

13

570.5

32

546.5

B180

70

60

45

10

11

570.5

B200

80

60

45

12

570.5

B160

60

65

60

588.5

45

558.5

32

10

19

558.5

B180

70

65

60

588.5

45

558.5

B200

80

65

60

588.5

45

10

558.5

B225

90

65

60

588.5

B180

70

75

60

588.5

45

558.5

B200

80

75

60

588.5

45

10

558.5

B225

90

75

60

588.5

B180

70

75

60

588.5

45

558.5

B200

80

75

60

588.5

45

10

558.5

B225

90

75

60

588.5

B200

80

80

60

12

18

634.5

B225

90

80

60

12

18

634.5

B250

100

80

60

12

16

634.5

B200

80

80

60

12

18

634.5

B225

90

80

60

12

18

634.5

B250

100

80

60

12

16

634.5

12

1)

Other motor sizes on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

12/15

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type B2, gear unit sizes 503 to 506
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design

f Gear unit sizes: 503, 504, 505, 507, 509


fL Gear unit sizes: 506, 508, 510
Z
h2
h1

D1

D2

sk
NL

NL

G_MD30_EN_00182

For plants with special design requirements (high switching


frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears,
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure.
For other couplings, please consult us.

For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347


(View X), see page 12/28.
Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
(see note on page 11/2).

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions
sizes

Ratio range 1

IEC
NEUPEX Sk
motor 1)

NL

D2

160M

D1

h1

h2

fL

D1

h1

h2

iN = 5 - 14

503

160L

180M

12
180L
200L
225S 2)

225M 2)

250M 2)

12/16

Ratio range 2
f

fL

iN = 16

B095

35

42

@ 315

35

596

B110

40

42

@ 315

35

596

B125

50

42

@ 315

35

596

B140

55

42

@ 315

35

596

B110

40

42

@ 315

35

596

B125

50

42

@ 315

35

596

B140

55

42

@ 315

35

596

B110

40

48

@ 315

40

596

35

596

B125

50

48

@ 315

40

596

35

596

B140

55

48

@ 315

40

596

35

596

B125

50

48

@ 315

40

596

35

596

B140

55

48

@ 315

40

596

35

596

B140

55

55

@ 315

40

13

616

B160

60

55

@ 315

40

12

616

B140

55

60

@ 315

40

640

B160

60

60

@ 315

40

640

B180

70

60

@ 315

40

640

B200

80

60

@ 315

40

640

B160

60

60

@ 315

40

640

B180

70

60

@ 315

40

640

B200

80

60

@ 315

40

640

B160

60

65

@ 315

40

17

652

B180

70

65

@ 315

40

12

13

652

B200

80

65

@ 315

40

12

13

652

Siemens MD 30.1 2014

Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type B2, gear unit sizes 503 to 506
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions
sizes

Ratio range 1

IEC
motor 1)

NEUPEX Sk

NL

D2

D1

h1

h2

180M

B125

50

48

@ 315

50

B140

55

48

@ 315

50

B160

60

48

@ 315

50

B125

50

48

@ 315

B140

55

48

B160

60

48

B140

55

B160

60

B140

B160

B180
B200

Ratio range 2
f

fL

D1

h1

h2

688

40

14

688

688

40

10

10

688

688

50

688

40

14

688

@ 315

50

688

40

10

10

688

@ 315

50

688

55

@ 315

50

13

708

40

678

55

@ 315

50

12

708

55

60

@ 315

50

732

40

710<